This title was enacted by Pub. L. 90–620, §1, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238


2002—Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(b), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2910, added item 36.

1993—Pub. L. 103–40, §2(b), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 113, added item 41.

1990—Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1419, added item 27.

1988—Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §204, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2531, added item 39.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(c)(2), 107(b)(18)(B), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2283, 2290, substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “Archival Administration” in item 21, and inserted “the Archivist of the United States and by the” in item 29.

1980—Pub. L. 96–511, §2(b), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825, substituted “Information Policy” for “Reporting Services” in item 35.

1978—Pub. L. 95–591, §2(b)(1), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2528, added item 22.

Pub. L. 95–378, §2(b), Sept. 22, 1978, 92 Stat. 723, struck out item 27 “Federal Records Council”.

1974—Pub. L. 93–536, §2, Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735, substituted “National Historical Publications and Records Commission” for “National Historical Publications Commission” in item 25.

Title 44 Former Sections | Title 44 New Sections |
---|---|

1 | 101 |

2 | 102 |

4 | 103 |

5 | 509 |

6 | 510 |

7 | 511 |

8 | 512 |

9 | 513 |

10 | 514 |

11 | 515 |

12 | 516 |

13 | 517 |

14 | 504 |

15, 16 | Rep. |

31 | 301 |

32 | 304 |

33–35 | Rep. |

36 | 508 |

37, 38 | Rep. |

39 | 302 |

39a | 303 |

40 | 305 |

41 | 306 |

42 | 307 |

43–46 | Rep. |

47 | 316 |

48 | Elim. |

49 | 313 |

50, 51 | Rep. |

51a | Elim. |

52 | Elim. |

52a | 308 |

53 | T. 18 §442 |

54–57 | Rep. |

58 | 505 |

59 | 312 |

60 | Rep. |

61 | 315 |

62 | 314 |

63 | 309 |

63a | 309 |

64 | 311 |

71 | 1702 |

72 | 1705 |

72a | 1708 |

73 | 308, 1702 |

74 | 1703 |

75 | 1704 |

76 | 1710 |

77 | 1711 |

78 | 1720 |

79 | 1707 |

80 | 1713 |

81 | 1712 |

81a | 1901 |

81b | 1902 |

81c | 1914 |

82 | 1905 |

83 | 1904 |

84 | 1910 |

84a | 1912 |

85 | 1903, 1906 |

85a | 1913 |

86 | 1909 |

87 | 1907 |

87a | Rep. |

88 | 1908 |

89 | Elim. |

90 | Rep. |

91 | 1717 |

91a | 1716 |

92 | 1119, 1911 |

93 | 1721 |

94 | 1709 |

95 | 1701 |

96 | 1722 |

111 | 501 |

111a | 502 |

111b | 503 |

111c | Elim. |

112, 113 | Rep. |

114 | 1706 |

115 | 506, 507 |

116 | 501, 1123 |

117 | 1103 |

118 | 1104 |

119 | 1120 |

120 | Elim. |

121 | 1111 |

131 | 701 |

132 | 702 |

133 | 703 |

134 | 702 |

135 | 705 |

136 | 714 |

137 | 704 |

138 | 715 |

139 | 1718 |

139a | 1719 |

140 | 716 |

141 | 718 |

142 | 719 |

143 | 738 |

144 | 717 |

145 | Elim. |

146 | 734 |

147 | 713 |

148 | 720 |

149 | 721 |

150 | 722 |

151 | 723 |

152 | 724 |

153 | 725 |

154 | 726 |

155 | 727 |

156 | 1326 |

157 | 730 |

158 | 731 |

159 | 732 |

160 | 735 |

161 | 736 |

162 | 733 |

163 | 908 |

164 | Rep. |

165 | 739 |

166 | 740 |

167 | 741 |

168 | 737 |

169 | Elim. |

170 | 1333 |

181 | 901 |

182 | 902 |

182a | 903 |

182b | 904 |

182c | 905 |

183 | 906 |

184 | Rep. |

185 | 907 |

186 | Rep. |

187 | 909 |

188 | 910 |

189 | 706 |

189a | 707 |

190 | 708 |

191 | 709 |

191a | 710 |

192 | 711 |

193 | 712 |

194–196 | Rep. |

196a | 728 |

197 | 729 |

211 | 1101 |

212 (1st sent.) | 1115 |

212 (2d sent.) | 1114 |

213 (1st par.) | 1102 |

213 (2d par., 1st sent.) | 1116 |

213 (2d par., 2d sent., 1st cl.) | 1302 |

213 (2d par., 2d, 3d sents.) | 1308–1310, 1336 |

213 (3d par.) | 1116 |

213a | 1117 |

214 | 1107 |

215 | 1110 |

215a | 1714 |

216 | 1105 |

217 | 1715 |

218 | 1106 |

219 | 1102, 1113 |

219a | 1118 |

220 | 1108 |

221 | Rep. |

222 | 1112 |

223 | Rep. |

224 | 1109 |

225 | 1121 |

226 | Rep. |

227 | 1122 |

228, 229 | Elim. |

230 | 310 |

241 | 1301 |

242 | Rep. |

243 | 1303 |

244 | Rep. |

245 | 1304 |

246 | 1307 |

247 | Rep. |

248 | 1306 |

249 | 1328 |

250 | 1317 |

251, 252 | Rep. |

253 | 1313 |

254 | 1314 |

255, 256 | Rep. |

257 | Elim. |

258 | 1315 |

259 | 1316 |

260 | 1318 |

261 | 1319 |

262 | 1320 |

263 | 1312 |

265 | 1321 |

266 | 1322 |

267 | Elim. |

268 | Rep. |

269 | 1323 |

270 | 1324 |

271 | 1325 |

272 | 1327 |

273 | 1329 |

274 | Rep. |

275 | 1331 |

275a | Rep. |

275b | 1332 |

276 | Rep. |

276a | 1333 |

277 | Rep. |

278 | 1334 |

279 | 1335 |

279a | Rep. |

280, 280a | Rep. |

281, 282 | Rep. |

283 | 1337 |

283a | Rep. |

284 | 1338 |

285 | 1339 |

286, 287 | Rep. |

288 | 1340 |

289 | 1341 |

290 | 1342 |

291 | 1343 |

292 | Elim. |

293, 294 | Rep. |

295 | 1344 |

296 | Rep. |

296a | 1305 |

297 | 1311 |

298 | 1330 |

300–300f | Rep. |

300f–1 | Rep. |

300g, 300h | Rep. |

300h–1 | Rep. |

300i–300k | Rep. |

300aa | Rep. |

300bb | 2301 |

300cc | 2305 |

300dd | 2306 |

300ee | 2307 |

300ff | 2303 |

300gg | 2308 |

300hh | 2302 |

300ii | 2304 |

300jj | Rep. |

301 | 1502 |

302 | 1503 |

303 | 1504 |

304 | 1501 |

305 | 1505 |

306 | 1506 |

307 | 1507 |

308 | 1508 |

309 | 1509 |

310, 310a | Rep. |

311 | 1510 |

311a | Rep. |

312 | 1511 |

313, 314 | Rep. |

321 | 3701 |

322 | 3703 |

323 | Rep. |

324 | 3702 |

325 | 3703 |

326 | Rep. |

351–365 | Rep. |

366 | 3301 |

367 | 3302 |

368 | 3303 |

369 | 3304 |

370 | 3305 |

371 | 3306 |

372 | 3307 |

373 | 3308 |

374 | 3309 |

375 | 3310 |

376 | 3311 |

377 | Rep. |

378 | 3312 |

379 | 3313 |

380 | 3314 |

391 | 1506, 2108, 2301, 2501, 2902 |

392 | 2903 |

393(a) | 2501 |

393(b) | 2502 |

393(c) | 2503 |

393(d) | 2504 |

393(e) | 2505 |

393(f) | 2504 nt. |

393(g) | 2506 |

393(h) | 2507 |

394 | 2701 |

395(a) | 2904 |

395(b) | 2905 |

395(c) | 2906 |

395(d) | 2907 |

395(e) | 2908 |

395(f) | 2909 |

396(a) | 3101 |

396(b) | 3102 |

396(c) | 3103 |

396(d) | 3104 |

396(e) | 3105 |

396(f) | 3106 |

396(g) | 3107 |

396a | 2910 |

397(a) | 2103 |

397(b) | 2104 |

397(c) | 2105 |

397(d) | 2106 |

397(e) | 2107 |

397(f) | 2108 |

397(g) | Rep. |

397(h) | 2109 |

397(i) | 2110 |

397(j) | 2101 |

398 | 2111 |

399 | 2112 |

400 | 2113 |

401 | 2901 |

402 | 2114 |

421 | 3501 |

422(a) | 3503 |

422(b) | 3504 |

422(c) | 3505 |

422(d) | 3506 |

422(e) | 3507 |

423 | 3508 |

424 | 3509 |

425 | 3510 |

426 | 3502 |

427 | 3511 |


Section 1 of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238, provided in part: “That the general and permanent laws relating to public printing and documents are revised, codified, and enacted as title 44, United States Code, ‘Public Printing and Documents’, and may be cited as ‘44 U.S.C. §____’ ”.

Section 2(a) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: “The legislative purpose in enacting section 1 of this Act is to restate, without substantive change, the laws replaced by those sections on the effective date of this Act. Laws effective after January 14, 1968, that are inconsistent with this Act are considered as superseding it to the extent of the inconsistency.”

Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: “A reference to a law replaced by section 1 of this Act, including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law, is deemed to refer to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.”

Section 2(c) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: “An order, rule, or regulation in effect under a law replaced by section 1 of this Act shall continue in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded.”

Section 2(d) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: “An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by section 1 of this Act is deemed to have been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.”

Section 2(e) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, provided that: “An inference of a legislative construction is not to be drawn by reason of the location in the United States Code of a provision enacted by this Act or by reason of its caption or catchline.”

Section 2(f) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, provided that: “If a provision enacted by this Act is held invalid, all valid provisions that are severable from the invalid provision remain in effect. If a provision of this Act is held invalid in one or more of its applications, the provision remains in effect in all valid applications that are severable from the invalid application or applications.”

Pub. L. 107–217, §4, Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, repealed title V of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, as added by act Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, which was classified to sections 392 to 401 of title 44 prior to the enactment into positive law of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, by Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238. Section 3 of Pub. L. 90–620 repealed various laws and parts of laws, including section 6(d), but not title V.

Section 3 of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, repealed the sections or parts thereof of the Revised Statutes or Statutes at Large codified in this title, except with respect to rights and duties that matured, penalties that were incurred, and proceedings that were begun, before October 22, 1968, and except as provided by section 2 of Pub. L. 90–620.

This title is referred to in title 30 section 1809; title 40 section 113.


Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

The Joint Committee on Printing shall consist of the chairman and four members of the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and the chairman and four members of the Committee on House Oversight of the House of Representatives.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238; Pub. L. 97–4, Feb. 17, 1981, 95 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §1 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §1, 28 Stat. 601; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title II, §222, 60 Stat. 838).

Last seven words in the statute, “who shall have the powers hereinafter stated”, are omitted as unnecessary since the powers of the Committee are stated in other sections.

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “House Oversight” for “House Administration”.

1981—Pub. L. 97–4 substituted “four members” for “two members” in two places.

Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.

Pub. L. 107–347, §1(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2899, provided that: “This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the ‘E-Government Act of 2002’.”

Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2946, provided that: “This title [enacting subchapter III of chapter 35 of this title, amending sections 3504 to 3506 of this title, section 2224 of Title 10, Armed Forces, sections 278g–3 and 278g–4 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 11331 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, repealing section 11332 of Title 40, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3501 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 3531 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002’.”

[For another Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002, see section 1001(a) of Pub. L. 107–296, title X, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.]

Pub. L. 107–198, §1, June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 729, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 3520 of this title, amending sections 3504 and 3506 of this title, renumbering former section 3520 of this title as section 3521, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 601 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] may be cited as the ‘Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002’.”

Pub. L. 106–444, §1, Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1929, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2910 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Freedmen's Bureau Records Preservation Act of 2000’.”

Pub. L. 104–13, §1, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 163, provided that: “This Act [enacting chapter 35 of this title, amending section 91 of Title 13, Census, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 3501 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995’.”

Pub. L. 103–40, §1, June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 112, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 4101 to 4104 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 4101 and 4103 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Government Printing Office Electronic Information Access Enhancement Act of 1993’.”

Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §201, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2530, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 3901 to 3904 of this title and provisions set out as notes under section 3901 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Government Printing Office Inspector General Act of 1988’.”

Pub. L. 100–365, §1, July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 823, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2501, 2503, and 2504 of this title] may be cited as the ‘National Historical Publications and Records Commission Amendments of 1988’.”

Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §801], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–335, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §801], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–335, provided that: “This title [amending sections 3501 to 3507, 3511, 3514, and 3520 of this title and sections 751, 757, and 759 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3503 of this title and section 757 of former Title 40, amending provisions set out as a note under section 3503 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 759 of former Title 40] may be cited as the ‘Paperwork Reduction Reauthorization Act of 1986’.”

Pub. L. 99–323, §1, May 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 495, provided: “That this Act [amending sections 2101 and 2112 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2112 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Presidential Libraries Act of 1986’.”

Pub. L. 98–497, §1, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2103 to 2106 of this title and provisions set out as notes under this section and section 2102 of this title, redesignating existing sections 2103 to 2114 as sections 2107 to 2118 of this title, amending sections 710, 711, 729, 1501 to 1503, 1506, 1714, 2101, 2102, 2107 to 2118, 2204, 2205, 2301 to 2305, 2307, 2501, 2504, 2506, 2901 to 2909, 3102 to 3106, 3302 to 3303a, 3308, 3310, 3311, 3504, and 3513 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 2111 of this title, sections 106a, 106b, 112, 113, and 201 of Title 1, General Provisions, sections 6 and 11 to 13 of Title 3, The President, sections 141 to 145 of Title 4, Flag and Seal, Seat of Government, and the States, sections 552a and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 199a of Title 25, Indians, and repealing section 2507 of this title] may be cited as the ‘National Archives and Records Administration Act of 1984’.”

Pub. L. 96–511, §1, Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2812, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 3501 to 3520 of this title, amending sections 2904 and 2905 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organizations and Employees, section 1221–3 of Title 20, Education, section 1211 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining, and section 292h of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, omitting former sections 3501 to 3512 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 3501 and 3503 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980’.”

Pub. L. 95–591, §1, Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2523, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2201 to 2207 of this title, amending sections 2111 and 2112 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2201 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Presidential Records Act of 1978’.”

Pub. L. 94–575, §1, Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2723, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2107, 2112, 2115, 2116, 2901, 2902, 2904, 2906, 2907, 3102, 3103, 3107, 3301, and 3302 of this title, repealing section 2910 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2901 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976’.”

Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §201, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1698, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 3315 to 3324 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Public Documents Act’.”

Chapter 35 of this title is popularly known as the “Paperwork Reduction Act”.

The members of the Joint Committee on Printing who are reelected to the succeeding Congress shall continue as members of the committee until their successors are chosen. The President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall, on the last day of a Congress, appoint members of their respective Houses who have been elected to the succeeding Congress to fill vacancies which may then be about to occur on the Committee, and the appointees and members of the Committee who have been reelected shall continue until their successors are chosen.

When Congress is not in session, the Joint Committee may exercise all its powers and duties as when Congress is in session.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §2 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 962; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).

Changes are made in phraseology.

The Joint Committee on Printing may use any measures it considers necessary to remedy neglect, delay, duplication, or waste in the public printing and binding and the distribution of Government publications.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §4 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012; Mar. 1, 1919, ch. 86, §11, 40 Stat. 1270).

Only that portion of section 11 of the 1919 Act that precedes the proviso is included in this section. The balance is incorporated in section 501 of this revision.

Changes are made in phraseology.

Pub. L. 95–94, title I, Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 669, provided in part: “That, effective October 1, 1977, the Joint Committee is authorized (1) to procure the temporary or intermittent services of individual consultants, or organizations thereof, in the same manner and under the same conditions as a standing committee of the Senate may procure such services under subsection (i) of section 202 of the Legislative Reorganization Act of 1946, as amended [section 72a(i) of Title 2, The Congress], and (2) with the prior consent of the agency concerned, to use on a reimbursable basis the services of personnel, information, and facilities of any such agency: *Provided further*, That, prior to the employment of any consultants or the procurement of services by contract relative to any review and analysis of the operation of the Government Printing Office, the Joint Committee shall consult with the Legislative Branch Appropriations Subcommittees of the House and Senate; and that periodic reports on the progress of any such review and analysis be submitted to the Joint Committee on Printing and the Legislative Branch Appropriations Subcommittees of the House and Senate.”

Prior similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 94–303, title I, June 1, 1976, 90 Stat. 616.

This section is referred to in section 1914 of this title.


1999—Pub. L. 106–57, title II, §210(c), Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 425, inserted “; small purchase threshold” after “authority” in item 311.

1985—Pub. L. 99–151, title III, §305(b)(2), Nov. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 808, inserted “; contract negotiation authority” in item 311.

1975—Pub. L. 94–82, title II, §204(c)(2), Aug. 9, 1975, 89 Stat. 421, substituted “pay” for “compensation” in item 303.

1974—Pub. L. 93–459, §1(b), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1385, substituted “Disbursing officer; deputy disbursing officer; certifying officers and employees.” for “Disbursing officer: continuation and settlement of accounts during vacancy in office; responsibility for accounts; disbursements for Superintendent of Documents.” in item 308.

1972—Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(a)(3), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204, struck out “; bond” in item 301.

1970—Pub. L. 91–359, §1(b), July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 668, added item 317.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

The President of the United States shall nominate and, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint a suitable person, who must be a practical printer and versed in the art of bookbinding, to take charge of and manage the Government Printing Office. His title shall be Public Printer.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(a)(1), (2), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §31 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §17, 28 Stat. 603; June 12, 1917, ch. 27, §1, 40 Stat. 173; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1299; May 29, 1928, ch. 909, 45 Stat. 1006).

Changes are made in phraseology.

1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out “; bond” in section catchline, and provisions from text which required the Public Printer to give a bond in the sum of $25,000.

The Public Printer shall appoint a suitable person, who must be a practical printer and versed in the art of bookbinding, to be the Deputy Public Printer. He shall perform the duties formerly required of the chief clerk, supervise the buildings occupied by the Government Printing Office, and perform any other duties required of him by the Public Printer.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §39 (May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382).

Phraseology is changed to conform with section 301 of this revision.

The annual rate of pay for the Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level III of the Executive Schedule of subchapter II of chapter 53 of Title 5. The annual rate of pay for the Deputy Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level IV of such Executive Schedule.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 94–82, title II, §204(c)(1), Aug. 9, 1975, 89 Stat. 421; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §209, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §39a (Pub. L. 88–426, title II, §203(c), (d), Aug. 14, 1964, 78 Stat. 415, as amended Pub. L. 90–206, title II, §219(2), (3), Dec. 16, 1967, 81 Stat. 639.)

Levels III and IV of the Executive Schedule, referred to in text, are set out in sections 5314 and 5315, respectively, of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

1990—Pub. L. 101–520 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “The annual rate of pay for the Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 5. The annual rate of pay for the Deputy Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level V of such Executive Schedule.”

1975—Pub. L. 94–82 substituted “pay” for “compensation” in section catchline, and substituted provisions setting the rate of pay for the Public Printer at a rate equal to the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule and the rate of pay for Deputy Public Printer at a rate equal to the rate for level V of such Schedule for provisions setting the compensation of the Public Printer and the Deputy Public Printer at the rate of $28,750 and $27,500 per annum, respectively.

1987—Salaries of Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively to $77,500 and $72,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2, The Congress.

1977—Salaries of the Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively to $50,000 and $47,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.

1969—Salaries of the Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively from $28,750 and $27,500 to $38,000 and $36,000 per annum, commencing on the first day of the pay period which begins after Feb. 14, 1969, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.

This section is referred to in title 2 section 356.

In case of the death, resignation, absence, or sickness of the Public Printer, the Deputy Public Printer shall perform the duties of the Public Printer until a successor is appointed or his absence or sickness ceases; but the President may direct any other officer of the Government, whose appointment is vested in the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to perform the duties of the vacant office until a successor is appointed, or the sickness or absence of the Public Printer ceases. A vacancy occasioned by death or resignation may not be filled temporarily under this section for longer than ten days, and a temporary appointment, designation, or assignment of another officer may not be made except to fill a vacancy happening during a recess of the Senate.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §32 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §36, 28 Stat. 606; May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382.)

(a) The Public Printer may employ journeymen, apprentices, laborers, and other persons necessary for the work of the Government Printing Office at rates of wages and salaries, including compensation for night and overtime work, he considers for the interest of the Government and just to the persons employed, except as otherwise provided by this section. He may not employ more persons than the necessities of the public work require nor more than four hundred apprentices at one time. The minimum pay of journeymen printers, pressmen, and bookbinders employed in the Government Printing Office shall be at the rate of 90 cents an hour for the time actually employed. Except as provided by the preceding part of this section the rate of wages, including compensation for night and overtime work, for more than ten employees of the same occupation shall be determined by a conference between the Public Printer and a committee selected by the trades affected, and the rates and compensation so agreed upon shall become effective upon approval by the Joint Committee on Printing. When the Public Printer and the committee representing the trade fail to agree as to wages, salaries, and compensation, either party may appeal to the Joint Committee on Printing, and the decision of the Joint Committee is final. The wages, salaries, and compensation so determined are not subject to change oftener than once a year.

(b) The Public Printer may grant an employee paid on an annual basis compensatory time off from duty instead of overtime pay for overtime work.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 91–167, Dec. 26, 1969, 83 Stat. 453; Pub. L. 91–369, July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 693.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §40 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§39, 49, 50, 28 Stat. 607, 608; June 6, 1900, ch. 791, §1, 31 Stat. 643; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 299, §1, 35 Stat. 1021, 1024; Aug. 24, 1912, ch. 355, §1, 37 Stat. 482; July 8, 1918, ch. 139, §1, 40 Stat. 836; Aug. 2, 1919, ch. 30, 41 Stat. 272; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; June 7, 1924, ch. 354, §1, 43 Stat. 658).

Last sentence of this section was deleted as executed.

1970—Pub. L. 91–369 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).

1969—Pub. L. 91–167 substituted “four hundred” for “two hundred” as the number of apprentices which the Public Printer may employ at one time.

General repealer of provisions inconsistent with Pub. L. 92–392 as not repealing or affecting this section, see section 13 of Pub. L. 92–392, set out as a note under section 5341 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Pub. L. 105–275, title III, §309, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2454, as amended by Pub. L. 107–68, title II, §210(a), Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 590, provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(A) voluntarily separates from service on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] and before October 1, 2004; and

“(B) on such date of separation—

“(i) has completed 25 years of service as defined under section 8331(12) or 8401(26) of title 5, United States Code; or

“(ii) has completed 20 years of such service and is at least 50 years of age.

“(2) Notwithstanding any provision of chapter 83 or 84 of title 5, United States Code, an employee described under paragraph (1) is entitled to an annuity which shall be computed consistent with the provisions of law applicable to annuities under section 8336(d) or 8414(b) of title 5, United States Code.

“(c)

“(A) a reemployed annuitant under subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, or another retirement system for employees of the Government;

“(B) an employee having a disability on the basis of which such employee is or would be eligible for disability retirement under any of the retirement systems referred to in subparagraph (A); or

“(C) an employee who is employed on a temporary when actually employed basis.

“(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in order to avoid or minimize the need for involuntary separations due to a reduction in force, reorganization, transfer of function, or other similar action affecting the agency, the Public Printer shall establish a program under which voluntary separation incentive payments may be offered to encourage eligible employees to separate from service voluntarily (whether by retirement or resignation) during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] through September 30, 2004.

“(3) Such voluntary separation incentive payments shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of section 5597(d) of title 5, United States Code. Any such payment shall not be a basis of payment, and shall not be included in the computation, of any other type of Government benefit.

“(4)(A) Not later than January 15, 1999, the Public Printer shall submit a plan described under subparagraph (C) to the Joint Committee on Printing (or any applicable successor committees).

“(B) No voluntary separation incentive payment may be paid under this section unless the Public Printer submits a plan described under subparagraph (C) to the Joint Committee on Printing (or any applicable successor committees) and the Joint Committee on Printing approves the plan (or such successor committees approve the plan).

“(C) The plan referred to under subparagraph (B) shall include—

“(i) the positions and functions to be reduced or eliminated, identified by organizational unit, occupational category, and pay or grade level;

“(ii) the number and amounts of voluntary separation incentive payments to be offered; and

“(iii) a description of how the Government Printing Office will operate without the eliminated positions and functions.

“(5)(A) In addition to any other payments which the Public Printer is required to make under subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5, United States Code, the Public Printer shall remit to the Office of Personnel Management for deposit in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund an amount equal to 15 percent of the final basic pay of each employee who is covered under subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, to whom a voluntary separation incentive has been paid under this section.

“(B) For the purpose of this paragraph, the term ‘final basic pay’, with respect to an employee—

“(i) means the total amount of basic pay which would be payable for a year of service by such employee, computed using the employee's final rate of basic pay; and

“(ii) includes an appropriate adjustment to the amount computed under clause (i) if the employee is last serving on other than a full-time basis.

“(6)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), an employee who has received a voluntary separation incentive payment under this section and accepts employment with the Government of the United States within 5 years after the date of the separation on which the payment is based shall be required to repay the entire amount of the incentive payment to the agency that paid the incentive payment.

“(B)(i) If the employment is with an Executive agency (as defined by section 105 of title 5, United States Code), the Director of the Office of Personnel Management may, at the request of the head of the agency, waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.

“(ii) If the employment is with an entity in the legislative branch, the head of the entity or the appointing official may waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.

“(iii) If the employment is with the judicial branch, the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts may waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.

“(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A) (but not subparagraph (B)), the term ‘employment’ includes employment under a personal services contract with the United States.

“(7) Not later than January 15, 1999, the Public Printer shall prescribe regulations to carry out this subsection.

“(d)

“(A) means an employee of the Government Printing Office; and

“(B) shall not include—

“(i) a reemployed annuitant under subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, or another retirement system for employees of the Government; or

“(ii) an employee who is employed on a temporary when actually employed basis.

“(2) The Public Printer may establish a program to provide retraining, job placement, and counseling services to employees and former employees.

“(3) A former employee may not participate in a program established under this subsection, if—

“(A) the former employee was separated from service with the Government Printing Office for more than 1 year; or

“(B) the separation was by removal for cause on charges of misconduct or delinquency.

“(4) Retraining costs for the program established under this subsection may not exceed $5,000 for each employee or former employee.

“(e)

“(A) may use employees of the Government Printing Office to establish and administer programs and carry out the provisions of this section; and

“(B) may procure temporary and intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, to carry out such provisions—

“(i) not subject to the 1 year of service limitation under such section 3109(b); and

“(ii) at rates for individuals which do not exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of such title.

“(2) Funds to carry out subsections (a) and (c) may be expended only from funds available for the basic pay of the employee who is receiving the applicable payment.

“(3) Funds to carry out subsection (d) may be expended from any funds made available to the Public Printer.”

[Pub. L. 107–68, title II, §210(b), Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 590, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending section 309 of Pub. L. 105–275, set out above] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Legislative Branch Appropriations Act, 1999 [Pub. L. 105–275].”]

This section is referred to in section 1704 of this title; title 5 sections 5102, 5349.

The Public Printer shall employ workmen who are thoroughly skilled in their respective branches of industry, as shown by trial of their skill under his direction.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §41 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §45, 28 Stat. 607).

The Public Printer shall cause the public printing in the Government Printing Office to be done at night as well as through the day, when the exigencies of the public service require it.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §42 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §47, 28 Stat. 607).

(a) The Public Printer shall appoint from time to time a disbursing officer of the Government Printing Office (including the Office of the Superintendent of Documents) who shall be under the direction of the Public Printer. The disbursing officer shall (1) disburse moneys of the Government Printing Office only upon, and in strict accordance with, vouchers certified by the Public Printer or by an officer or employee of the Government Printing Office authorized in writing by the Public Printer to certify such vouchers, (2) make such examination of vouchers as may be necessary to ascertain whether they are in proper form, certified, and approved, and (3) be held accountable accordingly. However, the disbursing officer shall not be held accountable or responsible for any illegal, improper, or incorrect payment resulting from any false, inaccurate, or misleading certificate, the responsibility for which, under subsection (c) of this section, is imposed upon a certifying officer or employee of the Government Printing Office.

(b)(1) Upon the death, resignation, or separation from office of the disbursing officer, his accounts may be continued, and payments and collection may be made in his name, by any individual designated as a deputy disbursing officer by the Public Printer, for a period of time not to extend beyond the last day of the second month following the month in which the death, resignation, or separation occurred. Accounts and payments shall be allowed, audited, and settled, and checks signed in the name of the former disbursing officer by a deputy disbursing officer shall be honored in the same manner as if the former disbursing officer had continued in office.

(2) A former disbursing officer of the Government Printing Office or his estate may not be subject to any legal liability or penalty for the official accounts or defaults of the deputy disbursing officer acting in the name or in the place of the former disbursing officer. Each deputy disbursing officer is responsible for accounts entrusted to him under paragraph (1) of this subsection, and the deputy disbursing officer is liable for any default occurring during his service under such paragraph.

(c)(1) The Public Printer may designate in writing officers and employees of the Government Printing Office to certify vouchers for payment from appropriations and funds. Such officers and employees shall (A) be responsible for the existence and correctness of the facts recited in the certificate or other voucher or its supporting papers and for the legality of the proposed payment under the appropriation or fund involved, (B) be responsible and accountable for the correctness of the computations of certified vouchers, and (C) be accountable for, and required to make restitution to, the United States for the amount of any illegal, improper, or incorrect payment resulting from any false, inaccurate, or misleading certificate made by him, as well as for any payment prohibited by law or which did not represent a legal obligation under the appropriation or fund involved. However, the Comptroller General of the United States, may, at his discretion, relieve such certifying officer or employee of liability for any payment otherwise proper whenever he finds that (i) the certification was based on the official records and that such certifying officer or employee did not know, and by reasonable diligence and inquiry could not have ascertained, the actual facts, or (ii) when the obligation was incurred in good faith, the payment was not contrary to any statutory provision specifically prohibiting payments of the character involved, and the United States has received value for such payment. The Comptroller General shall relieve such certifying officer or employee of liability for an overpayment for transportation services made to any common carrier covered by section 3726 of title 31, whenever he finds that the overpayment occurred solely because the administrative examination made prior to payment of the transportation bill did not include a verification of transportation rates, freight classifications, or land grant deductions.

(2) The liability of such certifying officers or employees shall be enforced in the same manner and to the same extent as provided by law with respect to the enforcement of the liability of disbursing and other accountable officers. Such certifying officers and employees shall have the right to apply for and obtain a decision by the Comptroller General on any question of law involved in a payment on any vouchers presented to them for certification.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(b), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204; Pub. L. 93–459, §1(a), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1384; Pub. L. 95–473, §2(a)(5), Oct. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 1466; Pub. L. 97–258, §3(m)(1), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1066.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§52a, 63, 73 (part) (June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; Pub. L. 86–31, May 26, 1959, 73 Stat. 60).

The last paragraph of this section is from former section 73; the remainder of that section will be found in section 1702 of the revision.

Paragraph (a) deleted as executed.

1982—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97–258 substituted “section 3726 of title 31” for “section 244 of title 31”.

1978—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 95–473 substituted “section 244 of title 31” for “section 66 of title 49”.

1974—Pub. L. 93–459 substituted “Disbursing officer; deputy disbursing officer; certifying officers and employees” for “Disbursing officer: continuation and settlement of accounts during vacancy in office; responsibility for accounts; disbursements for Superintendent of Documents” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–459 added subsec. (a). Former subsec. (a) redesignated (b)(1).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 93–459 redesignated provisions of former subsec. (a) as subsec. (b)(1) and substituted “by any individual designated as a deputy disbursing officer by the Public Printer” for “by the deputy disbursing officer or officers designated by the Public Printer”.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 93–459 redesignated provisions of former subsec. (b) as subsec. (b)(2) and substituted “paragraph (1) of this subsection” for “subsection (a) of this section”, and “under such paragraph” for “under subsection (a) of this section”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–459 added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c), relating to disbursements on account of salaries or other expenses of the office of the Superintendent of Documents, was struck out.

1972—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions which related to sureties on official bonds.

(a) The revolving fund of $1,000,000 established July 1, 1953, is available without fiscal year limitation, for—

the operation and maintenance of the Government Printing Office (except for those programs of the Superintendent of Documents which are funded by specific appropriations), including rental of buildings;

attendance at meetings;

maintenance and operation of the emergency room;

uniforms or uniform allowances;

boots, coats, and gloves;

repairs and minor alterations to buildings; and

expenses authorized in writing by the Joint Committee on Printing for inspection of Government printing activities.

In addition, the Public Printer shall provide capital for the fund by capitalizing, at fair and reasonable values as jointly determined by him and the Comptroller General, the current inventories, plant, and building appurtenances, except building structures and land, equipment, and other assets of the Government Printing Office.

(b) The fund shall be—

(1) reimbursed for the cost of all services and supplies furnished, including those furnished other appropriations of the Government Printing Office, at rates which include charges for overhead and related expenses, depreciation of plant and building appurtenances, except building structures and land, and equipment, and accrued leave; and

(2) credited with all receipts including sales of Government publications, waste, condemned, and surplus property and with payments received for losses or damage to property.

(c) An adequate system of accounts for the fund shall be maintained on the accrual method, and financial reports prepared on the basis of the accounts. The Public Printer shall prepare and submit an annual business-type budget program for the operations under this fund. This budget program shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31.

(d) The Inspector General of the Government Printing Office shall audit the financial and operational activities of the Government Printing Office each year. The audits shall be conducted under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing. For purposes of the audits, the Inspector General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Printing Office as the Inspector General considers appropriate. The Inspector General shall furnish reports of the audits to the Congress and the Public Printer.

(e) The Public Printer shall prepare an annual financial statement meeting the requirements of section 3515(b) of title 31, United States Code. Each financial statement shall be audited in accordance with applicable generally accepted Government auditing standards—

(1) by an independent external auditor selected by the Public Printer, or

(2) at the request of the Joint Committee on Printing, by the Inspector General of the Government Printing Office.

(f) The Comptroller General of the United States may audit the financial statement prepared under subsection (e) at his or her discretion or at the request of the Joint Committee on Printing. An audit by the Comptroller General shall be in lieu of the audit otherwise required by that subsection.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1241; Pub. L. 93–604, title VII, §707, Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1965; Pub. L. 97–258, §3(m)(2), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1066; Pub. L. 100–458, title III, §310, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2184; Pub. L. 101–163, title III, §309, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1065; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §207, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; Pub. L. 103–69, title II, §207(a), Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §123(a), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3839.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §63, 63a (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §101, 67 Stat. 330; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 568, §101, 69 Stat. 519; June 27, 1956, ch. 453, §101, 70 Stat. 369); §63a (July 28, 1967, Pub. L. 90–57, §101 (part), 81 Stat. 141).

1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–316, §123(a)(1), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: “The Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once every 3 years and shall furnish reports of such audits to the Congress and the Public Printer. For these purposes the Comptroller General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Printing Office as he considers necessary.”

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 104–316, §123(a)(2), added subsecs. (e) and (f).

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–69 substituted “shall be—” for “shall be:” in introductory provisions, inserted “and” at end of par. (1), substituted a period for “; and” at end of par. (2), and struck out par. (3) which read as follows: “charged with payment into miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury of that part of the receipts from the sales of Government publications required by law.”

1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–520 substituted “uniforms or uniform allowances” for “uniforms, or allowances therefor, as authorized by section 5901 of Title 5”.

1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–163 struck out “not to exceed $3,000 in any fiscal year” after “attendance at meetings”.

1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(a), substituted in the first sentence “(except for those programs of the Superintendent of Documents which are funded by specific appropriations),” for “, except the Office of Superintendent of Documents”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(b), substituted “This budget program shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31.” for “The Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once in every three years and shall furnish reports of such audits to the Congress and the Public Printer. For these purposes the Comptroller General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Printing Office as he considers necessary.”

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(c), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: “Commencing with the fiscal year 1969, the annual business-type budget for the fund shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31.”

1982—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–258 substituted “section 9104 of title 31” for “section 849 of title 31”.

1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–604 substituted provisions that the Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once in every three years and furnish reports of the audits to the Congress and the Public Printer for provisions that the General Accounting Office shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office and furnish an audit report annually to the Congress and the Public Printer.

Section 207(c) of Pub. L. 103–69 provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1708 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1993.”

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which the 23rd item on page 4 identifies a reporting provision which, as subsequently amended, is contained in subsec. (d) of this section), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

Title II of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189, to be effective as if enacted into law, provided in part: “That hereafter the revolving fund shall be available to finance the costs of printing and binding all other publications of the Federal Register program and be reimbursed from appropriated funds available therefor”.

This section is referred to in section 1509 of this title.

An executive department or independent establishment of the Government ordering printing and binding or blank paper and supplies from the Government Printing Office shall pay promptly by check to the Public Printer upon his written request, either in advance or upon completion of the work, all or part of the estimated or actual cost, as the case may be, and bills rendered by the Public Printer are not subject to audit or certification in advance of payment. Adjustments on the basis of the actual cost of delivered work paid for in advance shall be made monthly or quarterly and as may be agreed by the Public Printer and the department or establishment concerned.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1241.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §230 (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §101, 67 Stat. 331).

(a) Purchases may be made from appropriations under the “Government Printing Office” without reference to subtitle I of title 40 and title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.) concerning purchases for the Federal Government.

(b) In addition to the authority to negotiate otherwise provided by law, the Public Printer may negotiate purchases and contracts for supplies or services for which the Public Printer determines that it is impracticable to secure competition by advertising. The Public Printer may not award a contract under this subsection unless he justifies the use of negotiation in writing and certifies the accuracy and completeness of the justification. The justification shall set out facts and circumstances that clearly and convincingly establish that advertising would not be practicable for such contract. Such a justification is final and a copy thereof shall be maintained in the Government Printing Office for at least 6 years after the date of the determination. The Public Printer may designate one or more employees of the Government Printing Office to carry out this subsection.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 5) shall apply with respect to purchases and contracts for the Government Printing Office as if the reference to “$25,000” in clause (1) of such section were a reference to “$100,000”.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 99–151, title III, §305(a), (b)(1), Nov. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 106–57, title II, §210(a), (b), Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 425; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(1), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §64 (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §102, 67 Stat. 332).

Reference to Printing Act of 1895 deleted as superseded by section 309.

The Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, 63 Stat. 377, as amended. Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter IV (§251 et seq.) of chapter 4 of Title 41, Public Contracts. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 471 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Tables.

2002—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted “subtitle I of title 40 and title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.)” for “the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act, approved June 30, 1949, as amended,”.

1999—Pub. L. 106–57, §210(b), inserted “; small purchase threshold” after “authority” in section catchline.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–57, §210(a), added subsec. (c).

1985—Pub. L. 99–151, §305(b)(1), inserted “; contract negotiation authority” in section catchline.

Pub. L. 99–151, §305(a), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).

An officer of the Government having machinery, material, equipment, or supplies for printing, binding, and blank-book work, including lithography, photolithography, and other processes of reproduction, no longer required or authorized for his service, shall submit a detailed report of them to the Public Printer. The Public Printer, with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, may requisition such articles as are serviceable in the Government Printing Office, and they shall be promptly delivered to that office.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §59 (July 19, 1919, ch. 24, §3, 41 Stat. 233).

The Deputy Public Printer, the superintendent of printing, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall constitute a board to examine and report in writing on paper delivered under contract, or by purchase or otherwise, at the Government Printing Office.

The Deputy Public Printer, the superintendent of binding, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing shall constitute a board to examine and report in writing on material, except paper, for the use of the bindery.

The Deputy Public Printer, the superintendent of printing, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing shall constitute a board of condemnation, who, upon the call of the Public Printer, shall determine the condition of presses and other machinery and material used in the Government Printing Office, with a view to condemnation.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242.)

Based on U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §49 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §20, 28 Stat. 603; May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382; June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 509).

Inks, glues, and other supplies manufactured by the Government Printing Office in connection with its work may be furnished to departments and other establishments of the Government upon requisition, and payment made from appropriations available.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §62 (June 30, 1932, ch. 314; pt. I, §1, 47 Stat. 397).

Money appropriated by any Act may not be used for maintaining more than one branch of the Government Printing Office in any one building occupied by an executive department of the Government, and a branch of the Government Printing Office may not be established unless specifically authorized by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §61 (Aug. 1, 1914, ch. 223, §1, 38 Stat. 673).

An employee of the Government Printing Office may not be detailed to duties not pertaining to the work of public printing and binding in an executive department or other Government establishment unless expressly authorized by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §47 (June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770).

The Public Printer or his delegate may designate employees of the Government Printing Office to serve as special policemen to protect persons and property in premises and adjacent areas occupied by or under the control of the Government Printing Office. Under regulations to be prescribed by the Public Printer, employees designated as special policemen are authorized to bear and use arms in the performance of their duties; make arrest for violations of laws of the United States, the several States, and the District of Columbia; and enforce the regulations of the Public Printer, including the removal from Government Printing Office premises of individuals who violate such regulations. The jurisdiction of special policemen in premises occupied by or under the control of the Government Printing Office and adjacent areas shall be concurrent with the jurisdiction of the respective law enforcement agencies where the premises are located.

(Added Pub. L. 91–359, §1(a), July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 668.)


1976—Pub. L. 94–553, §105(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2599, struck out “; copyright” after “plates” in item 505.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

This chapter is referred to in title 2 section 183; title 22 section 3714b.

All printing, binding, and blank-book work for Congress, the Executive Office, the Judiciary, other than the Supreme Court of the United States, and every executive department, independent office and establishment of the Government, shall be done at the Government Printing Office, except—

(1) classes of work the Joint Committee on Printing considers to be urgent or necessary to have done elsewhere; and

(2) printing in field printing plants operated by an executive department, independent office or establishment, and the procurement of printing by an executive department, independent office or establishment from allotments for contract field printing, if approved by the Joint Committee on Printing.

Printing or binding may be done at the Government Printing Office only when authorized by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111 and 116 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§86, 87, 28 Stat. 662; Mar. 1, 1919, ch. 86, §11, 40 Stat. 1270; July 5, 1949, ch. 296, 63 Stat. 405).

This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 116. The balance will be found in section 1123 of the revision.

Pub. L. 103–348, Oct. 6, 1994, 108 Stat. 3133, provided that:

“This Act may be cited as the ‘Vegetable Ink Printing Act of 1994’.”

“(a)

“(1) More than 95 percent of Federal printing involving documents or publications is performed using lithographic inks.

“(2) Various types of oil, including petroleum and vegetable oil, are used in lithographic ink.

“(3) Increasing the amount of vegetable oil used in a lithographic ink would—

“(A) help reduce the Nation's use of nonrenewable energy resources;

“(B) result in the use of products that are less damaging to the environment;

“(C) result in a reduction of volatile organic compound emissions; and

“(D) increase the use of renewable agricultural products.

“(4) The technology exists to use vegetable oil in lithographic ink and, in some applications, to use lithographic ink that uses no petroleum distillates in the liquid portion of the ink.

“(5) Some lithographic inks have contained vegetable oils for many years; other lithographic inks have more recently begun to use vegetable oil.

“(6) According to the Government Printing Office, using vegetable oil-based ink appears to add little if any additional cost to Government printing.

“(7) Use of vegetable oil-based ink in Federal Government printing should further develop—

“(A) the commercial viability of vegetable oil-based ink, which could result in demand, for domestic use alone, for 2,500,000,000 pounds of vegetable crops or 500,000,000 pounds of vegetable oil; and

“(B) a product that could help the United States retain or enlarge its share of the world market for vegetable oil-ink.

“(b)

“(1) are technologically feasible, and

“(2) result in printing costs that are competitive with printing using petroleum-based inks.

“(a)

“(1) In the case of news ink, 40 percent.

“(2) In the case of sheet-fed ink, 20 percent.

“(3) In the case of forms ink, 20 percent.

“(4) In the case of heat-set ink, 10 percent.

“(b)

“(1)

“(A) the head of the agency determines, after consultation with the Public Printer and within the 3-year period ending on the date of the commencement of the printing or the date of that procurement, respectively, that vegetable oil-based ink is not suitable to meet specific, identified requirements of the agency related to the printing; or

“(B) the Public Printer determines—

“(i) within the 3-month period ending on the date of the commencement of the printing, in the case of printing of materials that are printed at intervals of less than 6 months, or

“(ii) before the date of the commencement of the printing, in the case of printing of materials that are printed at intervals of 6 months or more;

that the cost of performing the printing using vegetable oil-based ink is significantly greater than the cost of performing the printing using other available ink.

“(2)

“(c)

“(1) an executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government-controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency; and

“(2) an establishment or component of the legislative or judicial branch of the Government.”

Pub. L. 102–392, title II, §207(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1719, as amended by Pub. L. 103–283, title II, §207, July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1440; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §1112(e)(1), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2683, provided that:

“(1) None of the funds appropriated for any fiscal year may be obligated or expended by any entity of the executive branch for the procurement of any printing related to the production of Government publications (including printed forms), unless such procurement is by or through the Government Printing Office.

“(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to (A) individual printing orders costing not more than $1,000, if the work is not of a continuing or repetitive nature, and, as certified by the Public Printer, if the work is included in a class of work which cannot be provided more economically through the Government Printing Office, (B) printing for the Central Intelligence Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency, National Imagery and Mapping Agency, or the National Security Agency, or (C) printing from other sources that is specifically authorized by law.

“(3) As used in this section, the term ‘printing’ includes the processes of composition, platemaking, presswork, duplicating, silk screen processes, binding, microform, and the end items of such processes.”

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:

Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §206, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; repealed by Pub. L. 102–392, title II, §207(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1720.

Pub. L. 101–163, title III, §308, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1065.

Pub. L. 100–458, title III, §309, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2184.

Pub. L. 100–202, §101(i) [title III, §309], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–310.

This section is referred to in section 503 of this title; title 7 section 285; title 10 section 195; title 15 section 4051; title 16 sections 916*l*, 961; title 20 sections 954, 956; title 22 sections 272a, 280b, 280i, 280k, 287e, 287r, 290b, 290f, 1471, 2024, 2669, 3714b; title 33 section 1123; title 35 section 2; title 42 sections 299c–3, 284, 1870.

Printing, binding, and blank-book work authorized by law, which the Public Printer is not able or equipped to do at the Government Printing Office, may be produced elsewhere under contracts made by him with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111a (Feb. 28, 1929, ch. 367, §1, 45 Stat. 1400).

Pub. L. 100–456, div. A, title VIII, §843, Sept. 29, 1988, 102 Stat. 2026, as amended by Pub. L. 101–574, title IV, §401, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2832; Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title VIII, §§801(h)(6), 806, Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2445, 2448, provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(e)

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2; title 50 App. section 460.

(a) Notwithstanding section 501 of this title, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs may use the equipment described in subsection (b) for printing and binding that the Secretary finds advisable for the use of the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(b) The equipment referred to in subsection (a) is the printing and binding equipment that the various hospitals and homes of the Department of Veterans Affairs use for occupational therapy.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(r), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 282.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111b (June 16, 1933, ch. 101, §1, 48 Stat. 302; Feb. 2, 1935, ch. 3, §1, 49 Stat. 18; Mar. 19, 1936, ch. 156, §1, 49 Stat. 1182).

1991—Pub. L. 102–54 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “Notwithstanding section 501 of this title, the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs may utilize the printing and binding equipment that the various hospitals and homes of the Veterans’ Administration use for occupational therapy, for printing and binding which he finds advisable for the use of the Veterans’ Administration.”

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Joint Committee on Printing may permit the Public Printer to authorize an executive department, independent office, or establishment of the Government to purchase direct for its use such printing, binding, and blank-book work, otherwise authorized by law, as the Government Printing Office is not able or suitably equipped to execute or as may be more economically or in the better interest of the Government executed elsewhere.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §14 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §12, 28 Stat. 602; July 8, 1935, ch. 374, §1, 49 Stat. 475; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §3(10), 65 Stat. 708).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2; title 42 section 5197.

The Public Printer shall sell, under regulations of the Joint Committee on Printing to persons who may apply, additional or duplicate stereotype or electrotype plates from which a Government publication is printed, at a price not to exceed the cost of composition, the metal, and making to the Government, plus 10 per centum, and the full amount of the price shall be paid when the order is filed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 94–553, §105(a)(1), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2599.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §58 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §52, 28 Stat. 608).

1976—Pub. L. 94–553 struck out provision that a publication could not be copyrighted if it was reprinted from additional or duplicate plates purchased from the Government from which Government publications had been printed or if it was reprinted from other Government publications.

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–553 effective Jan. 1, 1978, see section 102 of Pub. L. 94–553, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 17, Copyrights.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2; title 39 section 405.

A document or report to be illustrated or accompanied by maps may not be printed by the Public Printer until the illustrations or maps designed for it are ready for publication.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §115 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §80, 28 Stat. 621).

This section incorporates only the first clause of former section 115. The balance will be found in section 507 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

An order for public printing may not be acted upon by the Public Printer after the expiration of one year unless the entire copy and illustrations for the work have been furnished within that period.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §115 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §80, 28 Stat. 621).

This section incorporates only the second clause of former section 115. The balance will be found in section 506 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

At the beginning of each session of Congress, the Public Printer shall submit to the Joint Committee on Printing estimates of the quantity of paper of all descriptions required for the public printing and binding during the ensuing year.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §36 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §26, 28 Stat. 604).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Joint Committee on Printing shall fix upon standards of paper for the different descriptions of public printing and binding, and the Public Printer, under their direction, shall advertise in six newspapers or trade journals, published in different cities, for sealed proposals to furnish the Government with paper, as specified in the schedule to be furnished applicants by the Public Printer, setting forth in detail the quality and quantities required for the public printing. The Public Printer shall furnish samples of the standard of papers fixed upon to applicants who desire to bid.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §5 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §3, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §1, 43 Stat. 1105).

Pub. L. 101–423, Oct. 12, 1990, 104 Stat. 912, provided that:

“Whereas it is now widely recognized and scientifically demonstrated that the acidic papers commonly used for more than a century in documents, books, and other publications are self-destructing and will continue to self destruct;

“Whereas Americans are facing the prospect of continuing to lose national, historical, scientific, and scholarly records, including government records, faster than salvage efforts can be mounted despite the dedicated efforts of many libraries, archives, and agencies, such as the Library of Congress and the National Archives and Records Administration;

“Whereas nationwide hundreds of millions of dollars will have to be spent by the Federal, State, and local governments and private institutions to salvage the most essential books and other materials in the libraries and archives of government, academic, and private institutions;

“Whereas paper manufacturers can produce a sufficient supply of acid free permanent papers with a life of several hundred years, at prices competitive with acid papers, if publishers would specify the use of such papers, and some publishers and many university presses are already publishing on acid free permanent papers;

“Whereas most Government agencies do not require the use of acid free permanent papers for appropriate Federal records and publications;

“Whereas librarians, publishers, and other professional groups have urged the use of acid free permanent papers;

“Whereas even when books are printed on acid free permanent paper this fact is often not made known to libraries by notations in the book or by notations in standard bibliographic listings; and

“Whereas there is an urgent need to prevent the continuance of the acid paper problem in the future: Now, therefore, be it

“*Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,*

“

“

“(1) Federal agencies require the use of acid free permanent papers for publications of enduring value produced by the Government Printing Office or produced by Federal grant or contract, using the specifications for such paper established by the Joint Committee on Printing;

“(2) Federal agencies require the use of archival quality acid free papers for permanently valuable Federal records and confer with the National Archives and Records Administration on the requirements for paper quality;

“(3) American publishers and State and local governments use acid free permanent papers for publications of enduring value, in voluntary compliance with the American National Standard;

“(4) all publishers, private and governmental, prominently note the use of acid free permanent paper in books, advertisements, catalogs, and standard bibliographic listings; and

“(5) the Secretary of State, Librarian of Congress, Archivist of the United States, and other Federal officials make known the national policy regarding acid free permanent papers to foreign governments and appropriate international agencies since the acid paper problem is worldwide and essential foreign materials being imported by our libraries are printed on acid papers.

“

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The advertisements for proposals shall specify the minimum portion of each quality of paper required for either three months, six months, or one year, as the Joint Committee on Printing determines; but when the minimum portion so specified exceeds, in any case, one thousand reams, it shall state that proposals will be received for one thousand reams or more.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1954 ed., §6 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §4, 28 Stat. 601).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The sealed proposals to furnish paper and envelopes shall be opened in the presence of the Joint Committee on Printing who shall award the contracts to the lowest and best bidder for the interest of the Government. The committee 1 may not consider a proposal that is not accompanied by a bond with security or certified check in the amount of $5,000, guaranteeing that the bidder if his proposal is accepted, will enter into a formal contract with the United States to furnish the paper or envelopes specified. The Committee may not consider a proposal from a person unknown to it unless accompanied by satisfactory evidence that he is a manufacturer of or dealer in the description of paper or envelopes proposed to be furnished.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §7 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §5, 28 Stat. 602; June 16, 1938, ch. 477, §3, 52 Stat. 761).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.

A contract for furnishing paper is not valid until approved by the Joint Committee on Printing. The award of a contract for furnishing paper shall designate a reasonable time for its performance. The contractor shall give bond in an amount fixed and approved by the Committee.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §8 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §6, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Public Printer shall compare every lot of paper and envelopes delivered by a contractor with the standard of quality fixed upon by the Joint Committee on Printing, and may not accept paper or envelopes which do not conform to it in every particular. A lot of delivered paper or envelopes which does not conform to the standard of quality may be accepted by the Committee at a discount that in its opinion is sufficient to protect the interests of the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §9 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §7, 28 Stat. 602; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VIII, §13, 49 Stat. 1553).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Joint Committee on Printing shall determine differences of opinion between the Public Printer and a contractor for paper respecting the paper's quality; and the decision of the Committee is final as to the United States.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §10 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §8, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

If a contractor fails to comply with his contract, the Public Printer shall report the default to the Joint Committee on Printing, and under its direction, enter into a new contract with the lowest, best, and most responsible bidder for the interest of the Government among those whose proposals were rejected at the last opening of bids, or he shall advertise for new proposals, under the regulations provided by sections 509–517 of this title. During the interval that may thus occur he may, under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, purchase in open market, at the lowest market price, paper necessary for the public printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §11 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §9, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).

This section is referred to in section 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Upon failure to furnish paper, a contractor and his sureties shall be responsible for any increase of cost to the Government in procuring a supply of the paper consequent upon his default. The Public Printer shall report every default, with a full statement of all the facts in the case, to the General Counsel for the Department of the Treasury, who shall prosecute the defaulting contractor and his sureties upon their bond in the district court of the United States in the district in which the defaulting contractor resides.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §12 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §10, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §512(b), 48 Stat. 759).

This section is referred to in sections 515, 1121 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Joint Committee on Printing may authorize the Public Printer to purchase paper in open market when they consider the quantity required so small or the want so immediate as not to justify advertisement for proposals.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §13 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §11, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).

This section is referred to in section 515 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.


1996—Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(4)(B), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751, substituted “Senators” for “Members of Congress” in item 735.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

(a) The order by either House of Congress to print a document or report shall signify the “usual number” of copies for binding and distribution among those entitled to receive them. A greater number may not be printed unless ordered by either House, or as provided by this section. When a special number of a document or report is ordered printed, the usual number shall also be printed, unless already ordered.

(b) The “usual number” of documents and reports shall be one thousand six hundred and eighty-two copies, which shall be printed at one time and distributed as follows:

Of the House documents and reports, unbound—to the Senate document room, one hundred and fifty copies; to the office of the Secretary of the Senate, ten copies; to the House document room, not to exceed five hundred copies; to the office of the Clerk of the House of Representatives, twenty copies; to the Library of Congress, ten copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title.

Of the Senate documents and reports, unbound—to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty copies; office of the Secretary of the Senate, ten copies; to the House document room, not to exceed five hundred copies; to the Clerk's office of the House of Representatives, ten copies; to the Library of Congress, ten copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title.

(c) Of the number printed, the Public Printer shall bind a sufficient number of copies for distribution as follows:

Of the House documents and reports, bound—to the Senate library, fifteen copies; to the Library of Congress, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title; to the House of Representatives library, fifteen copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, as many copies as are required for distribution to the State libraries and designated depositories.

Of the Senate documents and reports, bound—to the Senate library, fifteen copies; to the Library of Congress, copies as provided by sections 1718 and 1719 of this title; to the House of Representatives library, fifteen copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, as many copies as may be required for distribution to State libraries and designated depositories. In binding documents the Public Printer shall give precedence to those that are to be distributed to libraries and to designated depositories. But a State library or designated depository entitled to documents that may prefer to have its documents in unbound form, may do so by notifying the Superintendent of Documents to that effect prior to the convening of each Congress.

(d) The usual number of reports on private bills, concurrent or simple resolutions, may not be printed. Instead there shall be printed of each Senate report on a private bill, simple or concurrent resolution, in addition to those required to be furnished the Library of Congress, three hundred and forty-five copies, which shall be distributed as follows: to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty copies; to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies; to the House document room, one hundred copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies; and of each House report on a private bill, simple or concurrent resolution, in addition to those for the Library of Congress, two hundred and sixty copies, which shall be distributed as follows: to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies; to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies; to the House document room, one hundred copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.

This section does not prevent the binding of all Senate and House reports in the reserve volumes bound for and delivered to the Senate and House libraries, nor abridge the right of the Vice President, Senators, Representatives, Resident Commissioner, Secretary of the Senate, and Clerk of the House to have bound in half morocco, or material not more expensive, one copy of every public document to which he may be entitled. At least twelve copies of each report on bills for the payment or adjudication of claims against the Government shall be kept on file in the Senate document room.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1246.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §131 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §54, 28 Stat. 608; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; Jan. 20, 1905, ch. 50, §1, 33 Stat. 610; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §2, 35 Stat. 566; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 317, 35 Stat. 1067; June 25, 1910, ch. 439, 36 Stat. 868; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §§6, 7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352).

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(2) [title I, §111], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–110, provided that:

“(a)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(b)

“(1)

“(2)

“(c)

“(1) Authorized printing and binding for the Congress and the distribution of congressional information in any format.

“(2) Preparing the semimonthly and session index to the Congressional Record.

“(3) Printing and binding of Government publications authorized by law to be distributed to Members of Congress.

“(4) Printing, binding, and distribution of Government publications authorized by law to be distributed without charge to the recipient.”

This section is referred to in title 2 section 28b.

Copies in addition to the “usual number” of documents and reports shall be printed promptly when ready for publication, and may be bound in paper or cloth as the Joint Committee on Printing directs.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1247.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §§132, 134 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§2, 73, 28 Stat. 601, 612, Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).

Orders for printing copies in addition to the “usual number”, otherwise than provided for by this section, shall be by simple, concurrent, or joint resolution. Either House may print extra copies to the amount of $1,200 by simple resolution; if the cost exceeds that sum, the printing shall be ordered by concurrent resolution, unless the resolution is self-appropriating, when it shall be by joint resolution. Resolutions, when presented to either House, shall be referred to the Committee on House Oversight of the House of Representatives or the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate, who, in making their report, shall give the probable cost of the proposed printing upon the estimate of the Public Printer; and extra copies may not be printed before the committee has reported. The printing of additional copies may be performed upon orders of the Joint Committee on Printing within a limit of $700 in cost in any one instance.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1247; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(2), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §133 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 72, 63 Stat. 48).

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “House Oversight” for “House Administration”.

Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.

This section is referred to in section 726 of this title.

When the supply is exhausted, the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives may order the reprinting of not more than one thousand copies of a pending bill, resolution, or public law, not exceeding fifty pages, or a report from a committee or congressional commission on pending legislation not accompanied by testimony or exhibits or other appendices and not exceeding fifty pages. The Public Printer shall require each requisition for reprinting to cite the specific authority of law for its execution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §137 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012).

The Public Printer shall examine the orders of the Senate and House of Representatives for printing, and in case of duplication shall print under the first order received.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §135 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §53, 28 Stat. 608).

There shall be printed of each Senate and House public bill and joint resolution six hundred and twenty-five copies, which shall be distributed as follows:

to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty-five copies;

to the office of Secretary of Senate, fifteen copies;

to the House document room, three hundred and eighty-five copies.

There shall be printed of each Senate private bill, when introduced, when reported, and when passed, three hundred copies, which shall be distributed as follows:

to the Senate document room, one hundred and seventy copies;

to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;

to the House document room, one hundred copies;

to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.

There shall be printed of each House private bill, when introduced, when reported, and when passed two hundred and sixty copies, which shall be distributed as follows:

to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies;

to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;

to the House document room, one hundred copies;

to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.

Bills and resolutions shall be printed in bill form, and, unless specially ordered by either House shall be printed only when referred to a committee, when favorably reported back, and after their passage by either House.

Of concurrent and simple resolutions, when reported, and after their passage by either House, only two hundred and sixty copies shall be printed, except by special order, and shall be distributed as follows:

to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies;

to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;

to the House document room, one hundred copies;

to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §189 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §55, 28 Stat. 609; Jan. 20, 1905, ch. 50, §2, 22 Stat. 611).

Subject to sections 205 and 206 of Title 1, the Joint Committee on Printing may authorize the printing of a bill or resolution, with index and ancillaries, in the style and form the Joint Committee on Printing considers most suitable in the interest of economy and efficiency, and to so continue until final enactment in both Houses of Congress. The committee may also curtail the number of copies of bills or resolutions, including the slip form of a public Act or public resolution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §189a (June 13, 1934, ch. 483, §3, 48 Stat. 948).

The Public Printer shall bind four sets of Senate and House of Representatives bills, joint and concurrent resolutions of each Congress, two for the Senate and two for the House, to be furnished him from the files of the Senate and House document room, the volumes when bound to be kept there for reference.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §190 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §82, 28 Stat. 622).

The Public Printer shall print in slip form copies of public and private laws, postal conventions, and treaties, to be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the number and distribution of copies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §191 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609; July 10, 1952, ch. 632, §7, 66 Stat. 541).

This section is referred to in sections 711, 712 of this title.

The Archivist of the United States shall furnish to the Public Printer a copy of every Act and joint resolution, as soon as possible after its approval by the President, or after it has become a law under the Constitution without his approval.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §191a (R.S. §210; June 20, 1874, ch. 328, 18 Stat. 88; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950; 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The Public Printer, on receiving from the Archivist of the United States a copy of an Act or joint resolution, or from the Secretary of State, a copy of a treaty, shall print an accurate copy and transmit it in duplicate to the Archivist of the United States or to the Secretary of State, as the case may be, for revision. On the return of one of the revised duplicates, he shall make the marked corrections and print the number specified by section 709 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §192 (R.S. §3805; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The Public Printer, on receiving from the Postmaster General a copy of a postal convention between the Postmaster General, on the part of the United States, and an equivalent officer of a foreign government, shall print an accurate copy and transmit it in duplicate to the Postmaster General. On the return of one of the revised duplicates, he shall make the marked corrections and print the number specified by section 709 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §193 (R.S. §3806; June 20, 1874, ch. 328, §1, 18 Stat. 88; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609).

Office of Postmaster General of Post Office Department abolished and functions, powers, and duties of Postmaster General transferred to United States Postal Service by Pub. L. 91–375, §4(a), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 773, set out as a note under section 201 of Title 39, Postal Service.

There shall be printed of the Journals of the Senate and House of Representatives eight hundred and twenty copies, which shall be distributed as follows:

to the Senate document room, ninety copies for distribution to Senators, and twenty-five additional copies;

to the Senate library, ten copies;

to the House document room, three hundred and sixty copies for distribution to Members, and twenty-five additional copies;

to the Department of State, four copies;

to the Superintendent of Documents, one hundred and forty-four copies to be distributed to three libraries in each of the States to be designated by the Superintendent of Documents; and

to the Library of the House of Representatives, ten copies.

The remaining number of the Journals of the Senate and House of Representatives, consisting of twenty-five copies, shall be furnished to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively, as the necessities of their respective offices require, as rapidly as signatures are completed for distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §158, Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 47.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §147 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §57, 28 Stat. 609; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464).

1982—Pub. L. 97–164 substituted “eight hundred and twenty” for “eight hundred and twenty-two” as total number of Journals printed and struck out provision that directed that two copies be distributed to the Court of Claims.

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

The Joint Committee on Printing shall establish rules to be observed by the Public Printer, by which public documents and reports printed for Congress, or either House, may be printed in two or more editions, to meet the public requirements. The aggregate of the editions may not exceed the number of copies otherwise authorized. This section does not prevent the printing of the full number of a document or report, or the allotment of the full quota to Senators and Representatives, as otherwise authorized, when a legitimate demand for the full complement is known to exist.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §136 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 14, 34 Stat. 826).

The Public Printer shall print, in addition to the usual number, and furnish the Department of State twenty copies of each Senate and House of Representatives document and report.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §138 (Feb. 7, 1896, No. 14, 29 Stat. 463).

Either House may order the printing of a document not already provided for by law, when accompanied by an estimate from the Public Printer as to the probable cost. An executive department, bureau, board, or independent office of the Government submitting reports or documents in response to inquiries from Congress shall include an estimate of the probable cost of printing to the usual number. This section does not apply to reports or documents not exceeding fifty pages.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §140 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).

The cost of the printing of a document or report printed by order of Congress which, under section 1107 of this title, cannot be properly charged to another appropriation or allotment of appropriation already made, upon order of the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be charged to the allotment of appropriation for printing and binding for Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §144 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).

The authority to print a document or report, or a publication authorized by law to be printed, for distribution by Congress, shall lapse when the whole number of copies has not been ordered within two years from the date of the original order, except orders for subsequent editions, approved by the Joint Committee on Printing, in which case the whole number may not exceed that originally authorized by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §141 (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §5, 34 Stat. 1014).

Publications ordered printed by Congress, or either House, shall be in four series, namely:

one series of reports made by the committees of the Senate, to be known as Senate reports;

one series of reports made by the committees of the House of Representatives, to be known as House reports;

one series of documents other than reports of committees, the orders for printing which originate in the Senate, to be known as Senate documents; and

one series of documents other than committee reports, the orders for printing which originate in the House of Representatives, to be known as House documents.

The publications in each series shall be consecutively numbered, the numbers in each series continuing in unbroken sequence throughout the entire term of a Congress, but these provisions do not apply to the documents printed for the use of the Senate in executive session. Of the “usual number”, the copies which are intended for distribution to State libraries and other designated depositories of annual or serial publications originating in or prepared by an executive department, bureau, office, commission, or board may not be numbered in the document or report series of either House of Congress, but shall be designated by title and bound as provided by section 738 of this title; and the departmental edition, if any, shall be printed concurrently with the “usual number.” Hearings of committees may be printed as congressional documents only when specifically ordered by Congress or either House.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §142 (Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §1, 35 Stat. 565).

Each House may order printed as many copies as it desires, of the Senate Manual and of the Rules and Manual of the House of Representatives, even though the cost exceed $500.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §148 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617).

(a) There shall be prepared under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing (1) a Congressional Directory, which shall be printed and distributed as early as practicable during the first session of each Congress and (2) a supplement to each Congressional Directory, which shall be printed and distributed as early as practicable during the second regular session of each Congress. The Joint Committee shall control the number and distribution of the Congressional Directory and each supplement.

(b) One copy of the Congressional Directory delivered to Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives (including Delegates and the Resident Commissioner) shall be bound in cloth and imprinted on the cover with the name of the Member. Copies of the Congressional Directory delivered to depository libraries may be bound in cloth. All other copies of the Congressional Directory shall be bound in paper and names shall not be imprinted thereon, except that copies printed for sale under section 722 may be bound in cloth.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §404, Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 682.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §149 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617; July 1, 1902, ch. 1351, 32 Stat. 583).

1977—Pub. L. 95–94 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions relating to distribution of initial and supplementary Directories for provisions requiring preparation of three editions of the Directory during the first session of each Congress and two editions during each second regular session of Congress, struck out provisions relating to distribution of the first edition and provisions relating to cloth binding for copies delivered to Senators and Representatives, and added subsec. (b).

The Public Printer, under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, may print the current Congressional Directory for sale at a price sufficient to reimburse the expense of printing. The money derived from sales shall be paid into the Treasury and accounted for in his annual report to Congress, and sales may not be made on credit.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §150 (Jan. 12, 1895 ch. 23, §40, 28 Stat. 607).

This section is referred to in section 721 of this title.

After the final adjournment of each session of Congress, there shall be compiled, prepared, printed with illustrations, and bound in cloth in one volume, in the style, form, and manner directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, without extra compensation to any employee, the legislative proceedings of Congress and the exercises at the general memorial services held in the House of Representatives during each session relative to the death of a Member of Congress or a former Member of Congress who served as Speaker, together with all relevant memorial addresses and eulogies published in the Congressional Record during the same session of Congress, and any other matter the Joint Committee considers relevant; and there shall be printed as many copies as needed to supply the total quantity provided for by this section, of which fifty copies, bound in full morocco, with gilt edges, suitably lettered as may be requested, shall be delivered to the family of the deceased, and the remaining copies shall be distributed as follows:

of all eulogies on deceased Members of Congress to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress, one copy;

of the eulogies on deceased Senators there shall be furnished two hundred and fifty copies for each Senator of the State represented by the deceased and twenty copies for each Representative from that State;

of the eulogies on a deceased Representative and Resident Commissioner two hundred and fifty copies for his successor in office; twenty copies for each of the other Representatives, or Resident Commissioner of the State, or insular possession represented by the deceased; and twenty copies for each Senator from that State.

The “usual number” of memorial addresses may not be printed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251; Pub. L. 97–51, §101(c), Oct. 1, 1981, 95 Stat. 959.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §151 (Aug. 23, 1894, ch. 307, 28 Stat. 447; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title I, §1, 49 Stat. 1545).

The 1981 amendment by Pub. L. 97–51 is based on section 4 of House Resolution 23, Ninety–seventh Congress, Mar. 10, 1981, as enacted into permanent law by H.R. 4120, as reported July 9, 1981, and incorporated by reference in section 101(c) of Pub. L. 97–51, to be effective as if enacted into law.

1981—Pub. L. 97–51 inserted “or a former Member of Congress who served as Speaker” after “relative to the death of a Member of Congress”.

Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: “Hereafter, appropriations for authorized printing and binding for Congress shall not be available under the authority of section 723 of title 44 of the United States Code for the printing, publication, and distribution of more than fifty bound eulogies to be delivered to the family of the deceased, and in the case of a deceased Senator or deceased Representative (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico), there shall be furnished to his successor in office two hundred and fifty copies.”

The illustrations to accompany bound copies of memorial addresses delivered in Congress shall be made at the Bureau of Engraving and Printing and paid for out of the appropriation for that bureau, or, in the discretion of the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be obtained elsewhere by the Public Printer and charged to the allotment for printing and binding for Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §152 (Mar. 4, 1921, ch. 161, §1, 41 Stat. 1431).

Of the statements of appropriations required to be prepared by section 105 of Title 2, there shall be printed, after the close of each regular session of Congress, the usual number of copies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §153 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 958).

A committee of Congress may not procure the printing of more than one thousand copies of a hearing, or other document germane thereto, for its use except by simple, concurrent, or joint resolution, as provided by section 703 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §154 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012).

The Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives shall procure and file for the use of their respective House copies of all reports made by committees, and at the close of each session of Congress shall have the reports indexed and bound, one copy to be deposited in the library of each House and one copy in the committee from which the report emanates.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §155 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §83, 28 Stat. 622).

The Public Printer, after the final adjournment of each regular session of Congress, shall print and bind copies of the United States Statutes at Large, to be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the number and distribution of the copies.

The Public Printer shall print and, after the end of each calendar year, bind and deliver to the Superintendent of Documents a number of copies of the United States Treaties and Other International Agreements not exceeding the number of copies of the United States Statutes at Large required for distribution in the manner provided by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §196a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VI, §9, 49 Stat. 1551; June 16, 1938, ch. 477, §2, 52 Stat. 761; Sept. 23, 1950, ch. 1001, §4, 64 Stat. 980; July 10, 1952, ch. 632, §2, 66 Stat. 540).

Pub. L. 94–440, title X, Oct. 1, 1976, 90 Stat. 1459, provided that: “Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of copies of the United States Statutes at Large shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive copies of such document.”

The Archivist of the United States shall include in the references in margins of the United States Statutes at Large the number of the bill or joint resolution (designating S. for Senate bill, H.R. for House bill, S.J. Res. for Senate joint resolution and H.J. Res. for House joint resolution, as the case may be) under which each Act was approved and became a law, the reference in the margins to be placed within brackets immediately under the date of the approval of the Act at the beginning of each Act as printed beginning with Volume 32 of the United States Statutes at Large.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §197 (Apr. 12, 1904, No. 20, 33 Stat. 589; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

When, in the division among Senators, and Representatives, of documents printed for the use of Congress there is an apportionment to each or either House in round numbers, the Public Printer may not deliver the full number so accredited at the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, but only the largest multiple of the number constituting the full membership of that House, including the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and Clerk and Sergeant at Arms of the House, which is contained in the round numbers thus accredited to that House, so that the number delivered divides evenly and without remainder among the Members of the House to which they are delivered; and the remainder of the documents thus resulting shall be turned over to the Superintendent of Documents, to be distributed by him, first, to public and school libraries for the purpose of completing broken sets; second, to public and school libraries that have not been supplied with any portions of the sets, and, lastly, by sale to other persons; the libraries to be named to him by Senators and Representatives; and in this distribution the Superintendent of Documents, as far as practicable, shall make an equal allowance to each Senator and Representative.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(3), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §157 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §68, 28 Stat. 612; Apr. 6, 1904, ch. 862, 33 Stat. 159; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “and Sergeant at Arms” for “, Sergeant at Arms, and Doorkeeper”.

The Congressional allotment of public documents, other than the Congressional Record, printed after the expiration of the term of office of the Vice President of the United States, or Senator, Representative, or Resident Commissioner, shall be delivered to his successor in office.

Unless the Vice President of the United States, a Senator, Representative, or Resident Commissioner, having public documents to his credit at the expiration of his term of office takes them prior to the 30th day of June next following the date of expiration, he shall forfeit them to his successor in office.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §158 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §72, 28 Stat. 612; Mar. 18, 1924, ch. 60, 43 Stat. 24; June 18, 1934, ch. 606, §1, 48 Stat. 1017).

Words “or her” deleted by authority of Title 1, sec. 1—“words importing masculine gender may be applied to females”.

Reelected Members may distribute public documents to their credit, or the credit of their respective districts in the Interior or other Departments and bureaus, and in the Government Printing Office, during their successive terms and until their right to frank documents ends.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §159 (June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 62).

The Public Printer on order of a Member of Congress, on prepayment of the cost, may reprint documents and reports of committees together with the evidence papers submitted, or any part ordered printed by the Congress.

He may also furnish without cost to Members and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, blank franks printed on sheets and perforated, or singly at their option, for public documents. Franks shall contain in the upper left-hand corner the following words: “Public document. United States Senate” or “House of Representatives U.S.” and in the upper right-hand corner the letters “U.S.S.” or “M. C.” But he may not print any other words except where it is desirable to affix the official title of a document. Other words printed on franks shall be at the personal expense of the Member or Resident Commissioner ordering them.

At the request of a Member of Congress or Resident Commissioner the Public Printer may print upon franks or envelopes used for mailing public documents the facsimile signature of the Member or Resident Commissioner and a special request for return if not called for, and the name of the State or Commonwealth and county and city. The Member or Resident Commissioner shall deposit with his order the extra expense involved in printing these additional words.

The Public Printer may also, at the request of a Member or Resident Commissioner, print on envelopes authorized to be furnished, the name of the Member or Resident Commissioner, and State or Commonwealth, the date, and the topic or subject matter, not exceeding twelve words.

The Public Printer shall deposit moneys accruing under this section in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the appropriation made for the working capital of the Government Printing Office for the year in which the work is done. He shall account for them in his annual report to Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253; Pub. L. 93–191, §8(a), Dec. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 745; Pub. L. 93–255, §2(b), Mar. 27, 1974, 88 Stat. 52; Pub. L. 99–87, §1(c)(2), Aug. 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 291.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §162 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §37, 28 Stat. 606; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 961; Jan. 30, 1904, ch. 39, 33 Stat. 9; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1300).

Section 893 of Title 48, U.S. Code, provides that: “The Resident Commissioner of Puerto Rico shall . . . be allowed the franking privilege granted Members of Congress.”

By inference he should be included in section 733, since the franking privilege should include the means to use it.

Changes have been made in section 733 to include the Resident Commissioner as to printing of franks.

1985—Pub. L. 99–87 temporarily inserted “Franks may also contain information relating to missing children as provided in section 3220 of title 39.” before “But he may not print” in second par. See Termination Date of 1985 Amendment note below.

1974—Pub. L. 93–255 struck out “Postage paid by Congress.” after “Public document.” in second par.

1973—Pub. L. 93–191 substituted “Public document. Postage paid by Congress.” for “Public document. Free.” in second par.

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–87 not effective after Dec. 31, 2002, see section 5 of Pub. L. 99–87, as amended, set out as a Termination Date note under former section 3220 of Title 39, Postal Service.

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–191 effective Dec. 18, 1973, see section 14 of Pub. L. 93–191, set out as a note under section 3210 of Title 39, Postal Service.

This section is referred to in title 2 section 31b–4; title 39 sections 3201, 3216.

Upon requisition of the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively, the Public Printer shall furnish stationery, blank books, tables, forms, and other necessary papers preparatory to congressional legislation, required for the official use of the Senate and the House of Representatives, or their committees and officers. This does not prevent the purchase by the officers of the Senate and House of Representatives of stationery and blank books necessary for sale to Senators and Members in the stationery rooms of the two Houses as provided by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §146 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).

Stationery room of House of Representatives redesignated Office Supply Service.

Certain functions of Officers of House of Representatives transferred to Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services by section 7 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992. Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services replaced by Chief Administrative Officer of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.

Each Senator is entitled to the binding in half morocco, or material not more expensive, of one copy of each public document to which he is entitled, an account of which shall be kept by the Secretary of the Senate.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(4)(A), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §160 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).

1996—Pub. L. 104–186, in section catchline, substituted “Senators” for “Members of Congress”, and in text, substituted “Senator” for “Member of Congress” and struck out “and Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively” after “Secretary of the Senate”.

Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: “Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law appropriations for the binding of copies of public documents by Committees for distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) shall not be available for a Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive bound copies of any such documents.”

The Public Printer may bind at the Government Printing Office books, maps, charts, or documents published by authority of Congress, upon application of a Member of Congress, and payment of the actual cost of binding.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §171 (Dec. 10, 1877, ch. 6, 20 Stat. 5).

The Secretary of the Senate may make requisition upon the Public Printer for the binding for the Senate library of books he considers necessary, at a cost not to exceed $200 per year.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §168 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 958).

The Public Printer shall supply the Superintendent of Documents with sufficient copies of publications distributed in unbound form, to be bound and distributed to the State libraries and other designated depositories for their permanent files. Every publication of sufficient size on any one subject shall be bound separately and receive the title suggested by the subject of the volume, and the others shall be distributed in unbound form as soon as printed. The library edition, as well as all other bound sets of congressional numbered documents and reports, shall be arranged in volumes and bound in the manner directed by the Joint Committee on Printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §143 (Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §2, 35 Stat. 566).

This section is referred to in section 719 of this title.

There shall be one document room of the Senate and one of the House of Representatives, to be designated, respectively, the “Senate and House document room.” Each shall be in charge of a superintendent, who shall be appointed by the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House, respectively, together with the necessary assistants. The Senate document room shall be under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Senate.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(5), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §165 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §60, 28 Stat. 610; Mar. 3, 1901, ch. 830, §1, 31 Stat. 962).

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “Clerk” for “Doorkeeper”.

There shall be a Senate Service Department and a House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service in the charge of superintendents, appointed respectively by the Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives, together with the necessary assistants. Reports or documents to be distributed for the Senators and Representatives shall be folded and distributed from the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, unless otherwise ordered, and the respective superintendent shall notify each Senator and Representative in writing once every sixty days of the number and character of publications on hand and assigned to him for use and distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(6), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §166 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §71, 28 Stat. 612; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives” for “Doorkeeper of the House”.

The Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and the Clerk and Doorkeeper of the House of Representatives, at the convening in regular session of each successive Congress shall cause an invoice to be made of public documents stored in and about the Capitol, other than those belonging to the quota of Members of Congress, to the Library of Congress and the Senate and House libraries and document rooms. The superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service shall put the documents to the credit of Senators and Representatives in quantities equal in the number of volumes and as nearly as possible in value, to each Member of Congress, and the documents shall be distributed upon the orders of Senators and Representatives, each of whom shall be supplied by the superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service with a list of the number and character of the publications thus put to his credit, but before apportionment is made copies of any of these documents desired for the use of a committee of either House shall be delivered to the chairman of the committee.

Four copies of leather-bound documents shall be reserved and carefully stored, to be used in supplying deficiencies in the Senate and House libraries caused by wear or loss.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §167 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §63, 28 Stat. 611; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).

“Senate Service Department and House Folding Room” was substituted for “Senate and House folding rooms,” and “superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House Folding Room” was substituted for “superintendents of the folding rooms” in view of act July 2, 1954, which redesignated the Senate Folding Room as the Senate Service Department.

Act July 2, 1954, provided in part that “hereafter” the Senate Folding Room should be known as the Senate Service Department.

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

Office of Doorkeeper of House of Representatives abolished and functions transferred generally to Sergeant-at-Arms of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.


1974—Pub. L. 93–314, §1(c), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239, struck out “; subscription” in item 906, and substituted “subscriptions; sale of current, individual numbers and bound sets; postage rate” for “sale of current numbers and bound sets” in item 910.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the arrangement and style of the Congressional Record, and while providing that it shall be substantially a verbatim report of proceedings, shall take all needed action for the reduction of unnecessary bulk. It shall provide for the publication of an index of the Congressional Record semimonthly during and at the close of sessions of Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §181 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §13, 28 Stat. 603).

The Joint Committee on Printing shall designate to the Public Printer competent persons to prepare the semimonthly and the session index to the Congressional Record and shall fix the compensation to be paid by the Public Printer for that work, and direct the form and manner of its publication and distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, 28 Stat. 603; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).

The public proceedings of each House of Congress as reported by the Official Reporters, shall be printed in the Congressional Record, which shall be issued in daily form during each session and shall be revised, printed, and bound promptly, as directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, in permanent form, for distribution during and after the close of each session of Congress. The daily and the permanent Record shall bear the same date, which shall be that of the actual day's proceedings reported. The “usual number” of the Congressional Record may not be printed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, as added June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).

Maps, diagrams, or illustrations may not be inserted in the Record without the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182b (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, as added June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).

The Joint Committee on Printing shall provide for printing in the daily Record the legislative program for the day together with a list of congressional committee meetings and hearings, and the place of meeting and subject matter. It shall cause a brief resume of congressional activities for the previous day to be incorporated in the Record, together with an index of its contents prepared under the supervision of the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182c (Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title II, §221, 60 Stat. 837).

The Public Printer shall furnish the Congressional Record only as follows:

of the bound edition—

to the Senate Service Department five copies for the Vice President and each Senator;

to the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, each, two copies;

to the Joint Committee on Printing not to exceed one hundred copies;

to the House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, three copies for each Representative and Resident Commissioner in Congress; and

to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House of Representatives, each, two copies;

of the daily edition—

to the Vice President, one hundred copies;

to each Senator, fifty copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);

to the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, each, twenty-five copies;

to the Secretary, for official use, not to exceed thirty-five copies; and

to the Sergeant at Arms for use on the floor of the Senate, not to exceed fifty copies;

to each Member of the House of Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Delegate from the District of Columbia, the Delegate from Guam, and the Delegate from the Virgin Islands, thirty-four copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);

to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House of Representatives, each, twenty-five copies;

to the Clerk, for official use, not to exceed fifty copies, and to the Clerk for use on the floor of the House of Representatives, not to exceed seventy-five copies;

to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress (and not transferable) three copies of which one shall be delivered at his residence, one at his office, and one at the Capitol.

In addition to the foregoing the Congressional Record shall also be furnished as follows:

In unstitched form, and held in reserve by the Public Printer, as many copies of the daily Record as may be required to supply a semimonthly edition, bound in paper cover together with each semimonthly index when it is issued, and then be delivered promptly as follows:

to each committee and commission of Congress, one daily and one semimonthly copy;

to each joint committee and joint commission in Congress, as may be designated by the Joint Committee on Printing, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the Secretary and the Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, for office use, each, six semimonthly copies;

to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House, for office use, each, six semimonthly copies;

to the Joint Committee on Printing, ten semimonthly copies;

to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress, one semimonthly copy;

to the President of the United States, for the use of the Executive Office, ten copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and one bound copy;

to the Chief Justice of the United States and each of the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, one copy of the daily;

to the offices of the marshal and clerk of the Supreme Court of the United States, each, two copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;

to each United States circuit and district judge, and to the chief judge and each associate judge of the United States Court of Federal Claims, the United States Court of International Trade, the Tax Court of the United States, the United States Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims, and the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces, upon request to a member of Congress and notification by the Member to the Public Printer, one copy of the daily, in addition to those authorized to be furnished to Members of Congress under the preceding provisions of this section;

to the offices of the Vice President and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, each, six copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;

to the Sergeant at Arms, the Chaplain, the Postmaster, the superintendent and the foreman of the Senate Service Department and of the House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, respectively; and to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate, each, one copy of the daily;

to the office of the Parliamentarian of the House of Representatives, six copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and two bound copies;

to the offices of the Official Reporters of Debates of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, each, fifteen copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and three bound copies;

to the office of the stenographers to committees of the House of Representatives, four copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;

to the office of the Congressional Record Index, ten copies of the daily and two semimonthly copies;

to the offices of the superintendent of the Senate and House document rooms, each, three copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the offices of the superintendents of the Senate and House press galleries, each, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the offices of the Legislative Counsel of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, and the Architect of the Capitol, each, three copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the Library of Congress for official use in Washington, District of Columbia, and for international exchange, as provided by sections 1718 and 1719 of this title, not to exceed one hundred and forty-five copies of the daily, five semimonthly copies, and one hundred and fifty bound copies;

to the library of the Senate, three copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed fifteen bound copies;

to the library of the House of Representatives, five copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed twenty-eight bound copies, of which eight copies may be bound in the style and manner approved by the Joint Committee on Printing;

to the library of the Supreme Court of the United States, two copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed five bound copies;

to the library of each United States Court of Appeals, each United States District Court, the United States Court of Federal Claims, the United States Court of International Trade, the Tax Court of the United States, the United States Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims, and the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces, upon request to the Public Printer, one copy of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the Public Printer for official use, not to exceed seventy-five copies of the daily, ten semimonthly copies, and two bound copies;

to the Director of the Botanic Garden, two copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;

to the Archivist of the United States, five copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and two bound copies;

to the library of each executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government in the District of Columbia, except those designated as depository libraries, and to the libraries of the municipal government of the District of Columbia, the Naval Observatory, and the Smithsonian Institution, each, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;

to the offices of the Governors of Puerto Rico, Guam and the Virgin Islands, each, five copies in both daily and bound form;

to the office of the Governor of the Canal Zone, five copies in both daily and bound form;

to each ex-President and ex-Vice President of the United States, one copy of the daily;

to each former Senator, Representative, and Commissioner from Puerto Rico, upon request to the Public Printer, one copy of the daily;

to the Governor of each State, one copy in both daily and bound form;

to each separate establishment of the Armed Forces Retirement Home, to each of the National Homes for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers, and to each of the State soldiers’ homes, one copy of the daily;

to the Superintendent of Documents, as many daily and bound copies as may be required for distribution to depository libraries;

to the Department of State, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies of the daily, for distribution to each United States embassy and legation abroad, and to the principal consular offices in the discretion of the Secretary of State;

to each foreign legation in Washington whose government extends a like courtesy to our embassies and legations abroad, one copy of the daily, to be furnished upon requisition of and sent through the Secretary of State;

to each newspaper correspondent whose name appears in the Congressional Directory, and who makes application, for his personal use and that of the papers he represents, one copy of the daily and one copy of the bound, the same to be sent to the office address of the member of the press or elsewhere as he directs; not to exceed four copies in all may be furnished to members of the same press bureau.

Copies of the daily edition, unless otherwise directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be supplied and delivered promptly on the day after the actual day's proceedings as originally published. Each order for the daily Record shall begin with the current issue, if previous issues of the same session are not available. The apportionment specified for daily copies may not be transferred for the bound form and an allotment of daily copies not used by a Member during a session shall lapse when the session ends.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256; Pub. L. 91–276, June 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 303; Pub. L. 92–373, Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 528; Pub. L. 93–314, §1(b), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §407(a), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683; Pub. L. 96–417, title VI, §601(11), Oct. 10, 1980, 94 Stat. 1744; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §164(2), Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XV, §1533(c)(3), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1736; Pub. L. 102–82, §6, Aug. 6, 1991, 105 Stat. 377; Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516; Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title IX, §924(d)(1)(D), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2832; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(7), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751; Pub. L. 105–368, title V, §512(b)(1)(C), Nov. 11, 1998, 112 Stat. 3342.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §183 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617; June 11, 1896, ch. 420, §1, 29 Stat. 454; Mar. 19, 1896, No. 31, 29 Stat. 468; Feb. 17, 1897, No. 12, 29 Stat. 700; Mar. 26, 1900, No. 15, 31 Stat. 713; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; Jan. 30, 1903, ch. 338, 32 Stat. 786; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 317, 35 Stat. 1067; Mar. 4, 1909, No. 25, 35 Stat. 1169; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §3, 49 Stat. 1547; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381; Sept. 26, 1950, ch. 1049, §2(b), 64 Stat. 1038; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 852, §20, 70 Stat. 911; June 25, 1959, Pub. L. 86–70, §33, 73 Stat. 149; July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–624, §32, 74 Stat. 421; Mar. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–2, 75 Stat. 5; July 11, 1961, Pub. L. 87–85, 75 Stat. 202).

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

Provisions respecting National Homes for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers, referred to in text, were formerly classified to chapter 3 (section 71 et seq.) of Title 24, Hospitals and Asylums, and were repealed by Pub. L. 85–857, §14, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1268–1272, and Pub. L. 85–56, title XXII, §2202, June 17, 1957, 71 Stat. 162, 164, 166.

1998—Pub. L. 105–368 substituted “Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims” for “Court of Veterans Appeals” in two places.

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms” for “to the Clerk, Sergeant at Arms, and Doorkeeper” in three places, “to the Clerk for use on the floor” for “to the Doorkeeper for use on the floor”, and “and to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate” for “to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate, and to the Doorkeeper of the House of Representatives”.

1994—Pub. L. 103–337 substituted “Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces” for “Court of Military Appeals” in two places.

1992—Pub. L. 102–572 substituted “United States Court of Federal Claims” for “United States Claims Court” in two places.

1991—Pub. L. 102–82 inserted “the United States Court of Veterans Appeals,” after “the Tax Court of the United States,” in two places.

1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted “each separate establishment of the Armed Forces Retirement Home,” for “the United States Soldiers’ Home and”.

1982—Pub. L. 97–164 substituted “the United States Claims Court” for “the United States Court of Claims, the United States Court of Customs and Patent Appeals” in two places.

1980—Pub. L. 96–417 redesignated the United States Customs Court as the United States Court of International Trade.

1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted “to the Vice President, one hundred copies; to each Senator, fifty copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);” for “to the Vice President and each Senator, one hundred copies:” and “to each Member of the House of Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Delegate from the District of Columbia, the Delegate from Guam, and the Delegate from the Virgin Islands, thirty-four copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);” for “to each Representative and Resident Commissioner in Congress, sixty-eight copies”.

1974—Pub. L. 93–314 struck out subscriptions from section catchline, and struck out last paragraph which authorized the Public Printer to furnish the daily Record to subscribers at a price determined by him to be based upon the cost of printing and distribution, with the price to be payable in advance. See section 910 of this title.

1972—Pub. L. 92–373 provided for the furnishing of one copy of the daily, one semimonthly copy of the Congressional Record to the United States Court of Appeals library and certain other libraries.

1970—Pub. L. 91–276 substituted provision authorizing the Public Printer to furnish the daily Congressional Record to subscribers at a price based upon cost of printing and distribution for prior subscription price of $1.50 per month.

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–368 effective on first day of first month beginning more than 90 days after Nov. 11, 1998, see section 513 of Pub. L. 105–368, set out as a note under section 7251 of Title 38, Veterans’ Benefits.

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 effective one year after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 1541 of Pub. L. 101–510, formerly set out as an Effective Date note under section 401 of Title 24, Hospitals and Asylums.

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–417 effective Nov. 1, 1980, and applicable with respect to civil actions pending on or commenced on or after such date, see section 701(a) of Pub. L. 96–417, as amended, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

Section 407(b) of Pub. L. 95–94 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”

Office of Postmaster of House of Representatives abolished by section 2 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992.

Pub. L. 95–391, title I, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 783, provided that: “Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provision of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of the bound and biweekly Congressional Records shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he or she receive copies of such Records.”

Pub. L. 93–145, Nov. 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 546, provided that: “Hereafter, appropriations for authorized printing and binding for Congress shall not be available under the authority of the Act of October 22, 1968 (44 U.S.C. 906) for the printing, publication, and distribution of more than one copy of the bound permanent editions of the Congressional Record for the Vice President and each Member of the Senate and House of Representatives.”

The Public Printer may print and deliver, upon the order of a Member of Congress and payment of the cost, extracts from the Congressional Record. The Public Printer may furnish without cost to Members and the Resident Commissioner, envelopes, ready for mailing the Congressional Record or any part of it, or speeches, or reports in it, if such part, speeches, or reports are mailable as franked mail under section 3210 of title 39. Envelopes so furnished shall contain in the upper left-hand corner the following words: “United States Senate” or “House of Representatives, U.S. Part of Congressional Record.”, and in the upper right-hand corner the letters “U.S.S.” or “M.C.”, and the Public Printer may, at the request of a Member or Resident Commissioner, print in addition to the foregoing, his name and State or Commonwealth, the date, and the topic or subject matter, not exceeding twelve words. He may not print any other words on envelopes, except at the personal expense of the Member or Resident Commissioner ordering the envelopes, except to affix the official title of a document. The Public Printer shall deposit moneys accruing under this section in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the appropriation made for the working capital of the Government Printing Office for the year in which the work is done, and accounted for in his annual report to Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1259; Pub. L. 93–191, §8(b), Dec. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 745; Pub. L. 93–255, §2(c), Mar. 27, 1974, 88 Stat. 52.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §185 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §37, 28 Stat. 606; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 961; Jan. 30, 1904, ch. 39, 33 Stat. 9; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, 43 Stat. 1300).

1974—Pub. L. 93–255 struck out “Postage paid by Congress” after “Part of Congressional Record.”.

1973—Pub. L. 93–191 inserted at end of second sentence “, if such part, speeches, or reports are mailable as franked mail under section 3210 of title 39” and substituted in third sentence “Postage paid by Congress” for “Free”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–191 effective Dec. 18, 1973, see section 14, of Pub. L. 93–191, set out as a note under section 3210 of Title 39, Postal Service.

References to Archivist of the United States deemed to refer to Archivist appointed under section 2103 of this title with respect to functions transferred by Pub. L. 98–497 or an amendment made by Pub. L. 98–497 and exercised after Apr. 1, 1985, see sections 106 and 108 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as notes under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in title 39 sections 3201, 3216.

If a Member or Resident Commissioner fails to pay the cost of printing extracts from the Congressional Record or other documents ordered by him to be printed, the Public Printer shall certify the amount due to the Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives or the financial clerk of the Senate, as the case may be, who shall deduct from any salary due the delinquent the amount, or as much of it as the salary due may cover, and pay the amount so obtained to the Public Printer, to be applied by him to the satisfaction of the indebtedness.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(8), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1752.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §163 (Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 285, §1, 36 Stat. 1446).

1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives” for “Sergeant at Arms of the House”.

The Librarian of Congress may furnish a copy of the daily and bound Congressional Record to the Undersecretary of State for External Affairs of Canada in exchange for a copy of the Parliamentary Hansard, and the Public Printer shall honor the requisition of the Librarian of Congress for it. The Parliamentary Hansard so received shall be the property of the Department of State.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §187 (Apr. 10, 1912, No. 14, 37 Stat. 632).

(a) Under the direction of the Joint Committee, the Public Printer may sell—

(1) subscriptions to the daily Record; and

(2) current, individual numbers, and bound sets of the Congressional Record.

(b) The price of a subscription to the daily Record and of current, individual numbers, and bound sets shall be determined by the Public Printer based upon the cost of printing and distribution. Any such price shall be paid in advance. The money from any such sale shall be paid into the Treasury and accounted for in the Public Printer's annual report to Congress.

(c) The Congressional Record shall be entitled to be mailed at the same rates of postage at which any newspaper or other periodical publication, with a legitimate list of paid subscribers, is entitled to be mailed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 93–314, §1(a), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §188 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §40, 28 Stat. 607).

1974—Pub. L. 93–314 included subscriptions and postage rate in section catchline, and inserted provisions in text authorizing sale of subscriptions, requiring price for subscriptions to be paid in advance, and directing that the Congressional Record shall be entitled to be mailed at the same rates of postage at which any newspaper or other periodical publication, with a legitimate list of paid subscribers, is entitled to be mailed.


1984—Pub. L. 98–216, §3(d)(1), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 6, substituted “Presidential” for “Bureau of Budget” in item 1108.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

The Public Printer shall execute such printing and binding for the President as he may order and make requisition for.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §211 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §88, 28 Stat. 622).

Section constitutes part of section 88 of act Jan. 12, 1895. Remainder of section is classified to section 1713 of this title.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

(a) A head of an executive department, or of an independent agency or establishment of the Government may not cause to be printed, and the Public Printer may not print, a document or matter unless it is authorized by law and necessary to the public business.

(b) Printing may not be done for an executive department, independent agency or establishment in a fiscal year in excess of the amount of the appropriation.

(c) Printing may not be done without a special requisition signed by the chief of the department, independent agency or establishment and filed with the Public Printer.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§213, 219 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 94, 28 Stat. 622).

This section incorporates the first paragraph of former section 213 and the first clause of former section 219. The balance of former section 213 will be found in sections 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision; that of former section 219 in section 1113 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

When a department, the Supreme Court, or the Library of Congress requires printing or binding to be done, it shall certify that it is necessary for the public service. The Public Printer shall then furnish an estimate of cost by principal items, after which requisitions may be made upon him for the printing or binding by the head of the department, the Clerk of the Supreme Court, or the Librarian of Congress, respectively. The Public Printer shall place the cost to the debit of the department in its annual appropriation for printing and binding.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §159, Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 48.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §117 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §93, 28 Stat. 623; June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §32(a), 62 Stat. 991; May 24, 1949, ch. 139, sec. 127, 63 Stat. 107).

1982—Pub. L. 97–164 struck out the Court of Claims from the enumeration of entities for which printing or binding may be done for the public service and struck out the chief judge of the Court of Claims from the enumeration of officials who make requisitions upon the Public Printer for printing or binding.

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Appropriations made for printing and binding may not be used for an illustration, engraving, or photograph in a document or report ordered printed by Congress unless the order to print expressly authorizes it, nor in a document or report of an executive department, independent office or establishment of the Government until the head of the executive department or Government establishment certifies in a letter transmitting the report that the illustration, engraving, or photograph is necessary and relates entirely to the transaction of public business.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §118 (Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1483, §1, 33 Stat. 1213).

The term “executive department, independent office, or establishment of the Government” is substituted for “executive department or other Government establishment” for uniformity.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Public Printer shall determine the form and style in which the printing or binding ordered by a department is executed, and the material and the size of type used, having proper regard to economy, workmanship, and the purposes for which the work is needed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §216 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §51, 28 Stat. 608).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

A report, document, or publication distributed by or from an executive department or independent agency or establishment of the Government may not contain a notice that it is sent with “the compliments” of an officer of the Government, or with a special notice that it is so sent, except that notice that it has been sent, with a request for an acknowledgment of its receipt, may be given.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §218 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 620).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The cost of printing and binding of documents or reports emanating from executive departments, independent agencies or establishments of the Government which, before March 30, 1906, was charged to appropriations for congressional printing and binding or to appropriations other than to executive departments, independent agencies or establishments, shall be charged as follows:

(1) the cost of illustrations, composition, stereotyping, and other work involved in the actual preparation for printing, apart from the creation of the manuscript, to the appropriation for printing and binding of the agency in which the document or report originates.

(2) the balance of cost, to congressional printing and binding appropriations or to appropriations for printing and binding of the executive departments, independent agencies or establishments in proportion to the number of copies delivered to each.

(3) the cost of copies distributed other than through Congress or executive agencies or independent offices, as otherwise provided.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §214 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 13, 34 Stat. 825).

A proviso in the 1906 resolution, requiring annual estimates of probable costs for departmental printing is omitted as obsolete.

This section is referred to in section 717 of this title; title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The head of an executive department, independent agency or establishment of the Government, with the approval of the President, may use from the appropriations available for printing and binding such sums as are necessary for the printing of journals, magazines, periodicals, and similar publications he certifies in writing to be necessary in the transaction of the public business required by law of the department, office, or establishment. There may be printed, in addition to those necessary for the public business, not to exceed two thousand copies for free distribution by the issuing department, office, or establishment. The Public Printer, subject to regulation by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall print additional copies required for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents; but the printing of these additional copies may not interfere with the prompt execution of printing for the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262; Pub. L. 98–216, §3(d)(2), (3), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 6.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §220 (May 11, 1922, ch. 189, §1, 42 Stat. 541; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).

1984—Pub. L. 98–216 substituted “Presidential” for “Bureau of Budget” in section catchline and substituted “President” for “Director of the Bureau of the Budget” in text.

Authority of President under this section to approve use, from appropriations available for printing and binding, of such sums as are necessary for printing of journals, magazines, periodicals, and similar publications delegated to Director of Office of Management and Budget, see section 9(7) of Ex. Ord. No. 11609, July 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 13747, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The number of copies of a public document or report authorized to be printed for an executive department, independent agency, or establishment of the Government may be supplied in two or more editions, instead of one, upon a requisition on the Public Printer by the head of the department or independent office, but the aggregate of the editions may not exceed the number of copies otherwise authorized. This section does not preclude the printing of the full number of a document or report, or the allotment of the full quota to Senators and Representatives, as otherwise authorized, when a legitimate demand for the full complement is known to exist.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §224 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 14, 34 Stat. 826).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The heads of executive departments, independent agencies and establishments, respectively, shall cause daily examination of the Congressional Record for the purpose of noting documents, reports, and other publications of interest to their departments, and shall cause an immediate order to be sent to the Public Printer for the number of copies of the publications required for official use, not to exceed, however, the number of bureaus in the department and divisions in the office of the head. The Public Printer shall send to each executive department, independent agency and establishment, as soon as printed, five copies of public bills and resolutions, except to the State Department, to which he shall send ten copies of bills and resolutions. When the head of a department, independent agency or establishment desires a greater number of a class of bills or resolutions for official use, the Public Printer shall furnish them on requisition promptly made.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §215 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §90, 28 Stat. 623; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IX, §14, 49 Stat. 1553).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The appropriations made for printing and binding may not be used for an annual report or the accompanying documents unless the manuscript and proof is furnished to the Public Printer in the following manner:

manuscript of the documents accompanying annual reports on or before February 1, each year;

manuscript of the annual report on or before February 15, each year;

complete revised proofs of the accompanying documents on March 1, each year, and of the annual reports on March 10, each year.

Annual reports and accompanying documents shall be printed, made public, and available for distribution not later than within the first five days after the assembling of each regular session of Congress.

This section does not apply to the annual reports of the Smithsonian Institution, the Comptroller of the Currency, or the Secretary of the Treasury.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263; Pub. L. 94–273, §28, Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 380; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(22)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–585.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., Supp. II, §121 (July 1, 1916, ch. 209, §3, 39 Stat. 336; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, §8, 49 Stat. 1550).

1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out “the Commissioner of Patents,” after “Smithsonian Institution,” in last par.

1976—Pub. L. 94–273 substituted “February” for “November” and “March” for “December” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The annual reports of executive officers shall be printed in the same type and form as the report of the head of the department which it accompanies, unless otherwise ordered by the Joint Committee on Printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §222 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §91, 28 Stat. 623).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Executive officers, before transmitting their annual reports, shall carefully examine them and all accompanying documents, and exclude all matter, including engravings, maps, drawings, and illustrations, except such as they certify in their letters transmitting the reports are necessary and relate entirely to the transaction of the public business.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §219 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §94, 28 Stat. 623).

This section incorporates only the second clause of former section 219. The balance will be found in section 1102 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

One thousand copies of the annual reports of the departments to Congress shall be printed for the Senate, and two thousand for the House of Representatives.

The usual number only of the reports of the Chief of Engineers of the Army, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, the report of the Chief Signal Officer of the Department of the Army, and the Chief of Ordnance shall be printed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(23)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–585.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §212 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615).

This section incorporates only the second sentence of former section 212. The balance will be found in section 1115 of this revision.

1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out “the Commissioner of Patents,” after “Engineers of the Army,” in second par.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.

Positions of Chief Signal Officer and Chief of Ordinance of Army Department abolished, see note set out under section 3036 of Title 10, Armed Forces.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2; title 35 section 2.

The annual reports of the Executive Departments and the accompanying documents shall be delivered by the Public Printer to the proper officer of each House of Congress at its first meeting. Other reports of the Executive Departments shall be so delivered on or before the third Wednesday next after the meeting of Congress or as soon after as may be practicable.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code 1964 ed., §212 (part) (R.S. 3810).

This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 212. The balance will be found in section 1114 of this revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Not to exceed five thousand copies, bound in pamphlet form, of the annual reports without appendices of a head of a department may be printed in a fiscal year. Not to exceed two thousand five hundred copies, bound in pamphlet form, of the reports without appendices of a chief of bureau may be printed in a fiscal year.

A head of department shall direct whether reports made to him by a bureau chief and chief of division may be printed or not.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622).

This section incorporates only the first sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213 and the last paragraph of that section. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

In order to keep expenditures for printing and binding within appropriations, heads of executive departments, independent offices and establishments of the Government may discontinue the printing of annual or special reports under their respective jurisdictions. When the printing of reports is discontinued the original copy shall be kept on file in the office of the heads of the respective departments, independent offices or establishments for public inspection.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213a (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §103, 67 Stat. 332).

The term “executive departments, independent offices, and establishments of the Government” is substituted for “executive departments, independent agencies, and establishments” for uniformity.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

A book or document not having to do with the ordinary business transactions of the executive departments may not be printed on the requisition of a department unless expressly authorized by Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §219a (Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §1, 33 Stat. 1249).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Government publications of a permanent nature furnished by authority of law to officers other than Members of Congress of the United States Government, for their official use, shall be stamped “Property of the United States Government,” and shall be preserved by them and delivered to their successors in office as a part of the property of the office.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §92 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §74, 28 Stat. 620; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VII, §11, 49 Stat. 1552; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–679, §8, 76 Stat. 355).

This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 92. The balance will be found in section 1911 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Blanks and letterheads for use by judges and other officials of the United States courts, other than those required to be paid for by any of these officers out of the emoluments of their offices, shall be printed at the Government Printing Office upon forms prescribed by the Department of Justice, and shall be distributed by it upon requisition.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §119 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §97, 28 Stat. 624).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Public Printer may procure, under direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, as provided by sections 509–516 of this title, and furnish on requisition, paper and envelopes (not including envelopes printed in the course of manufacture) in common use by two or more departments, establishments, or services of the Government in the District of Columbia, and reimbursement shall be made to the Public Printer from appropriations or funds available for the purpose. Paper and envelopes so furnished by the Public Printer may not be procured in any other manner.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §225 (June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 592).

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

The Public Printer may procure and supply, on the requisition of the head of an executive department, independent office or establishment of the Government, complete manifold blanks, books, and forms required in duplicating processes, and complete patented devices with which to file money-order statements, or other uniform official papers, and charge them to the allotment for printing and binding of the department or Government establishment requiring them.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §227 (June 28, 1902, ch. 1301, §1, 32 Stat. 481).

The term “executive department, independent office, or establishment of the government” is substituted for “executive department or other government establishment” for uniformity.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.

Binding for the departments of the Government shall be done in plain sheep or cloth, except that record and account books may be bound in Russia leather, sheep fleshers, and skivers, when authorized by the head of a department. The libraries of the several departments, the Library of Congress, the libraries of the Surgeon General's Office, and the Naval Observatory may have books for the exclusive use of these libraries bound in half Turkey, or material no more expensive.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(24)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–585.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §116 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §86, 28 Stat. 622).

This section incorporates all but the first sentence of former section 116. The balance will be found in section 501 of the revision.

1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out “the Patent Office,” after “the Surgeon General's Office,”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.

This section is referred to in title 22 section 3714b; title 35 section 2.



2000—Pub. L. 106–181, title VI, §606(d), Apr. 5, 2000, 114 Stat. 154, struck out “and aeronautical” after “nautical” in item 1307.

1999—Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(25)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–585, struck out items 1337 “Patent Office: publications authorized to be printed” and 1338 “Patent Office: limitations and conditions concerning printing and lithographing”.

1996—Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §123(b)(2), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3839, struck out item 1311 “Comptroller General: decisions”.

Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §1123(b)(2), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2688, substituted “National Imagery and Mapping Agency” for “Naval Oceanographic Office” in item 1336.

1986—Pub. L. 99–272, title VI, §6011(b), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 122, substituted “National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration: nautical and aeronautical products, sale and distribution” for “Environmental Science Service Administration: charts; sale and distribution” in item 1307.

1980—Pub. L. 96–536, §101(c), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167, added item 1320A.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

1 Section repealed by Pub. L. 104–127 without corresponding amendment of chapter analysis.

The annual report of the Secretary of Agriculture shall be submitted and printed in two parts, as follows:

part 1, containing purely business and executive matter necessary for the Secretary to submit to the President and Congress;

part 2, reports from the different bureaus and divisions, and papers prepared by their special agents, accompanied by suitable illustrations as are, in the opinion of the Secretary, specially suited to interest and instruct the farmers of the country, and to include a general report of the operations of the department for their information.

In addition to the usual number, there shall be printed of part 1, one thousand copies for the Senate, two thousand copies for the House of Representatives, and three thousand copies for the Department of Agriculture; and of part 2, one hundred and ten thousand copies for the use of the Senate, three hundred and sixty thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and thirty thousand copies for the use of the Department of Agriculture, the illustrations for part 2 to be subject to the approval of the Secretary of Agriculture, and executed under the supervision of the Public Printer, in accordance with directions of the Joint Committee on Printing, and the title of each of the parts shall show that each part is complete in itself.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1265.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §241 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 612).

Funds available to Department of Agriculture not to be used to produce part 2 of annual report of Secretary (known as the Yearbook of Agriculture), see title I of Pub. L. 103–111, 107 Stat. 1048, set out as a note under section 2207 of Title 7, Agriculture.

The Secretary of Agriculture may cause to be printed the number of copies of the monthly crop report, and of other reports and bulletins of not more than one hundred octavo pages, he considers necessary.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622).

This section incorporates only the first clause of the second sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213. The balance of section 213 will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336.

In addition to the usual number of the report of the American Historical Association, five thousand five hundred copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, one thousand five hundred for distribution by the Association and the Smithsonian Institution, and one thousand copies for the use of the Association.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §243 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; May 25, 1900, No. 27, 31 Stat. 717).

In addition to the usual number of the registers of the Army and Navy, fifteen hundred copies of each shall be printed: five hundred for the Senate, and one thousand for the House of Representatives.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, §82 Stat. 1266.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §245 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).

The Public Printer shall from time to time print an edition of one thousand copies of the opinions of the Attorney General, which shall be, as to size, quality of paper, printing, and binding, of uniform style and appearance, as nearly as practicable, with volume 8 of opinions, published in the year 1868. Each volume shall contain proper headnotes, a complete and full index, and such footnotes as the Attorney General approves. The volumes shall be distributed in the manner the Attorney General prescribes.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §296a (R.S. §383).

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Civil Service Commission twenty-three thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and twenty thousand for distribution by the Civil Service Commission.1

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §248 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).

All functions vested by statute in the United States Civil Service Commission were transferred to the Director of the Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified) by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.

1 See Transfer of Functions note below.

(a)(1) All nautical products created or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration shall be sold at such prices as the Secretary of Commerce shall establish annually, in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. The Secretary shall publish annually the prices at which nautical products are sold to the public.

(2)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the prices of nautical products may be increased over a period of not less than three years after the date of enactment of this section so as to recover all costs attributable to data base management, compilation, printing, and distribution of such products. The prices of such products may be maintained to recover all such costs thereafter.

(B) The Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall adjust the prices of nautical products in such manner as is necessary to avoid any adverse impact on marine safety attributable to the prices specified in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.

(3) This section shall not be construed to require the establishment of any price for a nautical product where, in the judgment of the Secretary, furnishing of that product to a recipient is a reasonable exchange for voluntary contribution of information by the recipient to a program of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

(4) Prices established under this section may not include costs attributable to the acquisition or processing of nautical data.

(b) Fees collected from the sale of nautical products under this section and from any licensing of such products which is permitted under any other provision of law shall be deposited in the miscellaneous receipts fund of the United States Treasury.

(c) The Secretary may distribute nautical products—

(1) without charge to each foreign government or international organization with which the Secretary or a Federal department or agency has an agreement for exchange of these products without cost; and

(2) at prices which the Secretary establishes, to the departments and officers of the United States requiring them for official use.

(d) The fees provided for in this section are for the purpose of reimbursing the United States Government for the costs of creating, publishing or distributing nautical products of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. The collection of fees authorized by this section shall not alter or expand any duty or liability of the United States under existing law for the performance of functions for which fees are collected, nor shall the collection of fees constitute an express or implied undertaking by the United States to perform any activity in a certain manner.

(e) For purposes of this section, the term “nautical products” includes all nautical charts, tide and tidal current tables, tidal current charts, coast pilots, water level products, and associated data bases which are created or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266; Pub. L. 99–272, title VI, §6011(a), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 105–362, title II, §201(a), Nov. 10, 1998, 112 Stat. 3282; Pub. L. 106–181, title VI, §606(a)–(c), Apr. 5, 2000, 114 Stat. 154.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §246 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §76, 28 Stat. 620; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; July 1, 1916 ch. 209, §1, 39 Stat. 320; June 5, 1920, ch. 235, §1, 41 Stat. 929; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §3(11), 65 Stat. 708; July 9, 1956, ch. 528, 70 Stat. 512; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–441, 78 Stat. 446).

The reference to the Environmental Science Service Administration is inserted on the authority of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1965.

The date of enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 99–272, which was approved Apr. 7, 1986.

2000—Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(1), struck out “and aeronautical” after “nautical” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a)(1), (2)(A). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out “and aeronautical” after “nautical” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), (b), struck out “or aeronautical” after “nautical” and “aviation and” after “impact on”.

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out “or aeronautical” after “nautical”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out “or aeronautical” after “nautical”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out “and aeronautical” after “nautical” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(c), struck out “aeronautical and” after “publishing or distributing”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out “and aeronautical” after “nautical” in two places.

1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–362 struck out at end “At the end of such period and every three years thereafter, the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall report to the Congress on the effect of imposing or maintaining such increased prices, including any impact on aviation and marine safety.”

1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–272 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: “The charts published by the Environmental Science Service Administration shall be sold at cost of paper and printing as nearly as practicable. The price to the public shall include all expenses incurred in actual reproduction of the charts after the original cartography, such as photography, opaquing, platemaking, press time and bindery operations; the full postage rates, according to the rates for postal services used; and any additional cost factors considered appropriate by the Secretary such as overhead and administrative expenses allocable to the production of the charts and related reference materials. The costs of basic surveys and geodetic work done may not be included in the price of the charts and reference materials. The Secretary of Commerce shall publish the prices at which charts and reference materials are sold to the public at least once each calendar year.”

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–272 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “There may not be free distribution of charts except to the departments and officers of the United States requiring them for public use; and a number of copies of each sheet, not to exceed three hundred, to be presented to such foreign governments, libraries, and scientific associations, and institutions of learning as the Secretary of Commerce directs; but on the order of Senators and Representatives not to exceed one hundred copies to each may be distributed through the Environmental Science Service Administration.”

Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 99–272 added subsecs. (c) to (e).

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–181 applicable only to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1999, see section 3 of Pub. L. 106–181, set out as a note under section 106 of Title 49, Transportation.

Functions of Secretary and other officers of Department of Commerce under this section that relate to the Office of Aeronautical Charting and Cartography to provide aeronautical charts and related products and services for safe and efficient navigation of air commerce transferred to Administrator of Federal Aviation Administration effective Oct. 1, 2000, see section 44721(c)(3) of Title 49, Transportation.

Pub. L. 103–317, title II, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1741, provided in part: “That hereafter all receipts received from the sale of aeronautical charts that result from an increase in the price of individual charts above the level in effect for such charts on September 30, 1993, shall be deposited in this account [

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:

Pub. L. 103–121, title II, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1170.

Pub. L. 102–567, title IV, §405, Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4292, provided that: “Notwithstanding section 1307 of title 44, United States Code, the price of nautical charts or other nautical products produced or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and sold after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 29, 1992] shall not exceed the price of that type of chart or product on the date of enactment of this Act adjusted for inflation. This section shall not apply after September 30, 1994.”

This section is referred to in title 15 section 1534; title 33 section 892b.

The Secretary of the Department of Transportation may authorize the printing of the annual report of the Commandant of the Coast Guard in such editions as the interests of the Government and of the public require.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §2(a), eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2731, 53 Stat. 1432; Aug. 4, 1949, ch. 393, §§1, 20, 63 Stat. 496, 561; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–670, 80 Stat. 931).

This section incorporates only so much of the third sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213 as relates to the annual report of the Commandant of the Coast Guard. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision.

For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.

The Secretary of the Department of Transportation may authorize the printing of notices to mariners and other special publications of the Coast Guard in such editions as the interests of the Government and of the public require.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §2(a), eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2731, 53 Stat. 1432; Aug. 4, 1949, ch. 393, §§1, 20, 63 Stat. 496, 561; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–670, 80 Stat. 931).

This section incorporates applicable parts of the third sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1310, 1336 of the revision.

For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.

The Secretary of Commerce may cause to be printed the number of copies of tide tables, coast pilots, and other special publications relating to the Coast and Geodetic Survey, Weather Bureau maps, charts, bulletins of not more than one hundred octavo pages, and minor reports of the Weather Bureau, he considers for the best interest of the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. IV, §8, eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1234; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318).

This section incorporates only parts of former section 213 relating to Coast and Geodetic Survey and Weather Bureau. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1336 of the revision.

Weather Bureau of Department of Commerce consolidated with Coast and Geodetic Survey to form a new agency in Department of Commerce to be known as Environmental Science Services Administration and office of Chief of Weather Bureau abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Functions of Bureau and Chief of Bureau transferred to Secretary of Commerce by the Plan.

Environmental Science Services Administration abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1970, eff. Oct. 3, 1970, 35 F.R. 15627, 84 Stat. 2090, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which created National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration in Department of Commerce. By Department Organization Order 25–5A, republished 39 F.R. 27486, Secretary of Commerce delegated to NOAA his functions relating to Weather Bureau. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of NOAA, organization name of Weather Bureau changed to National Weather Service. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of NOAA, 35 F.R. 19249, Dec. 19, 1970, Coast and Geodetic Survey redesignated National Ocean Survey. For further details, see Codification note set out under section 311 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.

Section, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267, related to printing and distribution of decisions and opinions of Comptroller General.

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Director of Public Health of the District of Columbia, one thousand five hundred copies shall be printed: one hundred for the Senate, three hundred and sixty for the House of Representatives, and one thousand and forty for the Director of Public Health.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §263 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Aug. 1, 1950, ch. 513, §1, 64 Stat. 393).

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Commissioner of Education, thirty-five thousand copies shall be printed: five thousand for the Senate, ten thousand for the House of Representatives, and twenty thousand for distribution by the Commissioner of Education.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §253 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).

Functions of Commissioner of Education transferred to Secretary of Education pursuant to section 3441(a)(1) of Title 20, Education.

The “usual number” of copies of the American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac may not be printed. Instead, there shall be printed and bound two thousand five hundred copies, uniform with the editions printed for the Department of the Navy, five hundred of which shall be for the use of the Senate, one thousand for the use of the House of Representatives, and one thousand for distribution or sale by the Department of the Navy. The Secretary of the Navy may cause to be published of the papers supplementary to the Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac, one thousand five hundred copies in addition to the usual number, one hundred copies for the Senate, four hundred for the House of Representatives, and one thousand for distribution or sale by the Department of the Navy. The Secretary of the Navy may cause additional copies of the Nautical Almanacs extracted from the Ephemeris, to be printed for the public service and for sale to navigators and others. Moneys received from sales of the Ephemeris and of the Nautical Almanacs shall be deposited in the Treasury and placed to the credit of the general fund for public printing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §254 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613; May 13, 1902, No. 20, 32 Stat. 740; July 1, 1902, ch. 1368, 32 Stat. 678).

In addition to the usual number of the bulletins of the Fish and Wildlife Service, five thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for distribution by the Service.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §258 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. III, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2108, 54 Stat. 1232).

Fish and Wildlife Service, created by Reorg. Plan No. III of 1940, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2107, 54 Stat. 1231, succeeded by United States Fish and Wildlife Service established by act Aug. 8, 1956, ch. 1036, §3, 70 Stat. 1119. See section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, eight thousand copies shall be printed: two thousand for the Senate, four thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for distribution by the Service.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §259 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. III, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2108, 54 Stat. 1232).

Fish and Wildlife Service, created by Reorg. Plan No. III of 1940, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2107, 54 Stat. 1231, succeeded by United States Fish and Wildlife Service established by act Aug. 8, 1956, ch. 1036, §3, 70 Stat. 1119. See section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.

In addition to the usual number of Foreign Relations, three thousand copies of each shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §250 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613).

Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §120, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 970, provided that:

“(a) The Congress finds that the Department of State publication ‘Foreign Relations of the United States’ plays an important role in making the documentary record of United States foreign relations available to the Congress and the American public.

“(b) The Secretary of State shall therefore insure that publication of the ‘Foreign Relations of the United States’ volumes is continued in such a manner as will maintain the high standard of comprehensive documentation already established by past volumes.”

Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: “Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of copies of the Foreign Relations of the United States, the United States Treaties and Other International Agreements, the District of Columbia Code and Supplements, and more than one bound set of the United States Code and Supplements shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive copies of such documents.”

The publications of the Geological Survey shall consist of the annual report of the Director, which shall be confined to one volume of royal octavo size; monographs, of quarto size; professional papers, of quarto size; bulletins, of ordinary octavo size; watersupply and irrigation papers, of ordinary octavo size; and maps, folios, and atlases required by law.

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Geological Survey, ten thousand copies shall be printed: two thousand for the Senate, four thousand for the House of Representatives, four thousand for distribution by the Geological Survey.

The reports of the Geological Survey, except the annual report of the Director, shall be published in editions recommended in each case by the Director and approved by the Secretary of the Interior, but not to exceed ten thousand copies.

When the edition of a report of the Survey is exhausted, and the demand for it continues, there may be published, on the requisition of the Secretary of the Interior, as many additional copies of the report as the Director of the Survey states will, in his judgment, be necessary to meet the demand.

The report of the mineral resources of the United States shall be published in two octavo volumes and as a distinct publication, the number of copies, printing of separate chapters, and mode of distribution of which shall be the same as of the annual report.

Three thousand copies of the monographs and bulletins of the Geological Survey shall be published.

The bulletins and professional papers shall be distributed gratuitously and of the number published one thousand copies shall be delivered to the Senate and two thousand copies to the House of Representatives, for distribution.

The Director of the Geological Survey shall transmit to the Library of Congress two copies of every report of the bureau as soon as the first delivery to the Survey is made, in addition to those received by the Library of Congress under any other law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §260 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 960; June 11, 1896, ch. 420, §1, 29 Stat. 453; June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 61; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 17, 31 Stat. 1465; May 16, 1902, No. 22, 32 Stat. 741; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 299, §1, 35 Stat. 988).

Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.

This section is referred to in title 43 section 41.

The scientific reports known as the monographs and bulletins of the Geological Survey may not be published until specific and detailed estimates and specific appropriations based on these estimates are made for them. Engravings for the annual reports for monographs and bulletins, or of illustrations, sections, and maps, may not be made until specific estimates are submitted and specific appropriations made based on the estimates.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §261 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §79, 28 Stat. 621; June 7, 1924, ch. 303, 43 Stat. 592).

Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.

The Director of the Geological Survey shall distribute to public libraries that have not already received them, copies of sale publications on hand at the expiration of five years after date of delivery to the Survey document room, excepting a reserve number not to exceed two hundred copies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §262 (Mar. 3, 1903, ch. 1007, §1, 32 Stat. 1146).

Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, the Public Printer shall provide for such printing services and distribution with respect to publications of the United States Capitol Historical Society, the Supreme Court Historical Society, or the White House Historical Association as such Society or Association may request: *Provided*, That such Society or Association reimburses the Public Printer for the actual expenses incurred by him in providing for such services and distribution.

(Added Pub. L. 96–536, §101(c), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167.)

Section is based on section 304(a) of H.R. 7593, as passed the House of Representatives, July 21, 1980, and incorporated by reference in section 101(c) of Pub. L. 96–536, to be effective as if enacted into law.

Appropriations made for the preparation or publication of foreign hydrographic surveys may be applicable only upon approval by the Secretary of the Navy, after a report from three competent naval officers that the original data for proposed charts justify their publication. The Secretary of the Navy shall order a board of three naval officers to examine and report upon the data before he approves an application of moneys to the preparation or publication of charts or hydrographic surveys.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §265 (R.S. §3686; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §78, 28 Stat. 621).

The number of copies, not to exceed five thousand, to be printed of the annual reports of the Immigration and Naturalization Service of the Department of Justice shall be subject to the discretion of the Attorney General.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §266 (Mar. 3, 1905, No. 33, 33 Stat. 1287; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737; Ex. Ord. No. 6166, §14, June 10, 1933; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. V, §1, eff. June 14, 1940, 5 F.R. 2223, 54 Stat. 1238).

For abolition of Immigration and Naturalization Service, transfer of functions, and treatment of related references, see note set out under section 1551 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.

In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Interstate Commerce Commission, three thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House, and for the use of the Commission that number of the report and other documents incident to interstate commerce for distribution by it as it considers expedient.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §269 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).

Interstate Commerce Commission abolished and functions of Commission transferred, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 104–88, to Surface Transportation Board effective Jan. 1, 1996, by section 702 of Title 49, Transportation, and section 101 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 701 of Title 49. References to Interstate Commerce Commission deemed to refer to Surface Transportation Board, a member or employee of the Board, or Secretary of Transportation, as appropriate, see section 205 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 701 of Title 49.

There shall be printed one edition of fifteen thousand copies of each issue of the bulletin of the Bureau of Labor Statistics authorized by section 5 of Title 29, and extra copies not to exceed twenty thousand of any single issue, when in the opinion of the Commissioner of Labor Statistics the demand for the bulletin makes an extra edition necessary.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §270 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 177, §1, 28 Stat. 805; June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 61; June 6, 1900, ch. 791, §1, 31 Stat. 644; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737).

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Commissioner of Labor Statistics, twenty-five thousand copies shall be printed: five thousand for the Senate, ten thousand for the House of Representatives, and ten thousand for distribution by the Commissioner.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §271 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737).

Five thousand copies of the annual and special reports of the Librarian of Congress submitted to Congress, shall be printed and bound in cloth for the Library of Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §156 (Feb. 24, 1904, No. 8, 33 Stat. 583).

The publications of the Bureau of Mines shall be published in editions recommended by the Secretary of the Interior, but not to exceed ten thousand copies for the first edition. When the edition of a publication of the Bureau of Mines is exhausted and the demand for it continues, there may be published, on the requisition of the Secretary of the Interior, as many additional copies as the Secretary of the Interior considers necessary to meet the demand.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §272 (June 25, 1910, No. 36 §§1, 2, 36 Stat. 883; Ex. Ord. No. 6611, Feb. 22, 1934).

Bureau of Mines redesignated United States Bureau of Mines by section 10(b) of Pub. L. 102–285, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining.

Five thousand copies of the annual list of merchant vessels of the United States may be printed for distribution by the Coast Guard.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §249 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §4, 32 Stat. 826; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §501, 47 Stat. 415; May 27, 1936, ch. 463, §1, 49 Stat. 1380; 1946 Reorg. Plan No. 3, §§101–104, eff. July 16, 1946, 11 F.R. 7875, 60 Stat. 1097).

The first paragraph of former section 249, act Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, sec. 73, 28 Stat. 616, was omitted as obsolete. Paragraph related to report on Commerce and Navigation and on Internal Commerce. These reports were discontinued.

For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.

There may be printed, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, for distribution by the Treasury Department, two thousand copies of the annual report of the Director of the Mint on the operations of the mint and assay offices with appendices, and of the annual report of the Director of the Mint on the production of precious metals.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §273 (Mar. 4, 1907, No. 24, 34 Stat. 1424).

There shall be printed monthly by the Public Printer thirty-five hundred copies of the Monthly Summary Statement of Imports and Exports and other statistical information prepared by the Secretary of Commerce, five hundred for the Senate, one thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for the Department of Commerce.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §298 (Dec. 18, 1895, No. 1, 29 Stat. 459; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §4, 32 Stat. 826; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1, 37 Stat. 407; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 5, §§1, 2, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3174, 64 Stat. 1263).

In addition to the usual number of the report of the National Academy of Sciences, two thousand copies shall be printed: five hundred for the Senate, one thousand for the House of Representatives, and five hundred for distribution by the National Academy of Sciences.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §275 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).

The proceedings of the national encampments of the Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States, the American Legion, the Military Order of the Purple Heart, the Veterans of World War I of the United States of America, Incorporated, the Disabled American Veterans, and the AMVETS (American Veterans of World War II), respectively, shall be printed annually, with accompanying illustrations, as separate House documents of the session of the Congress to which they may be submitted.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270; Pub. L. 105–225, §3, Aug. 12, 1998, 112 Stat. 1498.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §275b (Mar. 2, 1931, ch. 378, §1, 46 Stat. 1481; Sept. 18, 1941, ch. 411, 55 Stat. 686; July 15, 1942, ch. 505, §1, 56 Stat. 659; Aug. 27, 1963, Pub. L. 88–105, §1, 77 Stat. 130; Dec. 21, 1963, Pub. L. 88–224, 77 Stat. 469).

1998—Pub. L. 105–225 struck out “the United Spanish War Veterans,” before “the Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States”.

This section is referred to in title 36 section 10101.

(a) The Librarian of Congress shall prepare compilations of pertinent excerpts, bibliographical references, and other appropriate materials relating to:

(1) the subject selected annually by the National University Extension Association as the national high school debate topic and

(2) the subject selected annually by the American Speech Association as the national college debate topic.

In preparing the compilations the Librarian shall include materials which in his judgment are representative of, and give equal emphasis to, the opposing points of view on the respective topics.

(b) The compilations on the high school debate topics shall be printed as Senate documents and the compilations on the college debate topics shall be printed as House of Representatives documents, the cost of which shall be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. Additional copies may be printed in the quantities and distributed in the manner the Joint Committee on Printing directs.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., Supp. III, §170 [§276a] (Dec. 30, 1963, Pub. L. 88–246, §§1, 2, 77 Stat. 802).

In addition to one thousand copies previously authorized, the Secretary of the Navy may print extra copies of the publications of the Office of Naval Intelligence necessary for distribution to the naval service and to meet other official demands. The edition of any one publication may not exceed two thousand copies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §278 (Mar. 21, 1900, No. 14, 31 Stat. 713).

In addition to the usual number of the Observations of the Naval Observatory, one thousand eight hundred copies shall be printed: three hundred for the Senate, seven hundred for the House of Representatives, and eight hundred for distribution by the Naval Observatory; and of the astronomical appendixes to the Observations, one thousand two hundred separate copies, and of the meteorological and magnetic observations one thousand separate copies, for distribution by the Naval Observatory.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §279 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613).

The Director of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency may authorize the printing of notices to mariners, light lists, sailing directions, bulletins, and other special publications of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency in editions the interests of the Government and of the public may require.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §§1112(e)(2), 1123(b)(1), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2684, 2688.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43, Stat. 1106; July 10, 1962, Pub. L. 87–533, §§1, 2, 76 Stat. 154).

This section incorporates only part of the third sentence, second paragraph of former section 213. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, of the revision.

1996—Pub. L. 104–201, §1123(b)(1), substituted “National Imagery and Mapping Agency” for “Naval Oceanographic Office” in section catchline.

Pub. L. 104–201, §1112(e)(2), substituted “Director of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency” for “Secretary of the Navy” and “National Imagery and Mapping Agency” for “United States Naval Oceanographic Office”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–201 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 104–201, set out as a note under section 193 of Title 10, Armed Forces.

Section 1337, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271, related to publications authorized to be printed by the Commissioner of Patents.

Section 1338, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272, related to limitations and conditions concerning printing and lithographing by the Patent Office.

Repeal effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.

The message of the President without the accompanying documents and reports shall be printed in pamphlet form, immediately upon its receipt by Congress. In addition to the usual number, fifteen thousand copies shall be printed, of which five thousand shall be for the Senate, and ten thousand for the House of Representatives.

In addition to the usual number of the President's message and accompanying documents, there shall be printed one thousand copies for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives. The President's message shall be delivered by the printer to the appropriate officers of each House of Congress on or before the third Wednesday next after the meeting of Congress, or as soon after as may be practicable.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §285 (R.S. §3810; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615).

In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Public Printer, one thousand copies shall be printed to be distributed under his direction.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §288 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 618).

In addition to the usual number of the report of the Smithsonian Institution ten thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, five thousand for distribution by the Smithsonian Institution, and two thousand for distribution by the National Museum.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §289 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).

Section, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272, related to reports and congressional allotments for soil area surveys.

In addition to the usual number of the Statistical Abstract of the United States, twelve thousand copies shall be printed: three thousand for the Senate, six thousand for the House of Representatives, and three thousand for distribution by the Secretary of Commerce.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §291 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1, 37 Stat. 407; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 5, §§1, 2, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3174, 64 Stat. 1263).

In addition to the usual number of the finance report of the Secretary of the Treasury, one thousand copies for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives shall be printed in addition to those published as part of the departmental report.

In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Comptroller of the Currency, thirteen thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and ten thousand for distribution by the Comptroller of the Currency.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §295 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Mar. 4, 1907, No. 25, 34 Stat. 1425).


1977—Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §408(a)(2), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683, substituted “Costs of publication, etc.” for “Cost of publication; appropriations authorized; penalty mail privilege” in item 1509.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

This chapter is referred to in title 15 sections 77sss, 80a–38.

As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires—

“document” means a Presidential proclamation or Executive order and an order, regulation, rule, certificate, code of fair competition, license, notice, or similar instrument, issued, prescribed, or promulgated by a Federal agency;

“Federal agency” or “agency” means the President of the United States, or an executive department, independent board, establishment, bureau, agency, institution, commission, or separate office of the administrative branch of the Government of the United States but not the legislative or judicial branches of the Government;

“person” means an individual, partnership, association, or corporation; and

“National Archives of the United States” has the same meaning as in section 2901(11) of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §304 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §4, 49 Stat. 501).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 inserted definition of “National Archives of the United States”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The Archivist of the United States, acting through the Office of the Federal Register, is charged with the custody and, together with the Public Printer, with the prompt and uniform printing and distribution of the documents required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title. There shall be at the head of the Office a director, appointed by, and who shall act under the general direction of, the Archivist of the United States in carrying out this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(3), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §301 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §1, 49 Stat. 500; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §202, eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2732, 53 Stat. 1435; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The original and two duplicate originals or certified copies of a document required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title shall be filed with the Office of the Federal Register, which shall be open for that purpose during all hours of the working days when the National Archives Building is open for official business. The Archivist of the United States shall cause to be noted on the original and duplicate originals or certified copies of each document the day and hour of filing. When the original is issued, prescribed, or promulgated outside the District of Columbia, and certified copies are filed before the filing of the original, the notation shall be of the day and hour of filing of the certified copies. Upon filing, at least one copy shall be immediately available for public inspection in the Office. The original shall be retained by the National Archives and Records Administration and shall be available for inspection under regulations prescribed by the Archivist, unless such original is disposed of in accordance with disposal schedules submitted by the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register and authorized by the Archivist pursuant to regulations issued under chapter 33 of this title; however, originals of proclamations of the President and Executive orders shall be permanently retained by the Administration as part of the National Archives of the United States. The Office shall transmit immediately to the Government Printing Office for printing, as provided by this chapter, one duplicate original or certified copy of each document required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title. Every Federal agency shall cause to be transmitted for filing the original and the duplicate originals or certified copies of all such documents issued, prescribed, or promulgated by the agency.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274; Pub. L. 95–440, §2, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1063; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(4), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §302 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §2, 49 Stat. 500; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services”, “National Archives and Records Administration” for “General Services Administration”, and “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

1978—Pub. L. 95–440 substituted provision for retention of original documents by the General Services Administration for prior provision for retention in the archives of the National Archives and inserted provisions dispensing with such retention when disposals are made in accordance with disposal schedules and requiring retention of original proclamations of the President and Executive orders as part of the National Archives.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 1504, 1506, 1507 of this title.

Documents required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title shall be printed and distributed immediately by the Government Printing Office in a serial publication designated the “Federal Register.” The Public Printer shall make available the facilities of the Government Printing Office for the prompt printing and distribution of the Federal Register in the manner and at the times required by this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it. The contents of the daily issues shall be indexed and shall comprise all documents, required or authorized to be published, filed with the Office of the Federal Register up to the time of the day immediately preceding the day of distribution fixed by regulations under this chapter. There shall be printed with each document a copy of the notation, required to be made by section 1503 of this title, of the day and hour when, upon filing with the Office, the document was made available for public inspection. Distribution shall be made by delivery or by deposit at a post office at a time in the morning of the day of distribution fixed by regulations prescribed under this chapter. The prices to be charged for the Federal Register may be fixed by the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register established by section 1506 of this title without reference to the restrictions placed upon and fixed for the sale of Government publications by sections 1705 and 1708 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §303 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §3, 49 Stat. 500).

(a)

(1) Presidential proclamations and Executive orders, except those not having general applicability and legal effect or effective only against Federal agencies or persons in their capacity as officers, agents, or employees thereof;

(2) documents or classes of documents that the President may determine from time to time have general applicability and legal effect; and

(3) documents or classes of documents that may be required so to be published by Act of Congress.

For the purposes of this chapter every document or order which prescribes a penalty has general applicability and legal effect.

(b)

(c)

(1) publication of the Federal Register or filing of documents with the Office of the Federal Register is impracticable, or

(2) under existing conditions publication in the Federal Register would not serve to give appropriate notice to the public of the contents of documents, the President may, without regard to any other provision of law, suspend all or part of the requirements of law or regulation for filing with the Office or publication in the Federal Register of documents or classes of documents.

The suspensions shall remain in effect until revoked by the President, or by concurrent resolution of the Congress. The President shall establish alternate systems for promulgating, filing, or publishing documents or classes of documents affected by such suspensions, including requirements relating to their effectiveness or validity, that may be considered under the then existing circumstances practicable to provide public notice of the issuance and of the contents of the documents. The alternate systems may, without limitation, provide for the use of regional or specialized publications or depositories for documents, or of the press, the radio, or similar mediums of general communication. Compliance with alternate systems of filing or publication shall have the same effect as filing with the Office or publication in the Federal Register under this chapter or other law or regulation. With respect to documents promulgated under alternate systems, each agency shall preserve the original and two duplicate originals or two certified copies for filing with the Office when the President determines that it is practicable.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §305 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §5, 49 Stat. 501; June 25, 1956, ch. 444, 70 Stat. 337).

For delegation of functions vested in President by section 5(a) of Federal Register Act [now subsec. (a) of this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 11, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Ex. Ord. No. 11030, June 19, 1962, 27 F.R. 5847, as amended by Ex. Ord. 11354, May 23, 1967, 32 F.R. 7695; Ex. Ord. No. 12080, Sept. 18, 1978, 43 F.R. 42235; Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617, provided:

By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Federal Register Act (49 Stat. 500, as amended; 44 U.S.C. 301 *et seq*.) [now this chapter], and as President of the United States, I hereby prescribe the following regulations governing the preparation, presentation, filing, and publication of Executive orders and proclamations:

*Form*. Proposed Executive orders and proclamations shall be prepared in accordance with the following requirements:

(a) The order or proclamation shall be given a suitable title.

(b) The order or proclamation shall contain a citation of the authority under which it is issued.

(c) Punctuation, capitalization, spelling, and other matters of style shall, in general, conform to the most recent edition of the Style Manual of the United States Government Printing Office.

(d) The spelling of geographic names shall conform to the decisions of the Board on Geographic Names, established by Section 2 of the Act of July 25, 1947, 61 Stat. 456 (43 U.S.C. 364a).

(e) Descriptions of tracts of land shall conform, so far as practicable, to the most recent edition of the “Specifications for Descriptions of Tracts of Land for Use in Executive Orders and Proclamations,” prepared by the Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior.

(f) Proposed Executive orders and proclamations shall be typewritten on paper approximately 8 ï¿½0A 13 inches, shall have a left-hand margin of approximately 11/2 inches and a right-hand margin of approximately 1 inch, and shall be double-spaced, except that quotations, tabulations, and descriptions of land may be single-spaced.

(g) Proclamations issued by the President shall conclude with the following described recitation—

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ________________ day of ________________, in the year of our lord ________________, and of the Independence of the United States of America, the ________________.

*Routing and approval of drafts*. (a) A proposed Executive order or proclamation shall first be submitted, with seven copies thereof, to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, together with a letter, signed by the head or other properly authorized officer of the originating Federal agency, explaining the nature, purpose, background, and effect of the proposed Executive order or proclamation and its relationship, if any, to pertinent laws and other Executive orders or proclamations.

(b) If the Director of the Office of Management and Budget approves the proposed Executive order or proclamation, he shall transmit it to the Attorney General for his consideration as to both form and legality.

(c) If the Attorney General approves the proposed Executive order or proclamation, he shall transmit it to the Director of the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration: *Provided*, that in cases involving sufficient urgency the Attorney General may transmit it directly to the President; and *provided further*, that the authority vested in the Attorney General by this section may be delegated by him, in whole or in part, to the Deputy Attorney General, Solicitor General, or to such Assistant Attorney General as he may designate.

(d) After determining that the proposed Executive order or proclamation conforms to the requirements of Section 1 of this order and is free from typographical or clerical errors, the Director of the Office of the Federal Register shall transmit it and three copies thereof to the President.

(e) If the proposed Executive order or proclamation is disapproved by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget or by the Attorney General, it shall not thereafter be presented to the President unless it is accompanied by a statement of the reasons for such disapproval.

*Routing and certification of originals and copies*. (a) If the order or proclamation is signed by the President, the original and two copies thereof shall be forwarded to the Director of the Office of the Federal Register for publication in the

(b) The Office of the Federal Register shall cause to be placed upon the copies of all Executive orders and proclamations forwarded as provided in subsection (a) of this section the following notation, to be signed by the Director or by some person authorized by him to sign such notation: “Certified to be a true copy of the original.”

*Proclamations calling for the observance of special days or events*. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, responsibility for the preparation and presentation of proposed proclamations calling for the observance of special days, or other periods of time, or events shall be assigned by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget to such agencies as he may consider appropriate. Such proposed proclamations shall be submitted to the Director at least sixty days before the date of the specified observance. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, the Director shall transmit any approved commemorative proclamations to the President.

*Proclamations of treaties excluded*. Consonant with the provisions of section 12 of the Federal Register Act (49 Stat. 503; 44 U.S.C. 1511), nothing in this order shall be construed to apply to treaties, conventions, protocols, or other international agreements, or proclamations thereof by the President.

*Definition*. The term “Presidential proclamations and Executive orders,” as used in Section 5(a) of the Federal Register Act (44 U.S.C. 1505(a)), shall, except as the President or his representative may hereafter otherwise direct, be deemed to include such attachments thereto as are referred to in the respective proclamations or orders.

*Prior order*. Upon its publication in the

The regulations prescribed by this order shall be codified under Title 1 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

This section is referred to in sections 1502–1504, 1506, 1507 of this title.

The Administrative Committee of the Federal Register shall consist of the Archivist of the United States or Acting Archivist, who shall be chairman, an officer of the Department of Justice designated by the Attorney General, and the Public Printer or Acting Public Printer. The Director of the Federal Register shall act as secretary of the committee. The committee shall prescribe, with the approval of the President, regulations for carrying out this chapter. The regulations shall provide, among other things—

(1) the manner of certification of copies required to be certified under section 1503 of this title, which certification may be permitted to be based upon confirmed communications from outside the District of Columbia;

(2) the documents which shall be authorized under section 1505(b) of this title to be published in the Federal Register;

(3) the manner and form in which the Federal Register shall be printed, reprinted, and compiled, indexed, bound, and distributed;

(4) the number of copies of the Federal Register, which shall be printed, reprinted, and compiled, the number which shall be distributed without charge to Members of Congress, officers and employees of the United States, or Federal agency, for official use, and the number which shall be available for distribution to the public; and

(5) the prices to be charged for individual copies of, and subscriptions to, the Federal Register and reprints and bound volumes of it.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1275; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(5), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§306, 391 (part) (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §6, 49 Stat. 501; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).

This section incorporates only the last sentence from former section 391(b). The remainder of that section will be found in sections 2102, 2301, 2501, and 2902 of the revision.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 struck out “The authority of the Administrator of General Services, under section 754 of title 40, to regroup, transfer, and distribute functions within the General Services Administration, does not extend to the Committee or its functions.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

For delegations of functions vested in President by section 6 of Federal Register Act [now this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 11, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 1504 of this title.

A document required by section 1505(a) of this title to be published in the Federal Register is not valid as against a person who has not had actual knowledge of it until the duplicate originals or certified copies of the document have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register and a copy made available for public inspection as provided by section 1503 of this title. Unless otherwise specifically provided by statute, filing of a document, required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title, except in cases where notice by publication is insufficient in law, is sufficient to give notice of the contents of the document to a person subject to or affected by it. The publication in the Federal Register of a document creates a rebuttable presumption—

(1) that it was duly issued, prescribed, or promulgated;

(2) that it was filed with the Office of the Federal Register and made available for public inspection at the day and hour stated in the printed notation;

(3) that the copy contained in the Federal Register is a true copy of the original; and

(4) that all requirements of this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it relative to the document have been complied with.

The contents of the Federal Register shall be judicially noticed and without prejudice to any other mode of citation, may be cited by volume and page number.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1276.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §307 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §7, 49 Stat. 502).

A notice of hearing or of opportunity to be heard, required or authorized to be given by an Act of Congress, or which may otherwise properly be given, shall be deemed to have been given to all persons residing within the States of the Union and the District of Columbia, except in cases where notice by publication is insufficient in law, when the notice is published in the Federal Register at such a time that the period between the publication and the date fixed in the notice for the hearing or for the termination of the opportunity to be heard is—

(1) not less than the time specifically prescribed for the publication of the notice by the appropriate Act of Congress; or

(2) not less than fifteen days when time for publication is not specifically prescribed by the Act, without prejudice, however, to the effectiveness of a notice of less than fifteen days where the shorter period is reasonable.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1276.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §308 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §8, 49 Stat. 502; June 25, 1959, Pub. L. 86–70, §34, 73 Stat. 149; July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–624, §33, 74 Stat. 421).

(a) The cost of printing, reprinting, wrapping, binding, and distributing the Federal Register and the Code of Federal Regulations, and, except as provided in subsection (b), other expenses incurred by the Government Printing Office in carrying out the duties placed upon it by this chapter shall be charged to the revolving fund provided in section 309. Reimbursements for such costs and expenses shall be made by the Federal agencies and credited, together with all receipts, as provided in section 309(b).

(b) The cost of printing, reprinting, wrapping, binding, and distributing all other publications of the Federal Register program, and other expenses incurred by the Government Printing Office in connection with such publications, shall be borne by the appropriations to the Government Printing Office and the appropriations are made available, and are authorized to be increased by additional sums necessary for the purposes, the increases to be based upon estimates submitted by the Public Printer.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1277; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §408(a)(1), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §309 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §9, 49 Stat. 502).

A reference to section 10 of Act June 19, 1934 is deleted because of the repeal of that section by Act June 30, 1949.

1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted “Costs of publication, etc.” for “Cost of publication; appropriations authorized; penalty mail privilege” in section catchline, added subsec. (a), designated former first paragraph as subsec. (b) and inserted provision restricting coverage to the other publications of the Federal Register program and struck out provision requiring payments for the Federal Register to be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts and former second paragraph relating to penalty mail privileges for the Federal Register.

Section 408(b) of Pub. L. 95–94 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”

(a) The Administrative Committee of the Federal Register, with the approval of the President, may require, from time to time as it considers necessary, the preparation and publication in special or supplemental editions of the Federal Register of complete codifications of the documents of each agency of the Government having general applicability and legal effect, issued or promulgated by the agency by publication in the Federal Register or by filing with the Administrative Committee, and are relied upon by the agency as authority for, or are invoked or used by it in the discharge of, its activities or functions, and are in effect as to facts arising on or after dates specified by the Administrative Committee.

(b) A codification published under subsection (a) of this section shall be printed and bound in permanent form and shall be designated as the “Code of Federal Regulations.” The Administrative Committee shall regulate the binding of the printed codifications into separate books with a view to practical usefulness and economical manufacture. Each book shall contain an explanation of its coverage and other aids to users that the Administrative Committee may require. A general index to the entire Code of Federal Regulations shall be separately printed and bound.

(c) The Administrative Committee shall regulate the supplementation and the collation and republication of the printed codifications with a view to keeping the Code of Federal Regulations as current as practicable. Each book shall be either supplemented or collated and republished at least once each calendar year.

(d) The Office of the Federal Register shall prepare and publish the codifications, supplements, collations, and indexes authorized by this section.

(e) The codified documents of the several agencies published in the supplemental edition of the Federal Register under this section, as amended by documents subsequently filed with the Office and published in the daily issues of the Federal Register shall be prima facie evidence of the text of the documents and of the fact that they are in effect on and after the date of publication.

(f) The Administrative Committee shall prescribe, with the approval of the President, regulations for carrying out this section.

(g) This section does not require codification of the text of Presidential documents published and periodically compiled in supplements to Title 3 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1277.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §311 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §11, 49 Stat. 503; June 19, 1937, ch. 369, 50 Stat. 304; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §202, eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2732, 53 Stat. 1435; Dec. 10, 1942, ch. 717, §2, 56 Stat. 1045; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(b), 63 Stat. 381; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 333, 67 Stat. 388; Dec. 2, 1963, Pub. L. 88–190, §1, 77 Stat. 343).

Pub. L. 88–190, §2, Dec. 2, 1963, 77 Stat. 344, provided that: “Section 11 of the Federal Register Act [section 311 of former Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, now this section], as amended by the first section of this Act [amending subsecs. (b) to (d) and (g) of such section 311, now subsecs. (b) to (d) and (g) of this section], shall apply to the Code of Federal Regulations previously authorized and published as well as to future publications made pursuant to that section as so amended.”

For delegation of functions vested in President by section 11(a), (f) of Federal Register Act [now subsecs. (a) and (f) of this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 11, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Under authority of section 11(d) of the Federal Register Act [now subsec. (d) of this section] the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register issued regulations for the codification of executive and administrative documents, approved by the President Nov. 10, 1937, and set out in F.R. 2849 D.I., 2450 B.V.

This chapter does not apply to treaties, conventions, protocols, and other international agreements, or proclamations thereof by the President.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1278.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §312 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §12, 49 Stat. 503).



Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

1 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 98–497 without corresponding amendment of chapter analysis.

Money appropriated by any Act may not be used for services in an executive department or other Government establishment at the District of Columbia, in the work of addressing, wrapping, mailing, or otherwise dispatching a publication for public distribution, except maps, weather reports, and weather cards issued by them or for the purchase of material or supplies to be used in this work. The Public Printer shall perform this work at the Government Printing Office. The head of an executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government at the District of Columbia, shall furnish from time to time to the Public Printer mailing lists, in convenient form, and changes in them, or penalty mail slips, for use in the public distribution of publications issued by the department or establishment. The Public Printer may furnish copies of a publication only in accordance with law or the instruction of the head of the department or establishment issuing the publication.

This section does not apply to orders, instructions, directions, notices, or circulars of information printed for and issued by an executive department or other Government establishment or to the distribution of public documents by Senators or Members of the House of Representatives or to the Senate Service Department, House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, and document rooms of the Senate or House of Representatives.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1278.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §95 (Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §8, 37 Stat. 414; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

The term “executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government” is substituted for “executive department and other Government establishment” for uniformity.

This section is referred to in section 1722 of this title.

The Public Printer shall appoint a competent person to act as Superintendent of Documents who shall be under the control of the Public Printer.

When an officer of the Government having in his charge documents published for sale desires to be relieved of them, he may turn them over to the Superintendent of Documents, who shall receive and sell them under this section. Moneys received from the sale of documents shall be returned to the Public Printer on the first day of each month and be covered into the Treasury monthly.

The Superintendent of Documents shall also report monthly to the Public Printer the number of documents received by him and the disposition made of them. He shall have general supervision of the distribution of all public documents, and to his custody shall be committed all documents subject to distribution, excepting those printed for the special official use of the executive departments, which shall be delivered to the departments, and those printed for the use of the two Houses of Congress, which shall be delivered to the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service and distributed or delivered ready for distribution to Members upon their order by the superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House Publications Distribution Service, respectively.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§71, 73 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §61, 28 Stat. 610; June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770; Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 770, §1(62), 60 Stat. 871).

This section incorporates only part of former section 73. The balance will be found in section 308 of the revision.

“House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service” is substituted for “House Folding Room” because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.

This section is referred to in section 4102 of this title; title 28 section 594.

The Public Printer, upon the requisition of the Superintendent of Documents, shall appoint necessary assistants, furnish blanks, and do the printing and binding required by his office. The Public Printer shall provide convenient office, storage, and distributing rooms for the use of the Superintendent of Documents.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §208, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §74 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §66, 28 Stat. 611).

1990—Pub. L. 101–520 struck out before period at end of first sentence “, the cost to be charged against the appropriation for printing and binding for Congress”.

Employees in the office of the Superintendent of Documents may be paid for night, Sunday, holiday, and overtime work at rates not in excess of the rates of additional pay for this work allowed other employees of the Government Printing Office under section 305 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §75 (Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1300; May 13, 1926, ch. 294, §1, 44 Stat. 552; Feb. 23, 1927, ch. 166, 44 Stat. 1160).

The Public Printer shall print additional copies of a Government publication, not confidential in character, required for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents, subject to regulation by the Joint Committee on Printing and without interference with the prompt execution of printing for the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §72 (May 11, 1922, ch. 189, §1, 42 Stat. 541; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).

This section is referred to in section 1504 of this title.

The Public Printer shall furnish to applicants giving notice before the matter is put to press, not exceeding two hundred and fifty to any one applicant, copies of bills, reports, and documents. The applicants shall pay in advance the price of the printing. The printing of these copies for private parties may not interfere with the printing for the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §114 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §42, 28 Stat. 607; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).

The Superintendent of Documents may order reprinted, from time to time, public documents required for sale, subject to the approval of the Secretary or head of the department in which the public document originated. The Revolving Fund shall be reimbursed for the cost of reprints from the moneys received by the Superintendent of Documents from the sale of public documents.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §208, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §79 (Mar. 28, 1904, No. 11, 33 Stat. 584).

1990—Pub. L. 101–520 substituted “The Revolving Fund” for “The appropriation for printing and binding”.

The price at which additional copies of Government publications are offered for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents shall be based on the cost as determined by the Public Printer plus 50 percent. A discount of not to exceed 25 percent may be allowed to book dealers and quantity purchasers, but the printing may not interfere with prompt execution of work for the Government.

The Superintendent of Documents may prescribe terms and conditions under which he authorizes the resale of Government publications by book dealers, and he may designate any Government officer his agent for the sale of Government publications under regulations agreed upon by the Superintendent of Documents and the head of the respective department or establishment of the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §409(a), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683; Pub. L. 103–69, title II, §207(b), Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 708.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §72a (June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).

1993—Pub. L. 103–69, in first par., struck out at end “Receipts from general sales of publications in excess of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the publication and sale thereof, as determined by the Public Printer, shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.”

1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted “Receipts from general sales of publications in excess of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the publication and sale thereof, as determined by the Public Printer,” for “Surplus receipts from sales”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–69 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 207(c) of Pub. L. 103–69, set out as a note under section 309 of this title.

Section 409(b) of Pub. L. 95–94 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”

This section is referred to in sections 1504, 4102 of this title.

The Public Printer may print for sale by the Superintendent of Documents to the public, upon prepayment, additional copies of approved Government blank forms.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §94 (June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 592).

The Superintendent of Documents, at the close of each regular session of Congress, shall prepare and publish a comprehensive index of public documents, upon a plan approved by the Joint Committee on Printing. The Public Printer shall, immediately upon its publication, deliver to him a copy of every document printed by the Government Printing Office. The head of each executive department, independent agency and establishment of the Government shall deliver to him a copy of every document issued or published by the department, bureau, or office not confidential in character. He shall also prepare and print in one volume a consolidated index of Congressional documents, and shall index single volumes of documents as the Joint Committee on Printing directs. Two thousand copies each of the comprehensive index and of the consolidated index shall be printed and bound in addition to the usual number, two hundred for the Senate, eight hundred for the House of Representatives and one thousand for distribution by the Superintendent of Documents.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §76 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §62, 28 Stat. 610).

On the first day of each month the Superintendent of Documents shall prepare a catalog of Government publications which shall show the documents printed during the preceding month, where obtainable, and the price. Two thousand copies of the catalog shall be printed in pamphlet form for distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §77 (Jan. 12 1895, ch. 23, §69, 28 Stat. 612).

The Public Printer may retain out of all documents, bills, and resolutions printed the number of copies absolutely needful for the official use of the Government Printing Office, not exceeding five of each.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 618).

The Public Printer shall deliver to the Executive Mansion two copies of each document, bill, and resolution as soon as printed and ready for distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §80 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §88, 28 Stat. 622).

The Public Printer shall print and deliver to the National Archives and Records Administration for use by the Archivist of the United States, including use by the Presidential Library established for the President during whose term the documents were issued, which shall be chargeable to Congress three copies each of the following publications:

House documents and public reports, bound;

Senate documents and public reports, bound;

Senate and House journals, bound;

United States Code and Supplements, bound;

United States Statutes at Large, bound;

the United States Reports, bound;

all other documents bearing a congressional number, or printed upon order of a committee in either House of Congress, or of a department, independent agency or establishment, commission, or officer of the Government, except confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character; and

public bills and resolutions in Congress in each parliamentary stage.

The Superintendent of Documents shall furnish, without cost, copies of publications available for free distribution.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(6), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §215a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §—, as added June 17, 1935, ch. 267, 49 Stat. 386, and amended June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–678, 80 Stat. 956.)

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “General Services Administration” in section catchline and text.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

When printing not bearing a congressional number, except confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character, is done for a department or officer of the Government, or not of a confidential character, is done for use of congressional committees, two copies shall be sent, unless withheld by order of the committee, by the Public Printer to the Senate and House of Representatives libraries, respectively, and one copy each to the document rooms of the Senate and House of Representatives, for reference; and these copies may not be removed.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §217 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §58, 28 Stat. 610; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014).

The last clause of this section is eliminated, as superseded by former section 85, now found in section 1903 of the revision.

Only books published by the Government, and usually known by the name of “Public Documents,” may be supplied to a legation or consulate of the United States as are first designated by the Secretary of State, by an order to be recorded in the State Department, as suitable for and required by the legation and consulate.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §91a (R.S. §504).

Documents and reports may be furnished to foreign legations to the United States upon request stating those desired and requisition upon the Public Printer by the Secretary of State. Gratuitous distribution may only be made to legations whose Governments furnish to legations from the United States copies of their printed and legislative documents desired.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §91 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §75, 28 Stat. 620).

There shall be printed and furnished to the Library of Congress for official use in the District of Columbia not to exceed twenty-five copies of:

House documents and reports, bound;

Senate documents and reports, bound;

Senate and House journals, bound;

public bills and resolutions;

the United States Code and supplements, bound; and

all other publications and maps which are printed, or otherwise reproduced, under authority of law, upon the requisition of a Congressional committee, executive department, bureau, independent office, establishment, commission, or officer of the Government.

Confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character shall be excepted.

In addition, there shall be delivered as printed to the Library of Congress:

ten copies of each House document and report, unbound;

ten copies of each Senate document and report, unbound; and

ten copies of each private bill and resolution and fifty copies of the laws in slip form.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282; Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §139 (Jan. 28, 1899, No. 12, 30 Stat. 1388; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550).

Reference to the Official Register is omitted as obsolete. The authorization for its compilation was repealed by Public Law 88–626.

The 1982 amendment by Pub. L. 97–276 is based on section 305(a) of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in section 101(e) of Pub. L. 97–276, to be effective as if enacted into law.

1982—Pub. L. 97–276 substituted “not to exceed twenty-five copies of” for “, and for international exchange as provided by section 1719 of this title, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies of”.

This section is referred to in sections 701, 906 of this title.

For the purpose of more fully carrying into effect the convention concluded at Brussels on March 15, 1886, and proclaimed by the President of the United States on January 15, 1889, there shall be supplied to the Superintendent of Documents not to exceed one hundred and twenty-five copies each of all Government publications, including the daily and bound copies of the Congressional Record, for distribution to those foreign governments which agree, as indicated by the Library of Congress, to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress. Confidential matter, blank forms, circular letters not of a public character, publications determined by their issuing department, office, or establishment to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value, and publications classified for reasons of national security shall be exempted from this requirement. The printing, binding, and distribution costs of any publications distributed in accordance with this section shall be charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282; Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189; Pub. L. 99–500, §101(j), Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–287, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(j), Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–287, as amended Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 425.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §139a (Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §3, 31 Stat. 1465; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550).

There were two conventions concluded at Brussels on Mar. 15, 1886, and proclaimed by the President on Jan. 15, 1889: one was a convention “for the international exchange of official documents, scientific, and literary publications”; the other was “for the immediate exchange of the official journals, parliamentary annals, and documents.”

Pub. L. 99–591 is a corrected version of Pub. L. 99–500.

The 1986 amendment is based on section 306 of title III of H.R. 5203 (see House Report 99–805 as filed in the House on Aug. 15, 1986), and incorporated by reference in section 101(j) of Pub. L. 99–500 and 99–591, as amended by Pub. L. 100–71, to be effective as if enacted into law.

The 1982 amendment by Pub. L. 97–276 is based on section 305(b) of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in section 101(e) of Pub. L. 97–276, to be effective as if enacted into law.

1986—Pub. L. 99–500 and 99–591, as amended by Pub. L. 100–71, amended last sentence generally, substituting “charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose” for “chargeable to the department, office, or establishment issuing the publication”. See Codification note above.

1982—Pub. L. 97–276 substituted “Superintendent of Documents” for first reference to “Library of Congress” and “for distribution to those foreign governments which agree, as indicated by the Library of Congress, to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress” for “for distribution, through the Smithsonian Institution, to foreign governments which agree to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress”, and inserted “Confidential matter, blank forms, circular letters not of a public character, publications determined by their issuing department, office, or establishment to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value, and publications classified for reasons of national security shall be exempted from this requirement. The printing, binding, and distribution costs of any publication distributed in accordance with this section shall be chargeable to the department, office, or establishment issuing the publication.”

This section is referred to in sections 701, 906 of this title.

Public documents accumulating in the several executive departments, bureaus, and offices, not needed for official use, shall be turned over to the Superintendent of Documents annually for distribution or sale.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §78 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §67, 28 Stat. 611).

Heads of departments may exchange surplus documents for other documents and books required by them, when it is to the advantage of the public service.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §93 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §95, 28 Stat. 623).

Government publications printed for or received by the executive departments, whether for official use or for distribution, except those required by section 1701 of this title to be distributed by the Public Printer, shall be distributed by a competent person detailed to this duty in each department by the head of the department. He shall prevent duplication and make detailed report to the head of the department.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §96 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §92, 28 Stat. 623; May 29, 1928, ch. 901, §1(2), 45 Stat. 986).


1978—Pub. L. 95–261, §2, Apr. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 199, added item 1916.

1972—Pub. L. 92–368, §1(b), Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 507, added item 1915.

Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.

This chapter is referred to in section 3317 of this title; title 42 sections 15326, 15385.

“Government publication” as used in this chapter, means informational matter which is published as an individual document at Government expense, or as required by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81a (Pub. L. 87–579, §1, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 352).

Government publications, except those determined by their issuing components to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value and publications classified for reasons of national security, shall be made available to depository libraries through the facilities of the Superintendent of Documents for public information. Each component of the Government shall furnish the Superintendent of Documents a list of such publications it issued during the previous month, that were obtained from sources other than the Government Printing Office.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81b (Pub. L. 87–579, §1, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 352).

Upon request of the Superintendent of Documents, components of the Government ordering the printing of publications shall either increase or decrease the number of copies of publications furnished for distribution to designated depository libraries and State libraries so that the number of copies delivered to the Superintendent of Documents is equal to the number of libraries on the list. The number thus delivered may not be restricted by any statutory limitation in force on August 9, 1962. Copies of publications furnished the Superintendent of Documents for distribution to designated depository libraries shall include—

the journals of the Senate and House of Representatives;

all publications, not confidential in character, printed upon the requisition of a congressional committee;

Senate and House public bills and resolutions; and

reports on private bills, concurrent or simple resolutions;

but not so-called cooperative publications which must necessarily be sold in order to be self-sustaining.

The Superintendent of Documents shall currently inform the components of the Government ordering printing of publications as to the number of copies of their publications required for distribution to depository libraries. The cost of printing and binding those publications distributed to depository libraries obtained elsewhere than from the Government Printing Office, shall be borne by components of the Government responsible for their issuance; those requisitioned from the Government Printing Office shall be charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85 (part) (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; June 25, 1938, ch. 708, 52 Stat. 1206; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §5, 76 Stat. 354).

The last paragraph of former section 85 will be found in section 1906 of the revision.

This section is referred to in title 28 section 594.

The Superintendent of Documents shall currently issue a classified list of Government publications in suitable form, containing annotations of contents and listed by item identification numbers to facilitate the selection of only those publications needed by depository libraries. The selected publications shall be distributed to depository libraries in accordance with regulations of the Superintendent of Documents, as long as they fulfill the conditions provided by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed. §83 (R.S. §502; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§53, 61, 28 Stat. 608, 610; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §3, 76 Stat. 353).

The Government publications selected from lists prepared by the Superintendent of Documents, and when requested from him, shall be distributed to depository libraries specifically designated by law and to libraries designated by Senators, Representatives, and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, by the Commissioner of the District of Columbia,1 and by the Governors of Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands, respectively. Additional libraries within areas served by Representatives or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico may be designated by them to receive Government publications to the extent that the total number of libraries designated by them does not exceed two within each area. Not more than two additional libraries within a State may be designated by each Senator from the State. Before an additional library within a State, congressional district or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is designated as a depository for Government publications, the head of that library shall furnish his Senator, Representative, or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, as the case may be, with justification of the necessity for the additional designation. The justification, which shall also include a certification as to the need for the additional depository library designation, shall be signed by the head of every existing depository library within the congressional district or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or by the head of the library authority of the State or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, within which the additional depository library is to be located. The justification for additional depository library designations shall be transmitted to the Superintendent of Documents by the Senator, Representative, or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, as the case may be. The Commissioner of the District of Columbia may designate two depository libraries in the District of Columbia, the Governor of Guam and the Governor of American Samoa may each designate one depository library in Guam and American Samoa, respectively, and the Governor of the Virgin Islands may designate one depository library on the island of Saint Thomas and one on the island of Saint Croix.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §82 (R.S. §501; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §2, 76 Stat. 353).

Office of Commissioner of District of Columbia, as established under Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1967, eff. Nov. 3, 1967 (in part), 32 F.R. 11669, 81 Stat. 948, abolished as of noon Jan. 2, 1975, by Pub. L. 93–198, title VII, §711, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 818, and replaced by office of Mayor of District of Columbia by section 421 of Pub. L. 93–198.

Pub. L. 101–219, title II, §202, Dec. 12, 1989, 103 Stat. 1874, provided that: “The Northern Marianas College is hereby constituted a depository to receive Government publications, and the Superintendent of Documents shall supply to the Northern Marianas College one copy of each such publication in the same form as supplied to other designated depositories.”

Act Sept. 28, 1943, ch. 243, 57 Stat. 568, provided: “That the Public Library of the District of Columbia is hereby constituted a designated depository of governmental publications, and the Superintendent of Documents shall supply to such library one copy of each such publication, in the same form as supplied to other designated depositories.”

This section is referred to in section 1910 of this title; title 17 section 707.

1 See Transfer of Functions note below.

Land-grant colleges are constituted depositories to receive Government publications subject to the depository laws.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85 (part) (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; June 25, 1938, ch. 708, 52 Stat. 1206; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, 76 Stat. 354).

This section is from the last paragraph of former section 85; the remainder of that section will be found in section 1903 of the revision.

The libraries of the executive departments, of the United States Military Academy, of the United States Naval Academy, of the United States Air Force Academy, of the United States Coast Guard Academy, and of the United States Merchant Marine Academy are designated depositories of Government publications. A depository library within each independent agency may be designated upon certification of need by the head of the independent agency to the Superintendent of Documents. Additional depository libraries within executive departments and independent agencies may be designated to receive Government publications to the extent that the number so designated does not exceed the number of major bureaus or divisions of the departments and independent agencies. These designations may be made only after certification by the head of each executive department or independent agency to the Superintendent of Documents as to the justifiable need for additional depository libraries. Depository libraries within executive departments and independent agencies may dispose of unwanted Government publications after first offering them to the Library of Congress and the Archivist of the United States.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §87 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §98, 28 Stat. 624; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §7, 76 Stat. 355).

For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.

References to Archivist of the United States deemed to refer to Archivist appointed under section 2103 of this title with respect to functions transferred by Pub. L. 98–497 or an amendment made by Pub. L. 98–497 and exercised after Apr. 1, 1985, see sections 106 and 108 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as notes under section 2102 of this title.

One copy of the public journals of the Senate and of the House of Representatives, and of the documents published under the orders of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, shall be transmitted to the Executive of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the use and benefit of the American Antiquarian Society of the Commonwealth.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §88 (Dec. 1, 1814, No. 7, 3 Stat. 248).

Only a library able to provide custody and service for depository materials and located in an area where it can best serve the public need, and within an area not already adequately served by existing depository libraries may be designated by Senators, Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Commissioner of the District of Columbia,1 or the Governors of Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands as a depository of Government publications. The designated depository libraries shall report to the Superintendent of Documents at least every two years concerning their condition.

The Superintendent of Documents shall make firsthand investigation of conditions for which need is indicated and include the results of investigations in his annual report. When he ascertains that the number of books in a depository library is below ten thousand, other than Government publications, or it has ceased to be maintained so as to be accessible to the public, or that the Government publications which have been furnished the library have not been properly maintained, he shall delete the library from the list of depository libraries if the library fails to correct the unsatisfactory conditions within six months. The Representative or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico in whose area the library is located or the Senator who made the designation, or a successor of the Senator, and, in the case of a library in the District of Columbia, the Commissioner of the District of Columbia, and, in the case of a library in Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands, the Governor, shall be notified and shall then be authorized to designate another library within the area served by him, which shall meet the conditions herein required, but which may not be in excess of the number of depository libraries authorized by laws within the State, district, territory, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, as the case may be.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §86 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §70, 28 Stat. 612; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §6, 76 Stat. 354).

Office of Commissioner of District of Columbia, as established under Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1967, eff. Nov. 3, 1967 (in part), 32 F.R. 11669, 81 Stat. 948, abolished as of noon Jan. 2, 1975, by Pub. L. 93–198, title VII, §711, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 818, and replaced by office of Mayor of District of Columbia by section 421 of Pub. L. 93–198.

This section is referred to in section 1916 of this title.

1 See Transfer of Functions note below.

The designation of a library to replace a depository library, other than a depository library specifically designated by law, may be made only within the limitations on total numbers specified by section 1905 of this title, and only when the library to be replaced ceases to exist, or when the library voluntarily relinquishes its depository status, or when the Superintendent of Documents determines that it no longer fulfills the conditions provided by law for depository libraries.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §84 (June 23, 1913, ch. 3, §5, 38 Stat. 75; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §4, 76 Stat. 353).

Depository libraries shall make Government publications available for the free use of the general public, and may dispose of them after retention for five years under section 1912 of this title, if the depository library is served by a regional depository library. Depository libraries not served by a regional depository library, or that are regional depository libraries themselves, shall retain Government publications permanently in either printed form or in microfacsimile form, except superseded publications or those issued later in bound form which may be discarded as authorized by the Superintendent of Documents.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §92 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §74, 28 Stat. 620; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VII, §11, 49 Stat. 1552; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §8, 76 Stat. 355).

The first sentence of section 92, is classified to section 1119; the remainder comprises this section of the revision.

This section is referred to in section 1915 of this title.

Not more than two depository libraries in each State and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be designated as regional depositories, and shall receive from the Superintendent of Documents copies of all new and revised Government publications authorized for distribution to depository libraries. Designation of regional depository libraries may be made by a Senator or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico within the areas served by them, after approval by the head of the library authority of the State or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, as the case may be, who shall first ascertain from the head of the library to be so designated that the library will, in addition to fulfilling the requirements for depository libraries, retain at least one copy of all Government publications either in printed or microfacsimile form (except those authorized to be discarded by the Superintendent of Documents); and within the region served will provide interlibrary loan, reference service, and assistance for depository libraries in the disposal of unwanted Government publications. The agreement to function as a regional depository library shall be transmitted to the Superintendent of Documents by the Senator or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico when the designation is made.

The libraries designated as regional depositories may permit depository libraries, within the areas served by them, to dispose of Government publications which they have retained for five years after first offering them to other depository libraries within their area, then to other libraries.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §84a (Pub. L. 87–579, §9, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 355.)

This section is referred to in section 1911 of this title.

Appropriations available for the Office of Superintendent of Documents may not be used to supply depository libraries documents, books, or other printed matter not requested by them, and their requests shall be subject to approval by the Superintendent of Documents.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85a (June 27, 1956, ch. 453, §101, 70 Stat. 369).

The Public Printer, with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, as provided by section 103 of this title, may use any measures he considers necessary for the economical and practical implementation of this chapter.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81c (Pub. L. 87–579, §10, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 356).

Upon the request of the highest appellate court of a State, the Public Printer is authorized to designate the library of that court as a depository library. The provisions of section 1911 of this title shall not apply to any library so designated.

(Added Pub. L. 92–368, §1(a), Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 507.)

(a) Upon the request of any accredited law school, the Public Printer shall designate the library of such law school as a depository library. The Public Printer may not make such designation unless he determines that the library involved meets the requirements of this chapter, other than those requirements of the first undesignated paragraph of section 1909 of this title which relate to the location of such library.

(b) For purposes of this section, the term “accredited law school” means any law school which is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association approved by the Commissioner of Education for such purpose or accredited by the highest appellate court of the State in which the law school is located.

(Added Pub. L. 95–261, §1, Apr. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 199.)

Section 3 of Pub. L. 95–261 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [enacting this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1978.”

Functions of Commissioner of Education transferred to Secretary of Education pursuant to section 3441(a)(1) of Title 20, Education.


1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(c)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2282, amended analysis generally, substituting “National Archives and Records” in chapter heading, adding items 2102 to 2106 and redesignating former items 2103 to 2114 as 2107 to 2118, respectively.

This chapter is referred to in sections 2115, 2116, 2901, 2902, 3107 of this title; title 22 section 4352; title 25 section 450j; title 28 section 594.

As used in this chapter—

(1) “Presidential archival depository” means an institution operated by the United States to house and preserve the papers and books of a President or former President of the United States, together with other historical materials belonging to a President or former President of the United States, or related to his papers or to the events of his official or personal life, and may include research facilities and museum facilities in accordance with this chapter;

(2) “historical materials” including books, correspondence, documents, papers, pamphlets, works of art, models, pictures, photographs, plats, maps, films, motion pictures, sound recordings, and other objects or materials having historical or commemorative value;

(3) “Archivist” means the Archivist of the United States appointed under section 2103 of this title; and

(4) “Administration” means the National Archives and Records Administration established under section 2102 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(b), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2282; Pub. L. 99–323, §2, May 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 495.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(j) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 12, 1962, ch. 703, §1(*o*), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695; July 3, 1956, ch. 513, §4, 70 Stat. 494; June 13, 1957, Pub. L. 85–51, 71 Stat. 69; Mar. 15, 1958, Pub. L. 85–341, §1(1), 72 Stat. 34).

1986—Par. (1). Pub. L. 99–323 inserted “, and may include research facilities and museum facilities in accordance with this chapter” after “or personal life”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “this chapter” for “sections 2103–2113 of this title”, designated two existing paragraphs as pars. (1) and (2), respectively, and added pars. (3) and (4).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

There shall be an independent establishment in the executive branch of the Government to be known as the National Archives and Records Administration. The Administration shall be administered under the supervision and direction of the Archivist.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §101, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §391(a) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).

This section incorporates only the last sentence of paragraph (a) of former section 391. The balance of that section will be found in sections 1506, 2301, 2501, and 2902 of the revision.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted provisions directing that there shall be an independent establishment in the executive branch of the Government to be known as the National Archives and Records Administration and that the Administration shall be administered under the supervision and direction of the Archivist for provisions which had formerly directed only that the Administrator of General Services appoint the Archivist of the United States.

Section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that: “The provisions of this Act [enacting sections 2103 to 2106 of this title and provisions set out as notes under this section and section 101 of this title, redesignating existing sections 2103 to 2114 as sections 2107 to 2118 of this title, amending this section, sections 710, 711, 729, 1501 to 1503, 1506, 1714, 2101, 2107 to 2118, 2204, 2205, 2301 to 2305, 2307, 2501, 2504, 2506, 2901 to 2909, 3102 to 3106, 3302 to 3303a, 3308, 3310, 3311, 3504, and 3513 of this title, provisions set out as a note under section 2111 of this title, sections 106a, 106b, 112, 113, and 201 of Title 1, General Provisions, sections 6 and 11 to 13 of Title 3, The President, sections 141 to 145 of Title 4, Flag and Seal, Seat of Government, and the States, sections 552a and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 199a of Title 25, Indians, and repealing section 2507 of this title] (including the amendments made by this Act) shall be effective on April 1, 1985.”

Section 105 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that:

“(a) All orders, determinations, rules, regulations, grants, contracts, agreements, permits, licenses, privileges, and other actions which have been issued, granted, made, undertaken, or entered into in the performance of any function transferred by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] or the amendments made by this Act shall continue in effect according to their terms until modified, terminated, superseded, set aside, or revoked in accordance with law by any authorized official, a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.

“(b)(1) The transfer of functions by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] and by the amendments made by this Act shall not affect any proceedings, including notices of proposed rulemaking, or any application for any license, permit, certificate, or financial assistance pending on the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985] before the General Services Administration; but such proceedings and applications, to the extent that they relate to the functions so transferred, shall be continued. Orders shall be issued in such proceedings, appeals shall be taken therefrom, and payments shall be made pursuant to such orders, as if this Act had not been enacted; and orders issued in any such proceedings shall continue in effect until modified, terminated, superseded, or revoked by the Archivist, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to prohibit the discontinuance or modification of any such proceeding under the same terms and conditions and to the same extent that such proceeding could have been discontinued or modified if this Act had not been enacted.

“(2) The Archivist is authorized to promulgate regulations providing for the orderly transfer of proceedings continued under paragraph (1) from the General Services Administration to the Administration.

“(c) Except as provided in subsection (e)—

“(1) the provisions of this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] and of the amendments made by this Act shall not affect actions commenced prior to the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985], and

“(2) in all such actions, proceedings shall be had, appeals taken, and judgments rendered in the same manner and effect as if this Act had not been enacted.

“(d) No action or other proceeding lawfully commenced by or against any officer of the United States acting in the official capacity of such officer shall abate by reason of any transfer of functions by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] or by an amendment made by this Act. No cause of action by or against the General Services Administration or by or against any officer thereof in the official capacity of such officer shall abate by reason of any such transfer of functions.

“(e) If, before the date on which this Act takes effect [Apr. 1, 1985], the General Services Administration or any officer thereof in the official capacity of such officer, is a party to an action, and under this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] or the amendments made by this Act any function in connection with such action is transferred to the Archivist or any other official of the Administration, then such action shall be continued with the Archivist or other appropriate official of the Administration substituted or added as a party.

“(f) Orders and actions of the Archivist in the exercise of functions transferred by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] or by amendments made by this Act shall be subject to judicial review to the same extent and in the same manner as if such orders and actions had been by the individual holding the office of Archivist of the United States on the day before the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985] or the Administrator of General Services in the exercise of such functions immediately preceding their transfer. Any statutory requirements relating to notice, hearings, action upon the record, or administrative review that apply to any function transferred by this Act or by any amendment made by this Act shall apply to the exercise of such function by the Archivist.”

Sections 103, 104 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that:

“

“(b)(1) All functions which were assigned to the Administrator of General Services by section 6 of Executive Order No. 10530 of May 11, 1954 (19 Fed. Reg. 2709 [set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President]; relating to documents and the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register), and by Executive Order Nunbered [sic] 11440 of December 11, 1968 (33 Fed. Reg. 18475 [set out as a note under section 2109 of this title]; relating to supplemental use of Federal exhibits and displays), shall be exercised by the Archivist of the United States.

“(2) All functions pertaining to the maintenance, operation, and protection of a Presidential archival depository which were assigned to the Administrator of General Services by the Act of September 6, 1965 (Public Law 89–169, 79 Stat. 648) [set out as a note under section 2112 of this title], relating to the Lyndon Baines Johnson Presidential Archival Depository, and by the Act of August 27, 1966 (Public Law 89–547, 80 Stat. 370) [set out as a note under section 2112 of this title] and the Act of May 26, 1977 (Public Law 95–34, 91 Stat. 174), relating to the John Fitzgerald Kennedy Library, shall be exercised by the Archivist of the United States.

“(c) In the exercise of the functions transferred by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] and the amendments made by this Act, the Archivist shall have the same authority as had the Administrator of General Services prior to the transfer of such functions, and the actions of the Archivist shall have the same force and effect as when exercised by such Administrator.

“(d) Prior to the appointment and confirmation of an individual to serve as Archivist of the United States under section 2103 of title 44, United States Code, the individual holding the office of Archivist of the United States on the day before the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985] may serve as Archivist under such section, and while so serving shall be compensated at the rate provided under subsection (b) of such section.

“

“(b) The transfer pursuant to this title [title I (§§101–108) of Pub. L. 98–497] of full-time personnel (except special Government employees) and part-time personnel holding permanent positions shall not cause any such employees to be separated or reduced in grade or compensation for one year after such transfer or after the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985], whichever is later.”

Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(a)–(c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1416, 1417, as amended by Pub. L. 103–329, title V, §541, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2415, provided that:

“(a)(1) The Director of the Center for Legislative Archives within the National Archives and Records Administration shall be established without regard to chapter 51 of title 5 and shall be paid at a rate determined without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5 governing General Schedule classification and pay rates: *Provided*, That such pay shall be no less than 120 percent of the rate of pay for GS–15, step 1 of the General Schedule nor more than the rate of pay in effect for level one of the Senior Executive Schedule.

“(2) There is established within the Center for Legislative Archives within the National Archives and Records Administration the position of Specialist in Congressional History.

“(b) There shall be made available from funds appropriated in each fiscal year to the National Archives and Records Administration, $20,000 for the administrative expenses of the Advisory Committee on the Records of Congress established under section 2701 of title 44, United States Code.

“(c) There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this section.”

Section 106 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that: “With respect to any functions transferred by this Act [Pub. L. 98–497] or by an amendment made by this Act and exercised after the effective date of this Act [Apr. 1, 1985], reference in any other Federal law to the office of the Archivist of the United States as in existence on the date before the effective date of this Act, or the National Archives and Records Service of the General Services Administration, or any office or officer thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the Archivist or the Administration.”

Section 302 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that: “Any new spending authority (within the meaning of section 401 of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974 [2 U.S.C. 651]) which is provided under this Act shall be effective for any fiscal year only to the extent or in such amounts as provided in appropriations Acts.”

Section 108 of Pub. L. 98–497 provided that: “For purposes of sections 103 through 106 [set out as notes above]—

“(1) the term ‘Archivist’ means the Archivist of the United States appointed under section 2103 of title 44, United States Code, as added by section 102(a)(2) of this Act;

“(2) the term ‘Administration’ means the National Archives and Records Administration established under section 2102 of such title (as amended by section 101 of this Act); and

“(3) the term ‘function’ includes any duty, obligation, power, authority, responsibility, right, privilege, activity, or program.”

This section is referred to in sections 2101, 3102, 3317 of this title.

(a) The Archivist of the United States shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Archivist shall be appointed without regard to political affiliations and solely on the basis of the professional qualifications required to perform the duties and responsibilities of the office of Archivist. The Archivist may be removed from office by the President. The President shall communicate the reasons for any such removal to each House of the Congress.

(b) The Archivist shall be compensated at the rate provided for level III of the Executive Schedule under section 5314 of title 5.

(c) There shall be in the Administration a Deputy Archivist of the United States, who shall be appointed by and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Archivist. The Deputy Archivist shall be established as a career reserved position in the Senior Executive Service within the meaning of section 3132(a)(8) of title 5. The Deputy Archivist shall perform such functions as the Archivist shall designate. During any absence or disability of the Archivist, the Deputy Archivist shall act as Archivist. In the event of a vacancy in the office of the Archivist, the Deputy Archivist shall act as Archivist until an Archivist is appointed under subsection (a).

(Added Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280.)

A prior section 2103 was renumbered section 2107 of this title.

Section effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 2101, 3102, 3317 of this title.

(a) The Archivist shall prescribe such regulations as the Archivist deems necessary to effectuate the functions of the Archivist, and the head of each executive agency shall cause to be issued such orders and directives as such agency head deems necessary to carry out such regulations.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Archivist may delegate any of the functions of the Archivist to such officers and employees of the Administration as the Archivist may designate, and may authorize such successive redelegations of such functions as the Archivist may deem to be necessary or appropriate. A delegation of functions by the Archivist shall not relieve the Archivist of responsibility for the administration of such functions.

(c) The Archivist may organize the Administration as the Archivist finds necessary or appropriate.

(d) The Archivist is authorized to establish, maintain, alter, or discontinue such regional, local, or other field offices as the Archivist finds necessary or appropriate to perform the functions of the Archivist or the Administration.

(e) The Archivist shall cause a seal of office to be made for the Administration of such design as the Archivist shall approve. Judicial notice shall be taken of such seal.

(f) The Archivist may establish advisory committees to provide advice with respect to any function of the Archivist or the Administration. Members of any such committee shall serve without compensation but shall be entitled to transportation expenses and per diem in lieu of subsistence in accordance with section 5703 of title 5.

(g) The Archivist shall advise and consult with interested Federal agencies with a view to obtaining their advice and assistance in carrying out the purposes of this chapter.

(h) If authorized by the Archivist, officers and employees of the Administration having investigatory functions are empowered, while engaged in the performance of their duties in conducting investigations, to administer oaths.

(Added Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2281.)

A prior section 2104 was renumbered section 2108 of this title.

Section effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 2102 of this title.

For assignment of certain emergency preparedness functions to Archivist of United States, see Parts 1, 2, and 20 of Ex. Ord. No. 12656, Nov. 18, 1988, 53 F.R. 47491, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

(a)(1) The Archivist is authorized to select, appoint, employ, and fix the compensation of such officers and employees, pursuant to part III of title 5, as are necessary to perform the functions of the Archivist and the Administration.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Archivist is authorized to appoint, subject to the consultation requirements set forth in paragraph (f)(2) of section 2203 of this title, a director at each Presidential archival depository established under section 2112 of this title. The Archivist may appoint a director without regard to subchapter I and subchapter VIII of chapter 33 of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service and the Senior Executive Service. A director so appointed shall be responsible for the care and preservation of the Presidential records and historical materials deposited in a Presidential archival depository, shall serve at the pleasure of the Archivist and shall perform such other functions as the Archivist may specify.

(b) The Archivist is authorized to obtain the services of experts and consultants under section 3109 of title 5.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 973 of title 10 or any other provision of law, the Archivist, in carrying out the functions of the Archivist or the Administration, is authorized to utilize in the Administration the services of officials, officers, and other personnel in other Federal agencies, including personnel of the armed services, with the consent of the head of the agency concerned.

(d) Notwithstanding section 1342 of title 31, United States Code, the Archivist is authorized to accept and utilize voluntary and uncompensated services.

(Added Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2281; amended Pub. L. 107–67, title VI, §649, Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 556.)

A prior section 2105 was renumbered section 2109 of this title.

2001—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–67 amended subsec. (a) generally, designating existing provisions as par. (1) and adding par. (2).

Section effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3316 of this title.

The Archivist shall submit to the Congress, in January of each year and at such other times as the Archivist finds appropriate, a report concerning the administration of functions of the Archivist, the Administration, the National Historical Publications and Records Commission, and the National Archives Trust Fund. Such report shall describe—

(1) program administration and expenditures of funds, both appropriated and nonappropriated, by the Administration, the Commission, and the Trust Fund Board;

(2) research projects and publications undertaken by Commission grantees, and by Trust Fund grantees, including detailed information concerning the receipt and use of all appropriated and nonappropriated funds;

(3) by account, the moneys, securities, and other personal property received and held by the National Archives Trust Fund Board, and of its operations, including a listing of the purposes for which funds are transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration for expenditure to other Federal agencies; and

(4) the matters specified in section 2904(c)(8) of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2282.)

A prior section 2106 was renumbered section 2110 of this title.

Section effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 2102 of this title.

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in this section relating to the requirement that the Archivist submit a report to Congress in January of each year, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and the last item on page 179 of House Document No. 103–7.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

When it appears to the Archivist to be in the public interest, he may—

(1) accept for deposit with the National Archives of the United States the records of a Federal agency, the Congress, the Architect of the Capitol, or the Supreme Court determined by the Archivist of the United States to have sufficient historical or other value to warrant their continued preservation by the United States Government;

(2) direct and effect the transfer to the National Archives of the United States of records of a Federal agency that have been in existence for more than thirty years and determined by the Archivist of the United States to have sufficient historical or other value to warrant their continued preservation by the United States Government, unless the head of the agency which has custody of them certified in writing to the Archivist that they must be retained in his custody for use in the conduct of the regular current business of the agency;

(3) direct and effect, with the approval of the head of the originating agency, or if the existence of the agency has been terminated, then with the approval of his successor in function, if any, the transfer of records, deposited or approved for deposit with the National Archives of the United States to public or educational institutions or associations; title to the records to remain vested in the United States unless otherwise authorized by Congress; and

(4) transfer materials from private sources authorized to be received by the Archivist by section 2111 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287, §2103; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727; Pub. L. 95–416, §1(a), Oct. 5, 1978, 92 Stat. 915; renumbered §2107 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(a) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583; and amended July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(*o*), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695; July 3, 1956, ch. 513, §4, 70 Stat. 494; June 13, 1957, Pub. L. 85–51, 71 Stat. 69).

A prior section 2107 was renumbered section 2111 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(1), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in provisions preceding par. (1), substituted “, the Congress, the Architect of the Capitol, or the Supreme Court” for “or of the Congress” in par. (1), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” in par. (2), and substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” and “section 2111” for “section 2107” in par. (4).

1978—Par. (2). Pub. L. 95–416 substituted “thirty years” for “fifty years”.

1976—Par. (4). Pub. L. 94–575 substituted reference to section “2107” for “3106”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Pub. L. 103–345, §1, Oct. 6, 1994, 108 Stat. 3128, provided that: “This Act [amending provisions set out as a note below] may be cited as the ‘President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Extension Act of 1994’.”

Pub. L. 102–526, Oct. 26, 1992, 106 Stat. 3443, as amended by Pub. L. 103–345, §§2–5, Oct. 6, 1994, 108 Stat. 3128–3130; Pub. L. 105–25, §1, July 3, 1997, 111 Stat. 240, provided that:

“This Act may be cited as the ‘President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act of 1992’.

“(a)

“(1) all Government records related to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy should be preserved for historical and governmental purposes;

“(2) all Government records concerning the assassination of President John F. Kennedy should carry a presumption of immediate disclosure, and all records should be eventually disclosed to enable the public to become fully informed about the history surrounding the assassination;

“(3) legislation is necessary to create an enforceable, independent, and accountable process for the public disclosure of such records;

“(4) legislation is necessary because congressional records related to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy would not otherwise be subject to public disclosure until at least the year 2029;

“(5) legislation is necessary because the Freedom of Information Act [5 U.S.C. 552], as implemented by the executive branch, has prevented the timely public disclosure of records relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy;

“(6) legislation is necessary because Executive Order No. 12356 [50 U.S.C. 435 note], entitled ‘National Security Information’ has eliminated the declassification and downgrading schedules relating to classified information across government and has prevented the timely public disclosure of records relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy; and

“(7) most of the records related to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy are almost 30 years old, and only in the rarest cases is there any legitimate need for continued protection of such records.

“(b)

“(1) to provide for the creation of the President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection at the National Archives and Records Administration; and

“(2) to require the expeditious public transmission to the Archivist and public disclosure of such records.

“In this Act:

“(1) ‘Archivist’ means the Archivist of the United States.

“(2) ‘Assassination record’ means a record that is related to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, that was created or made available for use by, obtained by, or otherwise came into the possession of—

“(A) the Commission to Investigate the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy (the ‘Warren Commission’);

“(B) the Commission on Central Intelligence Agency Activities Within the United States (the ‘Rockefeller Commission’);

“(C) the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities (the ‘Church Committee’);

“(D) the Select Committee on Intelligence (the ‘Pike Committee’) of the House of Representatives;

“(E) the Select Committee on Assassinations (the ‘House Assassinations Committee’) of the House of Representatives;

“(F) the Library of Congress;

“(G) the National Archives and Records Administration;

“(H) any Presidential library;

“(I) any Executive agency;

“(J) any independent agency;

“(K) any other office of the Federal Government; and

“(L) any State or local law enforcement office that provided support or assistance or performed work in connection with a Federal inquiry into the assassination of President John F. Kennedy,

but does not include the autopsy records donated by the Kennedy family to the National Archives pursuant to a deed of gift regulating access to those records, or copies and reproductions made from such records.

“(3) ‘Collection’ means the President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection established under section 4.

“(4) ‘Executive agency’ means an Executive agency as defined in subsection 552(f) of title 5, United States Code, and includes any Executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government, including the Executive Office of the President, or any independent regulatory agency.

“(5) ‘Government office’ means any office of the Federal Government that has possession or control of assassination records, including—

“(A) the House Committee on Administration with regard to the Select Committee on Assassinations of the records of the House of Representatives;

“(B) the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate with regard to records of the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities and other assassination records;

“(C) the Library of Congress;

“(D) the National Archives as custodian of assassination records that it has obtained or possesses, including the Commission to Investigate the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy and the Commission on Central Intelligence Agency Activities in the United States; and

“(E) any other executive branch office or agency, and any independent agency.

“(6) ‘Identification aid’ means the written description prepared for each record as required in section 4.

“(7) ‘National Archives’ means the National Archives and Records Administration and all components thereof, including Presidential archival depositories established under section 2112 of title 44, United States Code.

“(8) ‘Official investigation’ means the reviews of the assassination of President John F. Kennedy conducted by any Presidential commission, any authorized congressional committee, and any Government agency either independently, at the request of any Presidential commission or congressional committee, or at the request of any Government official.

“(9) ‘Originating body’ means the Executive agency, government commission, congressional committee, or other governmental entity that created a record or particular information within a record.

“(10) ‘Public interest’ means the compelling interest in the prompt public disclosure of assassination records for historical and governmental purposes and for the purpose of fully informing the American people about the history surrounding the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

“(11) ‘Record’ includes a book, paper, map, photograph, sound or video recording, machine readable material, computerized, digitized, or electronic information, regardless of the medium on which it is stored, or other documentary material, regardless of its physical form or characteristics.

“(12) ‘Review Board’ means the Assassination Records Review Board established by section 7.

“(13) ‘Third agency’ means a Government agency that originated an assassination record that is in the possession of another agency.

“(a)

“(2) The Collection shall include—

“(A) all assassination records—

“(i) that have been transmitted to the National Archives or disclosed to the public in an unredacted form prior to the date of enactment of this Act;

“(ii) that are required to be transmitted to the National Archives; or

“(iii) the disclosure of which is postponed under this Act;

“(B) a central directory comprised of identification aids created for each record transmitted to the Archivist under section 5; and

“(C) all Review Board records as required by this Act.

“(b)

“(c)

“(1) charge fees for copying assassination records; and

“(2) grant waivers of such fees pursuant to the standards established by section 552(a)(4) of title 5, United States Code.

“(d)

“(2) The National Archives, in consultation with the Information Security Oversight Office, shall ensure the security of the postponed assassination records in the Collection.

“(e)

“(a)

“(2) No assassination record shall be destroyed, altered, or mutilated in any way.

“(3) No assassination record made available or disclosed to the public prior to the date of enactment of this Act may be withheld, redacted, postponed for public disclosure, or reclassified.

“(4) No assassination record created by a person or entity outside government (excluding names or identities consistent with the requirements of section 6) shall be withheld, redacted, postponed for public disclosure, or reclassified.

“(b)

“(1) the Review Board requires the physical transfer of records for purposes of conducting an independent and impartial review;

“(2) transfer is necessary for an administrative hearing or other Review Board function; or

“(3) it is a third agency record described in subsection (c)(2)(C).

“(c)

“(2) In carrying out paragraph (1), a Government office shall—

“(A) determine which of its records are assassination records;

“(B) determine which of its assassination records have been officially disclosed or publicly available in a complete and unredacted form;

“(C)(i) determine which of its assassination records, or particular information contained in such a record, was created by a third agency or by another Government office; and

“(ii) transmit to a third agency or other Government office those records, or particular information contained in those records, or complete and accurate copies thereof;

“(D)(i) determine whether its assassination records or particular information in assassination records are covered by the standards for postponement of public disclosure under this Act; and

“(ii) specify on the identification aid required by subsection (d) the applicable postponement provision contained in section 6;

“(E) organize and make available to the Review Board all assassination records identified under subparagraph (D) the public disclosure of which in whole or in part may be postponed under this Act;

“(F) organize and make available to the Review Board any record concerning which the office has any uncertainty as to whether the record is an assassination record governed by this Act;

“(G) give priority to—

“(i) the identification, review, and transmission of all assassination records publicly available or disclosed as of the date of enactment of this Act in a redacted or edited form; and

“(ii) the identification, review, and transmission, under the standards for postponement set forth in this Act, of assassination records that on the date of enactment of this Act are the subject of litigation under section 552 of title 5, United States Code; and

“(H) make available to the Review Board any additional information and records that the Review Board has reason to believe it requires for conducting a review under this Act.

“(3) The Director of each archival depository established under section 2112 of title 44, United States Code, shall have as a priority the expedited review for public disclosure of assassination records in the possession and custody of the depository, and shall make such records available to the Review Board as required by this Act.

“(d)

“(B) The Archivist shall ensure that the identification aid program is established in such a manner as to result in the creation of a uniform system of electronic records by Government offices that are compatible with each other.

“(2) Upon completion of an identification aid, a Government office shall—

“(A) attach a printed copy to the record it describes;

“(B) transmit to the Review Board a printed copy; and

“(C) attach a printed copy to each assassination record it describes when it is transmitted to the Archivist.

“(3) Assassination records which are in the possession of the National Archives on the date of enactment of this Act, and which have been publicly available in their entirety without redaction, shall be made available in the Collection without any additional review by the Review Board or another authorized office under this Act, and shall not be required to have such an identification aid unless required by the Archivist.

“(e)

“(1) transmit to the Archivist, and make immediately available to the public, all assassination records that can be publicly disclosed, including those that are publicly available on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1992], without any redaction, adjustment, or withholding under the standards of this Act; and

“(2) transmit to the Archivist upon approval for postponement by the Review Board or upon completion of other action authorized by this Act, all assassination records the public disclosure of which has been postponed, in whole or in part, under the standards of this Act, to become part of the protected Collection.

“(f)

“(g)

“(2)(A) A periodic review shall address the public disclosure of additional assassination records in the Collection under the standards of this Act.

“(B) All postponed assassination records determined to require continued postponement shall require an unclassified written description of the reason for such continued postponement. Such description shall be provided to the Archivist and published in the Federal Register upon determination.

“(C) The periodic review of postponed assassination records shall serve to downgrade and declassify security classified information.

“(D) Each assassination record shall be publicly disclosed in full, and available in the Collection no later than the date that is 25 years after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1992], unless the President certifies, as required by this Act, that—

“(i) continued postponement is made necessary by an identifiable harm to the military defense, intelligence operations, law enforcement, or conduct of foreign relations; and

“(ii) the identifiable harm is of such gravity that it outweighs the public interest in disclosure.

“(h)

“(1) charge fees for copying assassination records; and

“(2) grant waivers of such fees pursuant to the standards established by section 552(a)(4) of title 5, United States Code.

“Disclosure of assassination records or particular information in assassination records to the public may be postponed subject to the limitations of this Act if there is clear and convincing evidence that—

“(1) the threat to the military defense, intelligence operations, or conduct of foreign relations of the United States posed by the public disclosure of the assassination record is of such gravity that it outweighs the public interest, and such public disclosure would reveal—

“(A) an intelligence agent whose identity currently requires protection;

“(B) an intelligence source or method which is currently utilized, or reasonably expected to be utilized, by the United States Government and which has not been officially disclosed, the disclosure of which would interfere with the conduct of intelligence activities; or

“(C) any other matter currently relating to the military defense, intelligence operations or conduct of foreign relations of the United States, the disclosure of which would demonstrably impair the national security of the United States;

“(2) the public disclosure of the assassination record would reveal the name or identity of a living person who provided confidential information to the United States and would pose a substantial risk of harm to that person;

“(3) the public disclosure of the assassination record could reasonably be expected to constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, and that invasion of privacy is so substantial that it outweighs the public interest;

“(4) the public disclosure of the assassination record would compromise the existence of an understanding of confidentiality currently requiring protection between a Government agent and a cooperating individual or a foreign government, and public disclosure would be so harmful that it outweighs the public interest; or

“(5) the public disclosure of the assassination record would reveal a security or protective procedure currently utilized, or reasonably expected to be utilized, by the Secret Service or another Government agency responsible for protecting Government officials, and public disclosure would be so harmful that it outweighs the public interest.

“(a)

“(b)

“(2) The President shall make nominations to the Review Board not later than 90 calendar days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1992].

“(3) If the Senate votes not to confirm a nomination to the Review Board, the President shall make an additional nomination not later than 30 days thereafter.

“(4)(A) The President shall make nominations to the Review Board after considering persons recommended by the American Historical Association, the Organization of American Historians, the Society of American Archivists, and the American Bar Association.

“(B) If an organization described in subparagraph (A) does not recommend at least 2 nominees meeting the qualifications stated in paragraph (5) by the date that is 45 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the President shall consider for nomination the persons recommended by the other organizations described in subparagraph (A).

“(C) The President may request an organization described in subparagraph (A) to submit additional nominations.

“(5) Persons nominated to the Review Board—

“(A) shall be impartial private citizens, none of whom is presently employed by any branch of the Government, and none of whom shall have had any previous involvement with any official investigation or inquiry conducted by a Federal, State, or local government, relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy;

“(B) shall be distinguished persons of high national professional reputation in their respective fields who are capable of exercising the independent and objective judgment necessary to the fulfillment of their role in ensuring and facilitating the review, transmission to the public, and public disclosure of records related to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and who possess an appreciation of the value of such material to the public, scholars, and government; and

“(C) shall include at least 1 professional historian and 1 attorney.

“(c)

“(2) All nominees shall qualify for the necessary security clearance prior to being considered for confirmation by the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate.

“(d)

“(2) The Committee on Governmental Affairs shall vote on the nominations within 14 days in which the Senate is in session after the confirmation hearings, and shall report its results to the full Senate immediately.

“(3) The Senate shall vote on each nominee to confirm or reject within 14 days in which the Senate is in session after reported by the Committee on Governmental Affairs.

“(e)

“(f)

“(g)

“(A) by impeachment and conviction; or

“(B) by the action of the President for inefficiency, neglect of duty, malfeasance in office, physical disability, mental incapacity, or any other condition that substantially impairs the performance of the member's duties.

“(2)(A) If a member of the Review Board is removed from office, and that removal is by the President, not later than 10 days after the removal the President shall submit to the Committee on Government Operations [now Committee on Government Reform] of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate a report specifying the facts found and the grounds for the removal.

“(B) The President shall publish in the Federal Register a report submitted under paragraph (2)(A), except that the President may, if necessary to protect the rights of a person named in the report or to prevent undue interference with any pending prosecution, postpone or refrain from publishing any or all of the report until the completion of such pending cases or pursuant to privacy protection requirements in law.

“(3)(A) A member of the Review Board removed from office may obtain judicial review of the removal in a civil action commenced in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.

“(B) The member may be reinstated or granted other appropriate relief by order of the court.

“(h)

“(2) A member of the Review Board shall be allowed reasonable travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from the member's home or regular place of business in the performance of services for the Review Board.

“(i)

“(2) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Review Board shall consider and render decisions—

“(A) whether a record constitutes an assassination record; and

“(B) whether an assassination record or particular information in a record qualifies for postponement of disclosure under this Act.

“(j)

“(A) direct Government offices to complete identification aids and organize assassination records;

“(B) direct Government offices to transmit to the Archivist assassination records as required under this Act, including segregable portions of assassination records, and substitutes and summaries of assassination records that can be publicly disclosed to the fullest extent;

“(C)(i) obtain access to assassination records that have been identified and organized by a Government office;

“(ii) direct a Government office to make available to the Review Board, and if necessary investigate the facts surrounding, additional information, records, or testimony from individuals, which the Review Board has reason to believe is required to fulfill its functions and responsibilities under this Act; and

“(iii) request the Attorney General to subpoena private persons to compel testimony, records, and other information relevant to its responsibilities under this Act;

“(D) require any Government office to account in writing for the destruction of any records relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy;

“(E) receive information from the public regarding the identification and public disclosure of assassination records;

“(F) hold hearings, administer oaths, and subpoena witnesses and documents; and

“(G) use the Federal Supply Service in the same manner and under the same conditions as other departments and agencies of the United States; and

“(H) use the United States mails in the same manner and under the same conditions as other departments and agencies of the United States.

“(2) A subpoena issued under paragraph (1)(C)(iii) may be enforced by any appropriate Federal court acting pursuant to a lawful request of the Review Board.

“(k)

“(*l*)

“(2) The Review Board shall have the duty to cooperate with the exercise of such oversight jurisdiction.

“(m)

“(n)

“(*o*)

“(2) Upon its termination, the Review Board shall submit reports to the President and the Congress including a complete and accurate accounting of expenditures during its existence, and shall complete all other reporting requirements under this Act.

“(3) Upon termination and winding up, the Review Board shall transfer all of its records to the Archivist for inclusion in the Collection, and no record of the Review Board shall be destroyed.

“(a)

“(2) The person appointed as Executive Director shall be a private citizen of integrity and impartiality who is a distinguished professional and who is not a present employee of any branch of the Government and has had no previous involvement with any official investigation or inquiry relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

“(3)(A) A candidate for Executive Director shall be granted the necessary security clearances in an accelerated manner subject to the standard procedures for granting such clearances.

“(B) A candidate shall qualify for the necessary security clearance prior to being approved by the Review Board.

“(4) The Executive Director shall—

“(A) serve as principal liaison to Government offices;

“(B) be responsible for the administration and coordination of the Review Board's review of records;

“(C) be responsible for the administration of all official activities conducted by the Review Board; and

“(D) have no authority to decide or determine whether any record should be disclosed to the public or postponed for disclosure.

“(5) The Executive Director shall not be removed for reasons other than by a majority vote of the Review Board for cause on the grounds of inefficiency, neglect of duty, malfeasance in office, physical disability, mental incapacity, or any other condition that substantially impairs the performance of the responsibilities of the Executive Director or the staff of the Review Board.

“(b)

“(2)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), a person appointed to the staff of the Review Board shall be a private citizen of integrity and impartiality who is not a present employee of any branch of the Government and who has had no previous involvement with any official investigation or inquiry relating to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

“(B) An individual who is an employee of the Government may be appointed to the staff of the Review Board if in that position the individual will perform only administrative functions.

“(3)(A) A candidate for staff shall be granted the necessary security clearances in an accelerated manner subject to the standard procedures for granting such clearances.

“(B)(i) The Review Board may offer conditional employment to a candidate for a staff position pending the completion of security clearance background investigations. During the pendency of such investigations, the Review Board shall ensure that any such employee does not have access to, or responsibility involving, classified or otherwise restricted assassination record materials.

“(ii) If a person hired on a conditional basis under clause (i) is denied or otherwise does not qualify for all security clearances necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the position for which conditional employment has been offered, the Review Board shall immediately terminate the person's employment.

“(c)

“(1) appoint an Executive Director, who shall be paid at a rate not to exceed the rate of basic pay for level V of the Executive Schedule; and

“(2) appoint and fix compensation of such other personnel as may be necessary to carry out this Act.

“(d)

“(2) Any advisory committee created by the Review Board shall be subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.).

“(e)

“(a)

“(1) the Review Board requires the physical transfer of records for reasons of conducting an independent and impartial review; or

“(2) such transfer is necessary for an administrative hearing or other official Review Board function.

“(b)

“(1) not later than 90 days after the date of its appointment, publish a schedule for review of all assassination records in the Federal Register; and

“(2) not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1992], begin its review of assassination records under this Act.

“(c)

“(A) a Government record is not an assassination record; or

“(B) a Government record or particular information within an assassination record qualifies for postponement of public disclosure under this Act.

“(2) In approving postponement of public disclosure of an assassination record, the Review Board shall seek to—

“(A) provide for the disclosure of segregable parts, substitutes, or summaries of such a record; and

“(B) determine, in consultation with the originating body and consistent with the standards for postponement under this Act, which of the following alternative forms of disclosure shall be made by the originating body:

“(i) Any reasonably segregable particular information in an assassination record.

“(ii) A substitute record for that information which is postponed.

“(iii) A summary of an assassination record.

“(3) With respect to each assassination record or particular information in assassination records the public disclosure of which is postponed pursuant to section 6, or for which only substitutions or summaries have been disclosed to the public, the Review Board shall create and transmit to the Archivist a report containing—

“(A) a description of actions by the Review Board, the originating body, the President, or any Government office (including a justification of any such action to postpone disclosure of any record or part of any record) and of any official proceedings conducted by the Review Board with regard to specific assassination records; and

“(B) a statement, based on a review of the proceedings and in conformity with the decisions reflected therein, designating a recommended specified time at which or a specified occurrence following which the material may be appropriately disclosed to the public under this Act.

“(4)(A) Following its review and a determination that an assassination record shall be publicly disclosed in the Collection or postponed for disclosure and held in the protected Collection, the Review Board shall notify the head of the originating body of its determination and publish a copy of the determination in the Federal Register within 14 days after the determination is made.

“(B) Contemporaneous notice shall be made to the President for Review Board determinations regarding executive branch assassination records, and to the oversight committees designated in this Act in the case of legislative branch records. Such notice shall contain a written unclassified justification for public disclosure or postponement of disclosure, including an explanation of the application of any standards contained in section 6.

“(d)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(e)

“(f)

“(2) The first report shall be issued on the date that is 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1992], and subsequent reports every 12 months thereafter until termination of the Review Board.

“(3) A report under paragraph (1) shall include the following information:

“(A) A financial report of the expenses for all official activities and requirements of the Review Board and its personnel.

“(B) The progress made on review, transmission to the Archivist, and public disclosure of assassination records.

“(C) The estimated time and volume of assassination records involved in the completion of the Review Board's performance under this Act.

“(D) Any special problems, including requests and the level of cooperation of Government offices, with regard to the ability of the Review Board to operate as required by this Act.

“(E) A record of review activities, including a record of postponement decisions by the Review Board or other related actions authorized by this Act, and a record of the volume of records reviewed and postponed.

“(F) Suggestions and requests to Congress for additional legislative authority needs.

“(G) An appendix containing copies of reports of postponed records to the Archivist required under section 9(c)(3) made since the date of the preceding report under this subsection.

“(4) At least 90 calendar days before completing its work, the Review Board shall provide written notice to the President and Congress of its intention to terminate its operations at a specified date.

“(a)

“(1) The Review Board may request the Attorney General to petition any court in the United States or abroad to release any information relevant to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy that is held under seal of the court.

“(2)(A) The Review Board may request the Attorney General to petition any court in the United States to release any information relevant to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy that is held under the injunction of secrecy of a grand jury.

“(B) A request for disclosure of assassination materials under this Act shall be deemed to constitute a showing of particularized need under Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure [18 App. U.S.C.].

“(b)

“(1) the Attorney General should assist the Review Board in good faith to unseal any records that the Review Board determines to be relevant and held under seal by a court or under the injunction of secrecy of a grand jury;

“(2) the Secretary of State should contact the Government of the Republic of Russia and seek the disclosure of all records of the government of the former Soviet Union, including the records of the Komitet Gosudarstvennoy Bezopasnosti (KGB) and the Glaynoye Razvedyvatelnoye Upravleniye (GRU), relevant to the assassination of President Kennedy, and contact any other foreign government that may hold information relevant to the assassination of President Kennedy and seek disclosure of such information; and

“(3) all Executive agencies should cooperate in full with the Review Board to seek the disclosure of all information relevant to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy consistent with the public interest.

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(e)

“(1) as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, and is deemed to be part of the rules of each House, respectively, but applicable only with respect to the procedure to be followed in that House, and it supersedes other rules only to the extent that it is inconsistent with such rules; and

“(2) with full recognition of the constitutional right of either House to change the rules (so far as they relate to the procedure of that House) at any time, in the same manner, and to the same extent as in the case of any other rule of that House.

“(a) *o*).

“(b)

“(a)

“(b)

“If any provision of this Act or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of this Act and the application of that provision to other persons not similarly situated or to other circumstances shall not be affected by the invalidation.”

[For transfer of the functions, personnel, assets, and obligations of the United States Secret Service, including the functions of the Secretary of the Treasury relating thereto, to the Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 381, 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.]

For provisions authorizing Archivist to review, downgrade, and declassify information of former Presidents under control of Archivist pursuant to this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12958, §3.6(b)(4), Apr. 17, 1995, 60 F.R. 19835, set out as a note under section 435 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title; title 36 section 2103.

(a) The Archivist shall be responsible for the custody, use, and withdrawal of records transferred to him. When records, the use of which is subject to statutory limitations and restrictions, are so transferred, permissive and restrictive statutory provisions with respect to the examination and use of records applicable to the head of the agency from which the records were transferred or to employees of that agency are applicable to the Archivist and to the employees of the National Archives and Records Administration, respectively. Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, when the head of a Federal agency states, in writing, restrictions that appear to him to be necessary or desirable in the public interest with respect to the use or examination of records being considered for transfer from his custody to the Archivist, the Archivist shall, if he concurs,,1 impose such restrictions on the records so transferred, and may not relax or remove such restrictions without the written concurrence of the head of the agency from which the material was transferred, or of his successor in function, if any. In the event that a Federal agency is terminated and there is no successor in function, the Archivist is authorized to relax, remove, or impose restrictions on such agency's records when he determines that such action is in the public interest. Statutory and other restrictions referred to in this subsection shall remain in force until the records have been in existence for thirty years unless the Archivist by order, having consulted with the head of the transferring Federal agency or his successor in function, determines, with respect to specific bodies of records, that for reasons consistent with standards established in relevant statutory law, such restrictions shall remain in force for a longer period. Restriction on the use or examination of records deposited with the National Archives of the United States imposed by section 3 of the National Archives Act, approved June 19, 1934, shall continue in force regardless of the expiration of the tenure of office of the official who imposed them but may be removed or relaxed by the Archivist with the concurrence in writing of the head of the agency from which material was transferred or of his successor in function, if any.

(b) With regard to the census and survey records of the Bureau of the Census containing data identifying individuals enumerated in population censuses, any release pursuant to this section of such identifying information contained in such records shall be made by the Archivist pursuant to the specifications and agreements set forth in the exchange of correspondence on or about the date of October 10, 1952, between the Director of the Bureau of the Census and the Archivist of the United States, together with all amendments thereto, now or hereafter entered into between the Director of the Bureau of the Census and the Archivist of the United States. Such amendments, if any, shall be published in the Register.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1288, §2104; Pub. L. 95–416, §1(b), Oct. 5, 1978, 92 Stat. 915; renumbered §2108 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(b) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

Section 3 of the National Archives Act, approved June 19, 1934, referred to in subsec. (a), was classified to section 300c of former Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, and was repealed by act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title VI, §602(a)(32), renumbered and added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §7(d), 64 Stat. 590.

A prior section 2108 was renumbered section 2112 of this title.

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(2), substituted “the Archivist and to the employees of the National Archives and Records Administration” for “the Administrator, the Archivist of the United States, and to the employees of the General Services Administration”, struck out “and in consultation with the Archivist of the United States” before “impose such restrictions” in third sentence, struck out “the Archivist and” after “having consulted with” in fifth sentence, substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” wherever appearing, and substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(2)(D), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1978—Pub. L. 95–416 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted provisions permitting the Administrator to relax, remove, or impose restrictions in the public interest of records of agencies which have been terminated and requiring the Administrator with regard to duration of restrictions to consult with the Archivist and the head of the transferring Federal agency or his successor in function, and substituted “thirty years” for “fifty years”, and added subsec. (b).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

The Archivist shall provide for the preservation, arrangement, repair and rehabilitation, duplication and reproduction (including microcopy publications), description, and exhibition of records or other documentary material transferred to him as may be needful or appropriate, including the preparation and publication of inventories, indexes, catalogs, and other finding aids or guides to facilitate their use. He may also prepare guides and other finding aids to Federal records and, when approved by the National Historical Publications and Records Commission, publish such historical works and collections of sources as seem appropriate for printing or otherwise recording at the public expense.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1288, §2105; renumbered §2109 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(3), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2285.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(c) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583; July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(*o*), 66 Stat. 594).

A prior section 2109 was renumbered section 2113 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(3), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and inserted “and Records” after “National Historical Publications”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Ex. Ord. No. 11440, Dec. 11, 1968, 33 F.R. 18475, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617, provided:

WHEREAS the executive departments and agencies of the Government, in discharging their various responsibilities, create a large volume of materials (including books, correspondence, documents, papers, pamphlets, works of art, models, pictures, photographs, plats, maps, films, motion pictures, sound recordings, and other objects of historical or commemorative value) which from time to time are incorporated into or reproduced for use in exhibits or other types of visual displays needed for use in carrying out their programs; and

WHEREAS under Chapter 21 of Title 44, United States Code, the Archivist of the United States is authorized to accept for deposit in the National Archives of the United States the records of any Federal agency or of the Congress of the United States that are determined by the Archivist to have sufficient historical or other value to warrant their continued preservation by the United States Government, as well as the papers and other historical materials of any official or former official of the Government, and to make provisions for the exhibition of materials transferred to him; and.

WHEREAS many of the exhibits and displays so prepared, produced, or otherwise created by the executive departments and agencies possess historical significance which warrants their preservation and exhibition as part of the archival and cultural heritage of the United States:

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the authority vested in me, as President of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:

(a) when initiating plans for the preparation, production, or other creation of exhibits and displays in furtherance of their program missions, to confer with the Archivist of the United States, or his designee, for the purpose of assuring that any such exhibits or displays which the Archivist finds appropriate for supplemental exhibition as part of the archival and cultural heritage of the United States are prepared, produced, or otherwise created in a manner which assures, to the maximum possible extent, their appropriateness, after they have served their primary program purpose, for such supplemental exhibition, and

(b) to transfer to the Archivist, without reimbursement, such exhibits or displays as he determines are appropriate for such supplemental exhibition after they have served their primary program purpose, subject to such conditions requiring return to the department or agency of all or any of the materials incorporated in the exhibits or displays as may be mutually agreeable.

(a) provide advice, counsel, and assistance to the heads of executive departments and agencies in the preparation, production, or other creation of exhibits and displays which he finds will have future value for exhibition as part of the archival and cultural heritage of the United States; and

(b) accept any such exhibit or display when it has served its primary program purpose and (1) arrange for its supplemental exhibition as appropriate, (2) preserve any such exhibit or display which possesses sufficient historical or other value to warrant continued preservation, or (3) dispose of any such exhibit or display when, in his judgment, the reasons for its continued preservation or exhibition cease to exist, all subject to the conditions agreed upon incident to transfer to the Archivist of the United States of the exhibit or display.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

The Archivist shall provide and maintain facilities he considers necessary or desirable for servicing records in his custody that are not exempt from examination by statutory or other restrictions.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1288, §2106; renumbered §2110 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(4), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(d) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

A prior section 2110 was renumbered section 2114 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(4), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3317 of this title.

When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest he may accept for deposit—

(1) the papers and other historical materials of a President or former President of the United States, or other official or former official of the Government, and other papers relating to and contemporary with a President or former President of the United States, subject to restrictions agreeable to the Archivist as to their use; and

(2) documents, including motion-picture films, still pictures, and sound recordings, from private sources that are appropriate for preservation by the Government as evidence of its organization, functions, policies, decisions, procedures, and transactions.

This section shall not apply in the case of any Presidential records which are subject to the provisions of chapter 22 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1288, §2107; Pub. L. 95–591, §2(b)(2), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2528; renumbered §2111 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(5), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code 1964 ed., §397(e) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583; July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695).

A prior section 2111 was renumbered section 2115 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(5), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in provisions preceding par. (1), and substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” in par. (1).

1978—Pub. L. 95–591 inserted provision excluding Presidential records which are subject to provisions of chapter 22 of this title from application of this section.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–591 effective with respect to Presidential records created during a term of office of President beginning on or after Jan. 20, 1981, see section 3 of Pub. L. 95–591, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2201 of this title.

Pub. L. 93–526, title I, §§101–106, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1695–1698, as amended by Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(c), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2291, provided: “That this Act [enacting this note, sections 3315 to 3324 of this title, and provisions set out as a note under section 3315 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Presidential Recordings and Materials Preservation Act’.

“

“(1) involve former President Richard M. Nixon or other individuals who, at the time of the conversation, were employed by the Federal Government;

“(2) were recorded in the White House or in the office of the President in the Executive Office Buildings located in Washington, District of Columbia; Camp David, Maryland; Key Biscayne, Florida; or San Clemente, California; and

“(3) were recorded during the period beginning January 20, 1969, and ending August 9, 1974.

“(b)(1) Notwithstanding any other law or any agreement or understanding made pursuant to section 2111 of title 44, United States Code, the Archivist shall receive, retain, or make reasonable efforts to obtain, complete possession and control of all papers, documents, memorandums, transcripts, and other objects and materials which constitute the Presidential historical materials of Richard M. Nixon, covering the period beginning January 20, 1969, and ending August 9, 1974.

“(2) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘historical materials’ has the meaning given it by section 2101 of title 44, United States Code.

“

“(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, any other law, or any agreement or understanding made pursuant to section 2111 of title 44, United States Code, the tape recordings and other materials referred to in section 101 shall, immediately upon the date of enactment of this title, be made available, subject to any rights, defenses, or privileges which the Federal Government or any person may invoke, for use in any judicial proceeding or otherwise subject to court subpena or other legal process. Any request by the Office of Watergate Special Prosecution Force, whether by court subpena or other lawful process, for access to such recordings or materials shall at all times have priority over any other request for such recordings or materials.

“(c) Richard M. Nixon, or any person whom he may designate in writing, shall at all times have access to the tape recordings and other materials referred to in section 101 for any purpose which is consistent with the provisions of this title, subsequent and subject to the regulations which the Archivist shall issue pursuant to section 103.

“(d) Any agency or department in the executive branch of the Federal Government shall at all times have access to the tape recordings and other materials referred to in section 101 for lawful Government use, subject to the regulations which the Archivist shall issue pursuant to section 103.

“

“

“(1) the need to provide the public with the full truth, at the earliest reasonable date, of the abuses of governmental power popularly identified under the generic term ‘Watergate’;

“(2) the need to make such recordings and materials available for use in judicial proceedings;

“(3) the need to prevent general access, except in accordance with appropriate procedures established for use in judicial proceedings to information relating to the Nation's security;

“(4) the need to protect every individual's right to a fair and impartial trial;

“(5) the need to protect any party's opportunity to assert any legally or constitutionally based right or privilege which would prevent or otherwise limit access to such recordings and materials;

“(6) the need to provide public access to those materials which have general historical significance, and which are not likely to be related to the need described in paragraph (1); and

“(7) the need to give to Richard M. Nixon, or his heirs, for his sole custody and use, tape recordings and other materials which are not likely to be related to the need described in paragraph (1) and are not otherwise of general historical significance.

“(b) The regulations proposed by the Archivist in the report required by subsection (a) shall not take effect until the expiration of the first period of 60 calendar days of continuous session of the Congress after the date of the submission of such regulations to each House of the Congress. For the purposes of this subsection, continuity of session is broken only by an adjournment of Congress sine die, but the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than three days to a day certain are excluded.

“(c) The provisions of this title shall not apply, on and after the date upon which regulations proposed by the Administrator take effect under subsection (b), to any tape recordings or other materials given to Richard M. Nixon, or his heirs, pursuant to subsection (a)(7).

“(d) The provisions of this title shall not in any way affect the rights, limitations or exemptions applicable under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. §552 et seq.

“

“(b) If, under the procedures established by subsection (a), a judicial decision is rendered that a particular provision of this title, or a particular regulation issued under the authority granted by this title, is unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, such decision shall not affect in any way the validity or enforcement of any other provision of this title or any regulation issued under the authority granted by this title.

“(c) If a final decision of such court holds that any provision of this title has deprived an individual of private property without just compensation, then there shall be paid out of the general fund of the Treasury of the United States such amount or amounts as may be adjudged just by that Court.

“

For provisions authorizing Archivist to review, downgrade, and declassify information of former Presidents under control of Archivist pursuant to this section or provisions set out as a note under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12958, §3.6(b)(4), Apr. 17, 1995, 60 F.R. 19835, set out as a note under section 435 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

This section is referred to in sections 2107, 2112, 3102, 3317 of this title.

(a)(1) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, the Archivist may—

(A)(i) accept, for and in the name of the United States, land, a facility, and equipment offered as a gift to the United States for the purpose of creating a Presidential archival depository;

(ii) take title to the land, facility, and equipment on behalf of the United States; and

(iii) maintain, operate, and protect the land, facility, and equipment as a Presidential archival depository and as part of the national archives system;

(B)(i) make agreements, upon terms and conditions the Archivist considers proper, with a State, political subdivision, university, institution of higher learning, institute, or foundation to use as a Presidential archival depository land, a facility, and equipment of the State, subdivision, university, or other organization, to be made available by it without transfer of title to the United States; and

(ii) maintain, operate, and protect the depository as a part of the national archives system; and

(C) accept, for and in the name of the United States, gifts offered for the purpose of making any physical or material change or addition to a Presidential archival depository.

(2) The Archivist shall promulgate architectural and design standards applicable to Presidential archival depositories in order to ensure that such depositories (A) preserve Presidential records subject to chapter 22 of this title and papers and other historical materials accepted for deposit under section 2111 of this title and (B) contain adequate research facilities.

(3) Prior to accepting and taking title to any land, facility, or equipment under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), or prior to entering into any agreement under subparagraph (B) of such paragraph or any other agreement to accept or establish a Presidential archival depository, the Archivist shall submit a written report on the proposed Presidential archival depository to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives. The report shall include—

(A) a description of the land, facility, and equipment offered as a gift or to be made available without transfer of title;

(B) a statement specifying the estimated total cost of the proposed depository and the amount of the endowment for the depository required pursuant to subsection (g) of this section;

(C) a statement of the terms of the proposed agreement, if any;

(D) a general description of the types of papers, documents, or other historical materials proposed to be deposited in the depository to be created, and of the terms of the proposed deposit;

(E) a statement of any additional improvements and equipment associated with the development and operation of the depository, an estimate of the costs of such improvements and equipment, and a statement as to the extent to which such costs will be incurred by any Federal or State government agency;

(F) an estimate of the total annual cost to the United States of maintaining, operating, and protecting the depository; and

(G) a certification that such facility and equipment (whether offered as a gift or made available without transfer of title) comply with standards promulgated by the Archivist pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection.

(4) Prior to accepting any gift under subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) for the purpose of making any physical or material change or addition to a Presidential archival depository, or prior to implementing any provision of law requiring the making of such a change or addition, the Archivist shall submit a report in writing on the proposed change or addition to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives. The report shall include—

(A) a description of such gift;

(B) a statement specifying the estimated total cost of the proposed physical or material change or addition and the amount of the deposit in an endowment for the depository required pursuant to subsection (g) of this section in order to meet the cost of such change or addition;

(C) a statement of the purpose of the proposed change or addition and a general description of any papers, documents, or historical materials proposed to be deposited in the depository as a result of such change or addition;

(D) a statement of any additional improvements or equipment for the depository associated with such change or addition;

(E) an estimate of the increase in the total annual cost to the United States of maintaining, operating, and protecting the depository that will result from such change or addition; and

(F) a certification that the depository, and the equipment therein will, after such change or addition, comply with the standards promulgated by the Archivist pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection.

(5) The Archivist may not—

(A) accept or take title to land, a facility, or equipment under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) for the purpose of creating a Presidential archival depository;

(B) enter into any agreement under subparagraph (B) of such paragraph or any other agreement to accept or establish a Presidential archival depository; or

(C) accept any gift under subparagraph (C) of such paragraph for the purpose of making any physical or material change to a Presidential archival depository,

until the expiration of a period of 60 days of continuous session of Congress beginning on the date on which the Archivist transmits the report required under paragraph (3) of this subsection with respect to such Presidential archival depository or the report required under paragraph (4) of this subsection with respect to such change or addition, as the case may be.

(b) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, he may deposit in a Presidential archival depository papers, documents, or other historical materials accepted under section 2111 of this title, or Federal records appropriate for preservation.

(c) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, he may exercise, with respect to papers, documents, or other historical materials deposited under this section, or otherwise, in a Presidential archival depository, all the functions and responsibilities otherwise vested in him pertaining to Federal records or other documentary materials in his custody or under his control. The Archivist, in negotiating for the deposit of Presidential historical materials, shall take steps to secure to the Government, as far as possible, the right to have continuous and permanent possession of the materials. Papers, documents, or other historical materials accepted and deposited under section 2111 of this title and this section are subject to restrictions as to their availability and use stated in writing by the donors or depositors, including the restriction that they shall be kept in a Presidential archival depository. The restrictions shall be respected for the period stated, or until revoked or terminated by the donors or depositors or by persons legally qualified to act on their behalf. Subject to the restrictions, the Archivist may dispose by sale, exchange, or otherwise, of papers, documents, or other materials which the Archivist determines to have no permanent value or historical interest or to be surplus to the needs of a Presidential archival depository. Only the first two sentences of this subsection shall apply to Presidential records as defined in section 2201(2) of this title.

(d) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, he may cooperate with and assist a university, institution of higher learning, institute, foundation, or other organization or qualified individual to further or to conduct study or research in historical materials deposited in a Presidential archival depository.

(e) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, he may charge and collect reasonable fees for the privilege of visiting and viewing exhibit rooms or museum space in a Presidential archival depository.

(f) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, he may provide reasonable office space in a Presidential archival depository for the personal use of a former President of the United States.

(g)(1) When the Archivist considers it to be in the public interest, the Archivist may solicit and accept gifts or bequests of money or other property for the purpose of maintaining, operating, protecting, or improving a Presidential archival depository. The proceeds of gifts or bequests, together with the proceeds from fees or from sales of historical materials, copies or reproductions, catalogs, or other items, having to do with a Presidential archival depository, shall be paid into an account in the National Archives Trust Fund and shall be held, administered, and expended for the benefit and in the interest of the Presidential archival depository in connection with which they were received, and for the same purposes and objects, including custodial and administrative services for which appropriations for the maintenance, operation, protection, or improvement of Presidential archival depositories might be expended.

(2) The Archivist shall provide for the establishment in such Trust Fund of separate endowments for the maintenance of the land, facility, and equipment of each Presidential archival depository, to which shall be credited any gifts or bequests received under paragraph (1) that are offered for that purpose. Income to each such endowment shall be available to cover the cost of facility operations, but shall not be available for the performance of archival functions under this title.

(3) The Archivist shall not accept or take title to any land, facility, or equipment under subparagraph (A) of subsection (a)(1), or enter into any agreement to use any land, facility, or equipment under subparagraph (B) of such subsection for the purpose of creating a Presidential archival depository, unless the Archivist determines that there is available, by gift or bequest for deposit under paragraph (2) of this subsection in an endowment with respect to such depository, an amount for the purpose of maintaining such land, facility, and equipment equal to—

(A) the product of—

(i) the total cost of acquiring or constructing such facility and of acquiring and installing such equipment, multiplied by

(ii) 20 percent; plus

(B)(i) if title to the land is to be vested in the United States, the product of—

(I) the total cost of acquiring the land upon which such facility is located, or such other measure of the value of such land as is mutually agreed upon by the Archivist and the donor, multiplied by

(II) 20 percent; or

(ii) if title to the land is not to be vested in the United States, the product of—

(I) the total cost to the donor of any improvements to the land upon which such facility is located (other than such facility and equipment), multiplied by

(II) 20 percent; plus

(C) if the Presidential archival depository will exceed 70,000 square feet in area, an amount equal to the product of—

(i) the sum of—

(I) the total cost described in clause (i) of subparagraph (A); plus

(II) the total cost described in subclause (I) or (II) of subparagraph (B)(i), as the case may be, multiplied by

(ii) the percentage obtained by dividing the number of square feet by which such depository will exceed 70,000 square feet by 70,000.

(4) If a proposed physical or material change or addition to a Presidential archival depository would result in an increase in the costs of facility operations, the Archivist may not accept any gift under subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) for the purpose of making such a change or addition, or may not implement any provision of law requiring the making of such a change or addition, unless the Archivist determines that there is available, by gift or bequest for deposit under paragraph (2) of this subsection in an endowment with respect to such depository, an amount for the purpose of maintaining the land, facility, and equipment of such depository equal to the difference between—

(A) the amount which, pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection, would have been required to have been available for deposit in such endowment with respect to such depository if such change or addition had been included in such depository on—

(i) the date on which the Archivist took title to the land, facility, and equipment for such depository under subparagraph (A) of subsection (a)(1); or

(ii) the date on which the Archivist entered into an agreement for the creation of such depository under subparagraph (B) of such paragraph,

as the case may be; minus

(B) the amount which, pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection, was required to be available for deposit in such endowment with respect to such depository on the date the Archivist took such title or entered into such agreement, as the case may be.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1289, §2108; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727; Pub. L. 95–591, §2(b)(3), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2528; renumbered §2112 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(6), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286; Pub. L. 99–323, §3, May 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 495.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(f) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583; and amended July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(*o*), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695).

A prior section 2112 was renumbered section 2116 of this title.

1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–323, §3(a), amended subsec. (a) generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (5) provisions of former undesignated pars. containing similar subject matter.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–323, §3(b), amended subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (g) read as follows: “When the Archivist considers it be in the public interest, he may accept gifts or bequests of money or other property for the purpose of maintaining, operating, protecting, or improving a Presidential archival depository. The proceeds of gifts or bequests, together with the proceeds from fees or from sales of historical materials, copies or reproductions, catalogs, or other items, having to do with a Presidential archival depository, shall be paid into the National Archives Trust Fund to be held, administered, and expended for the benefit and in the interest of the Presidential archival depository in connection with which they were received, including administrative and custodial expenses as the Archivist determines.”

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(6), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(6), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” and “section 2111” for “section 2107” wherever appearing.

Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(6), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

1978—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–591 limited application of subsec. (c) when dealing with Presidential records.

1976—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 94–575 substituted reference to section “2107” for “3106”.

Section 4 of Pub. L. 99–323 provided that: “Paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 2112(g) of title 44, United States Code (as added by the amendment made by section 3(b) of this Act) shall apply with respect to any Presidential archival depository created as a depository for the papers, documents, and other historical materials and Federal records pertaining to any President who takes the oath of office as President for the first time on or after January 20, 1985.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–591 effective with respect to Presidential records created during a term of office of President beginning on or after Jan. 20, 1981, see section 3 of Pub. L. 95–591, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2201 of this title.

Pub. L. 89–547, Aug. 27, 1966, 80 Stat. 370, provided: “That the Administrator of General Services is hereby authorized to accept title to the structure or structures to be erected and equipped at Cambridge, Massachusetts, by the John Fitzgerald Kennedy Library, Incorporated, to be transferred to the United States Government, without reimbursement, for use as a Presidential archival depository to be known as the John Fitzgerald Kennedy Library, and to maintain, operate, and protect such depository as a part of the National Archives system. The Administrator may enter into such agreements with the officers of the John Fitzgerald Kennedy Library, Incorporated, as are necessary to complete the transfer of title to the United States and may do so without regard to the provision of section 507(f)(1) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended (44 U.S.C. [former] 397(f)(1) [now subsec. (a) of this section], that the Administrator shall not enter into any such agreement until the expiration of the first period of sixty calendar days of continuous session of the Congress following the date on which a report in writing of any such proposed Presidential archival depository is transmitted by the Administrator to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.”

[For transfer of certain functions of the Administrator of General Services under Pub. L. 89–547 to the Archivist of the United States, see section 103(b)(2) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a Transfer of Functions note under section 2102 of this title.]

Pub. L. 89–169, Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 648, provided: “That the Administrator of General Services is hereby authorized to enter into an agreement upon such terms and conditions as he determines proper with the University of Texas to utilize as the Lyndon Baines Johnson Archival Depository, land, buildings, and equipment of such university to be made available by it without transfer of title to the United States, and to maintain, operate and protect such depository as a part of the National Archives system. Such agreement may be entered into without regard to the provisions of section 507(f)(1) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended (44 U.S.C. [former] 397(f)(1)) [now subsec. (a) of this section], that the Administrator shall not enter into any such agreement until the expiration of the first period of sixty calendar days of continuous session of the Congress following the date on which a report in writing of any such proposed Presidential archival depository is transmitted by the Administrator to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.”

[For transfer of certain functions of the Administrator of General Services under Pub. L. 89–169 to the Archivist of the United States, see section 103(b)(2) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a Transfer of Functions note under section 2102 of this title.]

This section is referred to in sections 2105, 3102, 3317 of this title.

The Archivist may receive duplicate originals or authenticated copies of agreements or compacts entered into under the Constitution and laws of the United States, between States of the Union, and take necessary actions for their preservation and servicing.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1290, §2109; renumbered §2113 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(7), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(h) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(*o*), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695; July 3, 1956, ch. 513, §4, 70 Stat. 494; June 13, 1957, Pub. L. 85–51, 71 Stat. 69; Mar. 15, 1958, Pub. L. 85–341, §1(1), 72 Stat. 34).

A prior section 2113 was renumbered section 2117 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(7), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

The Archivist may make and preserve motion-picture films, still pictures, and sound recordings pertaining to and illustrative of the historical development of the United States Government and its activities, and provide for preparing, editing, titling, scoring, processing, duplicating, reproducing, exhibiting, and releasing for non-profit educational purposes, motion-picture films, still pictures, and sound recordings in his custody.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1290, §2110; renumbered §2114 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(7), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(i) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583; and amended July 12, 1952, ch. 703, §1(*o*), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695; July 3, 1956, ch. 513, §4, 70 Stat. 494; June 13, 1957, Pub. L. 85–51, 71 Stat. 69; Mar. 15, 1958, Pub. L. 85–341, §1(1), 72 Stat. 34).

A prior section 2114 was renumbered section 2118 of this title.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(7), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) In carrying out their respective duties and responsibilities under chapters 21, 25, 29, 31, and 33 of this title, the Archivist and the Administrator may each obtain reports from any Federal agency on such agency's activities under such chapters.

(b) When either the Archivist or the Administrator finds that a provision of any such chapter has been or is being violated, the Archivist or the Administrator shall (1) inform in writing the head of the agency concerned of the violation and make recommendations for its correction; and (2) unless satisfactory corrective measures are inaugurated within a reasonable time, submit a written report of the matter to the President and the Congress.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1290, §2111; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(b), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727; renumbered §2115 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(8), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §398 (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §508, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(8), amended section generally, inserting reference to Archivist and striking out reference to chapter 27 of this title.

1976—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–575 inserted reference to chapter 33 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) When records that are required by statute to be retained indefinitely have been reproduced by photographic, microphotographic, or other processes, in accordance with standards established by the Archivist the indefinite retention by the photographic, microphotographic, or other reproductions constitutes compliance with the statutory requirement for the indefinite retention of the original records. The reproductions, as well as reproductions made under regulations to carry out chapter 21, 29, 31, and 33 of this title, shall have the same legal status as the originals.

(b) There shall be an official seal for the National Archives of the United States which shall be judicially noticed. When a copy or reproduction, furnished under this section, is authenticated by the official seal and certified by the Archivist, the copy or reproduction shall be admitted in evidence equally with the original from which it was made.

(c) The Archivist may charge a fee set to recover the costs for making or authenticating copies or reproductions of materials transferred to his custody. Such fee shall be fixed by the Archivist at a level which will recover, so far as practicable, all elements of such costs, and may, in the Archivist's discretion, include increments for the estimated replacement cost of equipment. Such fees shall be paid into, administered, and expended as a part of the National Archives Trust Fund. The Archivist may not charge for making or authenticating copies or reproductions of materials for official use by the United States Government unless appropriations available to the Archivist for this purpose are insufficient to cover the cost of performing the work.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1291, §2112; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(b), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727; renumbered §2116 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(9), title II, §201, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286, 2292.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §399 (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §509, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(9)(A), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(9)(B), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–497, §201, substituted provisions transferring functions from Administrator of General Services to Archivist of the United States, further substituted provisions relating to permissible fee charges for former provisions which set a fee not in excess of 10 percent above costs and expenses for making copies, inserted “unless appropriations available to the Archivist for this purpose are insufficient to cover the cost of performing the work”, and struck out provision that reimbursement may be accepted to cover cost of furnishing copies or reproductions that could not otherwise be furnished.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–575 inserted reference to chapter 33 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 22 section 1461; title 25 section 199a.

When letters and other intellectual productions (exclusive of patented material, published works under copyright protection, and unpublished works for which copyright registration has been made) come into the custody or possession of the Archivist, the United States or its agents are not liable for infringement of copyright or analogous rights arising out of use of the materials for display, inspection, research, reproduction, or other purposes.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1291, §2113; Pub. L. 94–553, §105(b), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2599; renumbered §2117 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(7), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §400 (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §510, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(7), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–553 substituted “productions (exclusive of patented material, published works under copyright protection, and unpublished works for which copyright registration has been made) come into the custody or possession of the Administrator of General Services, the United States or its agents are not liable for infringement of copyright or analogous rights” for “productions, exclusive of material copyrighted or patented, come into the custody or possession of the Administrator of General Services, the United States or its agents are not liable for infringement of literary property rights or analogous rights”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–553 effective Jan. 1, 1978, see section 102 of Pub. L. 94–553, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 17, Copyrights.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

The Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, acting jointly, shall obtain at the close of each Congress all the noncurrent records of the Congress and of each congressional committee and transfer them to the National Archives and Records Administration for preservation, subject to the orders of the Senate or the House of Representatives, respectively.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1291, §2114; renumbered §2118 and amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(a)(1), 107(a)(10), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, 2286.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §402 (Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title I, §140, 60 Stat. 833).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(a)(10)), substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “General Services Administration”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.



This chapter is referred to in sections 2107, 2112 of this title.

1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.

As used in this chapter—

(1) The term “documentary material” means all books, correspondence, memorandums, documents, papers, pamphlets, works of art, models, pictures, photographs, plats, maps, films, and motion pictures, including, but not limited to, audio, audiovisual, or other electronic or mechanical recordations.

(2) The term “Presidential records” means documentary materials, or any reasonably segregable portion thereof, created or received by the President, his immediate staff, or a unit or individual of the Executive Office of the President whose function is to advise and assist the President, in the course of conducting activities which relate to or have an effect upon the carrying out of the constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties of the President. Such term—

(A) includes any documentary materials relating to the political activities of the President or members of his staff, but only if such activities relate to or have a direct effect upon the carrying out of constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties of the President; but

(B) does not include any documentary materials that are (i) official records of an agency (as defined in section 552(e) 1 of title 5, United States Code); (ii) personal records; (iii) stocks of publications and stationery; or (iv) extra copies of documents produced only for convenience of reference, when such copies are clearly so identified.

(3) The term “personal records” means all documentary materials, or any reasonably segregable portion therof,2 of a purely private or nonpublic character which do not relate to or have an effect upon the carrying out of the constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties of the President. Such term includes—

(A) diaries, journals, or other personal notes serving as the functional equivalent of a diary or journal which are not prepared or utilized for, or circulated or communicated in the course of, transacting Government business;

(B) materials relating to private political associations, and having no relation to or direct effect upon the carrying out of constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties of the President; and

(C) materials relating exclusively to the President's own election to the office of the Presidency; and materials directly relating to the election of a particular individual or individuals to Federal, State, or local office, which have no relation to or direct effect upon the carrying out of constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties of the President.

(4) The term “Archivist” means the Archivist of the United States.

(5) The term “former President”, when used with respect to Presidential records, means the former President during whose term or terms of office such Presidential records were created.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2523.)

Section 552(e) of title 5, referred to in par. (2)(B)(i), was redesignated section 552(f) of title 5 by section 1802(b) of Pub. L. 99–570.

Section 3 of Pub. L. 95–591 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [enacting this chapter, amending sections 2111 and 2112 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] shall be effective with respect to any Presidential records (as defined in section 2201(2) of title 44, as amended by section 2 of this Act) created during a term of office of the President beginning on or after January 20, 1981.”

For short title of Pub. L. 95–591, which enacted this chapter, as the “Presidential Records Act of 1978”, see section 1 of Pub. L. 95–591, set out as a note under section 101 of this title.

Section 4 of Pub. L. 95–591 provided that: “If any provision of this Act [enacting this chapter, amending sections 2107 and 2108 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] is held invalid for any reason by any court, the validity and legal effect of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.”

This section is referred to in section 2108 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

2 So in original. Probably should be “thereof,”.

The United States shall reserve and retain complete ownership, possession, and control of Presidential records; and such records shall be administered in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2524.)

(a) Through the implementation of records management controls and other necessary actions, the President shall take all such steps as may be necessary to assure that the activities, deliberations, decisions, and policies that reflect the performance of his constitutional, statutory, or other official or ceremonial duties are adequately documented and that such records are maintained as Presidential records pursuant to the requirements of this section and other provisions of law.

(b) Documentary materials produced or received by the President, his staff, or units or individuals in the Executive Office of the President the function of which is to advise and assist the President, shall, to the extent practicable, be categorized as Presidential records or personal records upon their creation or receipt and be filed separately.

(c) During his term of office, the President may dispose of those of his Presidential records that no longer have administrative, historical, informational, or evidentiary value if—

(1) the President obtains the views, in writing, of the Archivist concerning the proposed disposal of such Presidential records; and

(2) the Archivist states that he does not intend to take any action under subsection (e) of this section.

(d) In the event the Archivist notifies the President under subsection (c) that he does intend to take action under subsection (e), the President may dispose of such Presidential records if copies of the disposal schedule are submitted to the appropriate Congressional Committees at least 60 calendar days of continuous session of Congress in advance of the proposed disposal date. For the purpose of this section, continuity of session is broken only by an adjournment of Congress sine die, and the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than three days to a day certain are excluded in the computation of the days in which Congress is in continuous session.

(e) The Archivist shall request the advice of the Committee on Rules and Administration and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on House Oversight and the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives with respect to any proposed disposal of Presidential records whenever he considers that—

(1) these particular records may be of special interest to the Congress; or

(2) consultation with the Congress regarding the disposal of these particular records is in the public interest.

(f)(1) Upon the conclusion of a President's term of office, or if a President serves consecutive terms upon the conclusion of the last term, the Archivist of the United States shall assume responsibility for the custody, control, and preservation of, and access to, the Presidential records of that President. The Archivist shall have an affirmative duty to make such records available to the public as rapidly and completely as possible consistent with the provisions of this Act.

(2) The Archivist shall deposit all such Presidential records in a Presidential archival depository or another archival facility operated by the United States. The Archivist is authorized to designate, after consultation with the former President, a director at each depository or facility, who shall be responsible for the care and preservation of such records.

(3) The Archivist is authorized to dispose of such Presidential records which he has appraised and determined to have insufficient administrative, historical, informational, or evidentiary value to warrant their continued preservation. Notice of such disposal shall be published in the Federal Register at least 60 days in advance of the proposed disposal date. Publication of such notice shall constitute a final agency action for purposes of review under chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2524; amended Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(9), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1752.)

This Act, referred to in subsec. (f)(1), probably means Pub. L. 95–591, Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2523, known as the Presidential Records Act of 1978, which enacted this chapter, amended sections 2107 and 2108 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under section 2201 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1978 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.

1996—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “House Oversight” for “House Administration”.

Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.

Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.

For provisions authorizing Archivist to review, downgrade, and declassify information of former Presidents under control of Archivist pursuant to this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12958, §3.6(b)(4), Apr. 17, 1995, 60 F.R. 19835, set out as a note under section 435 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

This section is referred to in sections 2105, 2204, 2206 of this title.

(a) Prior to the conclusion of his term of office or last consecutive term of office, as the case may be, the President shall specify durations, not to exceed 12 years, for which access shall be restricted with respect to information, in a Presidential record, within one or more of the following categories:

(1)(A) specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy and (B) in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive order;

(2) relating to appointments to Federal office;

(3) specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than sections 552 and 552b of title 5, United States Code), provided that such statute (A) requires that the material be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or (B) establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of material to be withheld;

(4) trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential;

(5) confidential communications requesting or submitting advice, between the President and his advisers, or between such advisers; or

(6) personnel and medical files and similar files the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

(b)(1) Any Presidential record or reasonably segregable portion thereof containing information within a category restricted by the President under subsection (a) shall be so designated by the Archivist and access thereto shall be restricted until the earlier of—

(A)(i) the date on which the former President waives the restriction on disclosure of such record, or

(ii) the expiration of the duration specified under subsection (a) for the category of information on the basis of which access to such record has been restricted; or

(B) upon a determination by the Archivist that such record or reasonably segregable portion thereof, or of any significant element or aspect of the information contained in such record or reasonably segregable portion thereof, has been placed in the public domain through publication by the former President, or his agents.

(2) Any such record which does not contain information within a category restricted by the President under subsection (a), or contains information within such a category for which the duration of restricted access has expired, shall be exempt from the provisions of subsection (c) until the earlier of—

(A) the date which is 5 years after the date on which the Archivist obtains custody of such record pursuant to section 2203(d)(1); or

(B) the date on which the Archivist completes the processing and organization of such records or integral file segment thereof.

(3) During the period of restricted access specified pursuant to subsection (b)(1), the determination whether access to a Presidential record or reasonably segregable portion thereof shall be restricted shall be made by the Archivist, in his discretion, after consultation with the former President, and, during such period, such determinations shall not be subject to judicial review, except as provided in subsection (e) of this section. The Archivist shall establish procedures whereby any person denied access to a Presidential record because such record is restricted pursuant to a determination made under this paragraph, may file an administrative appeal of such determination. Such procedures shall provide for a written determination by the Archivist or his designee, within 30 working days after receipt of such an appeal, setting forth the basis for such determination.

(c)(1) Subject to the limitations on access imposed pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), Presidential records shall be administered in accordance with section 552 of title 5, United States Code, except that paragraph (b)(5) of that section shall not be available for purposes of withholding any Presidential record, and for the purposes of such section such records shall be deemed to be records of the National Archives and Records Administration. Access to such records shall be granted on nondiscriminatory terms.

(2) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to confirm, limit, or expand any constitutionally-based privilege which may be available to an incumbent or former President.

(d) Upon the death or disability of a President or former President, any discretion or authority the President or former President may have had under this chapter shall be exercised by the Archivist unless otherwise previously provided by the President or former President in a written notice to the Archivist.

(e) The United States District Court for the District of Columbia shall have jurisdiction over any action initiated by the former President asserting that a determination made by the Archivist violates the former President's rights or privileges.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2525; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(7), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

This Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), probably means Pub. L. 95–591, Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2523, known as the Presidential Records Act of 1978, which enacted this chapter, amended sections 2107 and 2108 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under section 2201 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1978 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.

1984—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “National Archives and Records Service of the General Services Administration”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Ex. Ord. No. 12667, Jan. 18, 1989, 54 F.R. 3403, which established policies and procedures governing the assertion of Executive privilege by incumbent and former Presidents in connection with the release of Presidential records by the National Archives and Records Administration pursuant to this chapter, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13233, §13, Nov. 1, 2001, 66 F.R. 56029, set out below.

Ex. Ord. No. 13233, Nov. 1, 2001, 66 F.R. 56025, provided:

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order to establish policies and procedures implementing section 2204 of title 44 of the United States Code with respect to constitutionally based privileges, including those that apply to Presidential records reflecting military, diplomatic, or national security secrets, Presidential communications, legal advice, legal work, or the deliberative processes of the President and the President's advisors, and to do so in a manner consistent with the Supreme Court's decisions in *Nixon v. Administrator of General Services*, 433 U.S. 425 (1977), and other cases, it is hereby ordered as follows:

*Definitions.*

For purposes of this order:

(a) “Archivist” refers to the Archivist of the United States or his designee.

(b) “Presidential records” refers to those documentary materials maintained by the National Archives and Records Administration pursuant to the Presidential Records Act [of 1978], 44 U.S.C. 2201–2207.

(c) “Former President” refers to the former President during whose term or terms of office particular Presidential records were created.

*Constitutional and Legal Background.*

(a) For a period not to exceed 12 years after the conclusion of a Presidency, the Archivist administers records in accordance with the limitations on access imposed by section 2204 of title 44. After expiration of that period, section 2204(c) of title 44 directs that the Archivist administer Presidential records in accordance with section 552 of title 5, the Freedom of Information Act, including by withholding, as appropriate, records subject to exemptions (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(8), and (b)(9) of section 552. Section 2204(c)(1) of title 44 provides that exemption (b)(5) of section 552 is not available to the Archivist as a basis for withholding records, but section 2204(c)(2) recognizes that the former President or the incumbent President may assert any constitutionally based privileges, including those ordinarily encompassed within exemption (b)(5) of section 552. The President's constitutionally based privileges subsume privileges for records that reflect: military, diplomatic, or national security secrets (the state secrets privilege); communications of the President or his advisors (the presidential communications privilege); legal advice or legal work (the attorney-client or attorney work product privileges); and the deliberative processes of the President or his advisors (the deliberative process privilege).

(b) In *Nixon v. Administrator of General Services*, the Supreme Court set forth the constitutional basis for the President's privileges for confidential communications: “Unless [the President] can give his advisers some assurance of confidentiality, a President could not expect to receive the full and frank submissions of facts and opinions upon which effective discharge of his duties depends.” 433 U.S. at 448–49. The Court cited the precedent of the Constitutional Convention, the records of which were “sealed for more than 30 years after the Convention.” *Id*. at 447 n.11. Based on those precedents and principles, the Court ruled that constitutionally based privileges available to a President “survive the individual President's tenure.” *Id*. at 449. The Court also held that a former President, although no longer a Government official, may assert constitutionally based privileges with respect to his Administration's Presidential records, and expressly rejected the argument that “only an incumbent President can assert the privilege of the Presidency.” *Id*. at 448.

(c) The Supreme Court has held that a party seeking to overcome the constitutionally based privileges that apply to Presidential records must establish at least a “demonstrated, specific need” for particular records, a standard that turns on the nature of the proceeding and the importance of the information to that proceeding. See *United States v. Nixon*, 418 U.S. 683, 713 (1974). Notwithstanding the constitutionally based privileges that apply to Presidential records, many former Presidents have authorized access, after what they considered an appropriate period of repose, to those records or categories of records (including otherwise privileged records) to which the former Presidents or their representatives in their discretion decided to authorize access. See *Nixon v. Administrator of General Services*, 433 U.S. at 450–51.

*Procedure for Administering Privileged Presidential Records.*

Consistent with the requirements of the Constitution and the Presidential Records Act, the Archivist shall administer Presidential records under section 2204(c) of title 44 in the following manner:

(a) At an appropriate time after the Archivist receives a request for access to Presidential records under section 2204(c)(1), the Archivist shall provide notice to the former President and the incumbent President and, as soon as practicable, shall provide the former President and the incumbent President copies of any records that the former President and the incumbent President request to review.

(b) After receiving the records he requests, the former President shall review those records as expeditiously as possible, and for no longer than 90 days for requests that are not unduly burdensome. The Archivist shall not permit access to the records by a requester during this period of review or when requested by the former President to extend the time for review.

(c) After review of the records in question, or of any other potentially privileged records reviewed by the former President, the former President shall indicate to the Archivist whether the former President requests withholding of or authorizes access to any privileged records.

(d) Concurrent with or after the former President's review of the records, the incumbent President or his designee may also review the records in question, or may utilize whatever other procedures the incumbent President deems appropriate to decide whether to concur in the former President's decision to request withholding of or authorize access to the records.

(1) When the former President has requested withholding of the records:

(i) If under the standard set forth in section 4 below, the incumbent President concurs in the former President's decision to request withholding of records as privileged, the incumbent President shall so inform the former President and the Archivist. The Archivist shall not permit access to those records by a requester unless and until the incumbent President advises the Archivist that the former President and the incumbent President agree to authorize access to the records or until so ordered by a final and nonappealable court order.

(ii) If under the standard set forth in section 4 below, the incumbent President does not concur in the former President's decision to request withholding of the records as privileged, the incumbent President shall so inform the former President and the Archivist. Because the former President independently retains the right to assert constitutionally based privileges, the Archivist shall not permit access to the records by a requester unless and until the incumbent President advises the Archivist that the former President and the incumbent President agree to authorize access to the records or until so ordered by a final and nonappealable court order.

(2) When the former President has authorized access to the records:

(i) If under the standard set forth in section 4 below, the incumbent President concurs in the former President's decision to authorize access to the records, the Archivist shall permit access to the records by the requester.

(ii) If under the standard set forth in section 4 below, the incumbent President does not concur in the former President's decision to authorize access to the records, the incumbent President may independently order the Archivist to withhold privileged records. In that instance, the Archivist shall not permit access to the records by a requester unless and until the incumbent President advises the Archivist that the former President and the incumbent President agree to authorize access to the records or until so ordered by a final and nonappealable court order.

*Concurrence by Incumbent President.*

Absent compelling circumstances, the incumbent President will concur in the privilege decision of the former President in response to a request for access under section 2204(c)(1). When the incumbent President concurs in the decision of the former President to request withholding of records within the scope of a constitutionally based privilege, the incumbent President will support that privilege claim in any forum in which the privilege claim is challenged.

*Incumbent President's Right to Obtain Access.*

This order does not expand or limit the incumbent President's right to obtain access to the records of a former President pursuant to section 2205(2)(B) [of title 44].

*Right of Congress and Courts to Obtain Access.*

This order does not expand or limit the rights of a court, House of Congress, or authorized committee or subcommittee of Congress to obtain access to the records of a former President pursuant to section 2205(2)(A) or section 2205(2)(C). With respect to such requests, the former President shall review the records in question and, within 21 days of receiving notice from the Archivist, indicate to the Archivist his decision with respect to any privilege. The incumbent President shall indicate his decision with respect to any privilege within 21 days after the former President has indicated his decision. Those periods may be extended by the former President or the incumbent President for requests that are burdensome. The Archivist shall not permit access to the records unless and until the incumbent President advises the Archivist that the former President and the incumbent President agree to authorize access to the records or until so ordered by a final and nonappealable court order.

*No Effect on Right to Withhold Records.*

This order does not limit the former President's or the incumbent President's right to withhold records on any ground supplied by the Constitution, statute, or regulation.

*Withholding of Privileged Records During 12-Year Period.*

In the period not to exceed 12 years after the conclusion of a Presidency during which section 2204(a) and section 2204(b) of title 44 apply, a former President or the incumbent President may request withholding of any privileged records not already protected from disclosure under section 2204. If the former President or the incumbent President so requests, the Archivist shall not permit access to any such privileged records unless and until the incumbent President advises the Archivist that the former President and the incumbent President agree to authorize access to the records or until so ordered by a final and nonappealable court order.

*Establishment of Procedures.*

This order is not intended to indicate whether and under what circumstances a former President should assert or waive any privilege. The order is intended to establish procedures for former and incumbent Presidents to make privilege determinations.

*Designation of Representative.*

The former President may designate a representative (or series or group of alternative representatives, as the former President in his discretion may determine) to act on his behalf for purposes of the Presidential Records Act and this order. Upon the death or disability of a former President, the former President's designated representative shall act on his behalf for purposes of the Act and this order, including with respect to the assertion of constitutionally based privileges. In the absence of any designated representative after the former President's death or disability, the family of the former President may designate a representative (or series or group of alternative representatives, as they in their discretion may determine) to act on the former President's behalf for purposes of the Act and this order, including with respect to the assertion of constitutionally based privileges.

*Vice Presidential Records.*

(a) Pursuant to section 2207 of title 44 of the United States Code, the Presidential Records Act applies to the executive records of the Vice President. Subject to subsections (b) and (c), this order shall also apply with respect to any such records that are subject to any constitutionally based privilege that the former Vice President may be entitled to invoke, but in the administration of this order with respect to such records, references in this order to a former President shall be deemed also to be references to the relevant former Vice President.

(b) Subsection (a) shall not be deemed to authorize a Vice President or former Vice President to invoke any constitutional privilege of a President or former President except as authorized by that President or former President.

(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to grant, limit, or otherwise affect any privilege of a President, Vice President, former President, or former Vice President.

*Judicial Review.*

This order is intended to improve the internal management of the executive branch and is not intended to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party, other than a former President or his designated representative, against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.

*Revocation.*

Executive Order 12667 of January 18, 1989, is revoked.

George W. Bush.

This section is referred to in sections 2205, 2206 of this title; title 22 section 4352.

Notwithstanding any restrictions on access imposed pursuant to section 2204—

(1) the Archivist and persons employed by the National Archives and Records Administration who are engaged in the performance of normal archival work shall be permitted access to Presidential records in the custody of the Archivist;

(2) subject to any rights, defenses, or privileges which the United States or any agency or person may invoke, Presidential records shall be made available—

(A) pursuant to subpena or other judicial process issued by a court of competent jurisdiction for the purposes of any civil or criminal investigation or proceeding;

(B) to an incumbent President if such records contain information that is needed for the conduct of current business of his office and that is not otherwise available; and

(C) to either House of Congress, or, to the extent of matter within its jurisdiction, to any committee or subcommittee thereof if such records contain information that is needed for the conduct of its business and that is not otherwise available; and

(3) the Presidential records of a former President shall be available to such former President or his designated representative.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2527; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(7), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

1984—Par. (1). Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “National Archives and Records Service of the General Services Administration”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 2206 of this title.

The Archivist shall promulgate in accordance with section 553 of title 5, United States Code, regulations necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter. Such regulations shall include—

(1) provisions for advance public notice and description of any Presidential records scheduled for disposal pursuant to section 2203(f)(3);

(2) provisions for providing notice to the former President when materials to which access would otherwise be restricted pursuant to section 2204(a) are to be made available in accordance with section 2205(2);

(3) provisions for notice by the Archivist to the former President when the disclosure of particular documents may adversely affect any rights and privileges which the former President may have; and

(4) provisions for establishing procedures for consultation between the Archivist and appropriate Federal agencies regarding materials which may be subject to section 552(b)(7) of title 5, United States Code.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2527.)

Vice-Presidential records shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter in the same manner as Presidential records. The duties and responsibilities of the Vice President, with respect to Vice-Presidential records, shall be the same as the duties and responsibilities of the President under this chapter with respect to Presidential records. The authority of the Archivist with respect to Vice-Presidential records shall be the same as the authority of the Archivist under this chapter with respect to Presidential records, except that the Archivist may, when the Archivist determines that it is in the public interest, enter into an agreement for the deposit of Vice-Presidential records in a non-Federal archival depository. Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize the establishment of separate archival depositories for such Vice-Presidential records.

(Added Pub. L. 95–591, §2(a), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2527.)



1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(c), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2294, amended item 2302 generally.

1 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 98–497 without corresponding amendment of analysis.

The National Archives Trust Fund Board shall consist of the Archivist of the United States, as Chairman, and the Secretary of the Treasury and the Chairman of the National Endowment for the Humanities. Membership on the Board is not an office within the meaning of the statutes of the United States.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292; Pub. L. 94–391, Aug. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 1192; Pub. L. 95–379, Sept. 22, 1978, 92 Stat. 724; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(8), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§300bb, 391 (part) (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §2, 55 Stat. 581; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title I, §§102, 121, 60 Stat. 814, 822; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).

This section incorporates only the last sentence of paragraph (b) of former section 391. The balance of that section will be found in sections 1506, 2102, 2501, and 2902 of the revision.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 struck out “The authority of the Administrator of General Services under section 754 of title 40 to regroup, transfer, and distribute functions within the General Services Administration does not extend to the Board or its functions.”

1978—Pub. L. 95–379 substituted references to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Chairman of the National Endowment for the Humanities, for references to the chairman of the House Committee on Government Operations and the Senate Committee on Post Office and Civil Service.

1976—Pub. L. 94–391 substituted reference to House Committee on Government Operations for reference to House Committee on Post Office and Civil Service.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

In carrying out the purposes of this chapter, the Board—

(1) may adopt an official seal, which shall be judicially noticed;

(2) may utilize on a reimbursable basis the services and personnel of the National Archives and Records Administration necessary (as determined by the Archivist) to assist the Board in the administration of the trust fund, and in the preparation and publication of special works and collections of sources and preparation, duplication, editing, and release of historical photographic materials and sound recordings, and may utilize on a reimbursable basis the services and personnel of other Federal agencies for such purposes;

(3) may adopt bylaws, rules, and regulations necessary for the administration of its functions under this chapter; and

(4) may, subject to the laws and regulations governing appointments in the civil service, appoint and fix the compensation of such personnel as may be necessary to carry out its functions.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292; Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2293.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300hh (July 9, 1941. ch. 284, §8, 55 Stat. 582).

The laws governing appointments in the civil service, referred to in par. (4), are set out in Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. See, particularly, section 3301 et seq. of Title 5.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “In carrying out the purposes of this chapter, the Board may—

“(1) adopt an official seal, which shall be judicially noticed;

“(2) appoint, or authorize the Chairman to appoint, without regard to the civil-service laws, necessary employees, and fix their duties; and

“(3) adopt bylaws, rules, and regulations necessary for the administration of its functions under this chapter.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Except as otherwise provided by this chapter, the Board shall have all the usual powers and obligations of a trustee with respect to property and funds administered by it, but the members of the Board are not personally liable, except for malfeasance.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292; Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2293.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300ff (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §6, 55 Stat. 582).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 amended section generally, inserting “Except as otherwise provided by this chapter,”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Compensation may not be paid to the members of the Board for their services as members. Costs incurred by the Board in carrying out its duties under this chapter, including the obligations necessarily incurred by the members of the Board in the performance of their duties and the compensation of persons employed by the Board, shall be paid by the Archivist of the United States from trust funds available to the Board for this purpose. The Board, by resolution, may authorize the transfer of funds (including the principal or interest of a gift or bequest) to the National Archives and Records Administration to be expended on an archival or records activity approved by the Board or to accomplish the purpose of a gift or bequest.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292; Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2293.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300ii (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §9, 55 Stat. 582).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “Compensation may not be paid to the members of the Board for their services as members. Costs incurred by the Board in carrying out its duties under this chapter, including the expenditures necessarily made by the members of the Board in the performance of their duties and the compensation of persons employed by the Board, shall be paid out of income from trust funds available to the Board for the purpose. Unless otherwise restricted by the instrument of gift or bequest, the Board, by resolution, may authorize the Chairman to use for these purposes, or for any other purpose for which funds may be expended under this chapter, the principal of a gift or bequest accepted under this chapter.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The Board may solicit and accept gifts or bequests of money, securities, or other personal property, for the benefit of or in connection with the national archival and records activities administered by the National Archives and Records Administration. Moneys that are for deposit into the trust fund shall be deposited within 10 working days of the receipt thereof.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292; Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2293.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300cc (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §3, 55 Stat. 581).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “The Board may accept, receive, hold, and administer gifts or bequests of money, securities, or other personal property, for the benefit of or in connection with the national archival and records activities administered by the General Services Administration as may be approved by the Board.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall receipt for moneys or securities composing trust funds given or bequeathed to the Board and shall invest, reinvest, and retain the moneys or securities as the Board from time to time determines. The Board may not engage in business or exercise a voting privilege which may be incidental to securities in such trust funds, nor may the Secretary of the Treasury make investments for the account of the Board which could not lawfully be made by a trust company in the District of Columbia, unless directly authorized by the instrument of gift or bequest under which the funds to be invested are derived, and may retain investments accepted by the Board.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1292.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300dd (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §4, 55 Stat. 581).

The income from trust funds held by the Board and the proceeds from the sale of securities and other personal property, as and when collected, shall be covered into the Treasury of the United States in a trust fund account to be known as the National Archives Trust Fund, subject to disbursement on the basis of certified vouchers of the Archivist of the United States (or his designee) for activities approved by the Board and in the interest of the national archival and records activities administered by the National Archives and Records Administration, including but not restricted to the preparation and publication of special works, and collections of sources and the preparation, duplication, editing, and release of historical photographic materials and sound recordings. The Archivist may sell publications and releases authorized by this section and paid for out of the income derived from trust funds at a price which will cover their cost, plus 10 percent, and moneys received from these sales shall be paid into, administered, and expended as part of the National Archives Trust Fund.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1293; Pub. L. 98–497, title II, §202(b), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2294.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300ee (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §5, 55 Stat. 581).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “on the basis of certified vouchers of the Archivist of the United States (or his designee) for activities approved by the Board and in the interest of the national archival and records activities administered by the National Archives and Records Administration” for “by the Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department, on the basis of certified vouchers of the Chairman or his authorized agent, unless otherwise restricted by the instrument of gift or bequest, for and in the interest of the national archival and records activities administered by the General Services Administration” and “Archivist” for “Chairman” in second sentence.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Division of Disbursement of Treasury Department consolidated into Fiscal Service of Treasury Department by section 1(a)(1) of Reorg. Plan No. III of 1940, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2107, 54 Stat. 1231, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. See section 306 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

Gifts and bequests received by the Board under this chapter, and the income from them are exempt from taxes.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1293.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §300gg (July 9, 1941, ch. 284, §7, 55 Stat. 582).

This section is referred to in title 26 section 2055.



1988—Pub. L. 100–365, §5, July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 825, amended analysis generally, inserting “; vacancies; meetings” after “tenure” in item 2501, substituted “staff; transportation expenses” for “editorial and clerical staff; reimbursement of members for transportation expenses; honorarium” in item 2503 and “historical publications and records programs; authorization for appropriations” for “collection, reproduction, and publication of documentary historical source material” in item 2504, and reenacting items 2502, 2505, and 2506 without change.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(12)(B), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287, struck out item 2507 “Report to Congress”.

1974—Pub. L. 93–536, §1(a), Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1734, inserted “AND RECORDS” after “PUBLICATIONS” in chapter heading.

This chapter is referred to in sections 2111, 2901, 3107 of this title; title 25 section 450j.

1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.

(a) The National Historical Publications and Records Commission shall consist of 15 members as follows:

(1) the following ex officio members:

(A) the Archivist of the United States, who shall be chairman;

(B) the Librarian of Congress (or an alternate designated by the Librarian);

(C) one Senator, appointed by the President of the Senate;

(D) one Representative, appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives;

(E) one member of the judicial branch of the Government, appointed by the Chief Justice of the United States;

(F) one representative of the Department of State to be appointed by the Secretary of State; and

(G) one representative of the Department of Defense to be appointed by the Secretary of Defense;

(2) one member from each of the following organizations, appointed by the governing council or board of the respective organization:

(A) the American Historical Association;

(B) the Organization of American Historians;

(C) the Society of American Archivists;

(D) the American Association for State and Local History;

(E) the Association for Documentary Editing; and

(F) the National Association for Government Archives and Records Administrators; and

(3) two other members, outstanding in the fields of the social or physical sciences, the arts, or archival or library science, appointed by the President of the United States.

(b)(1) The members appointed under subsection (a) shall be appointed for terms of 4 years, except that—

(A) a member appointed under subsection (a)(1)(D) shall be appointed for a term of 2 years; and

(B) the Archivist and the Librarian of Congress are permanent ex officio members.

(2) A member may continue to serve after the expiration of a term until a successor has been appointed, but not to exceed one year.

(c) The Commission shall meet at least annually and at call of the Chairman.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1293; Pub. L. 92–546, §1(a), Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1155; Pub. L. 93–536, §1(b), Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735; Pub. L. 96–98, §2(b), Nov. 1, 1979, 93 Stat. 731; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(9), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 100–365, §2(a), July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 823.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§391 (part), 393(a) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381, and title V, §503(a) as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

This section incorporates only the last sentence of paragraph (b) of former section 391. The balance of that section will be found in sections 1506, 2102, 2301, and 2902 of the revision.

1988—Pub. L. 100–365 substituted “appointment and tenure; meetings” for “appointment and tenure” in section catchline, and amended text generally, revising and restating as subsecs. (a) to (c) provisions formerly contained in a single undesignated paragraph.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 struck out “The authority of the Administrator of General Services under section 754 of title 40 to regroup, transfer, and distribute functions within the General Services Administration does not extend to the Commission or its functions.”

1979—Pub. L. 96–98 inserted “and Records” after “Publications”.

1974—Pub. L. 93–536 inserted provision relating to appointment and term of two members of Society of American Archivists, and two members of American Association for State and Local History.

1972—Pub. L. 92–546 provided for two additional members of the Organization of American Historians to be appointed for terms of four years by Executive Board of Organization, one to be appointed for a term of two years and his successors for a term of four years.

Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 100–365 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall be effective on January 1, 1989, and shall apply to the appointment of any member on the expiration of a predecessor's term as follows:

“(1) The next two members appointed to such Commission after such date shall be appointed pursuant to section 2501(a)(2)(E) and (F) of title 44, United States Code, as amended by this section.

“(2) Notwithstanding section 2501(b)(1), the first members appointed pursuant to section 2501(a)(2)(B) and (C) after January 1, 1991, shall be appointed for terms of one year.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy in the membership of the Commission shall be appointed only for the unexpired term of the member whom he succeeds, and his appointment shall be made in the same manner as the appointment of his predecessor.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1294.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §393(b) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §503(b), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) The Commission may appoint, without reference to chapter 51 of title 5, an executive director. The Chairman may appoint such other employees as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this chapter.

(b) Members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses (including per diem allowance in lieu of subsistence) in the same amount and to the same extent as persons serving intermittently in the Government service are allowed travel expenses under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1294; Pub. L. 92–546, §1(b), Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1155; Pub. L. 96–98, §2(a), Nov. 1, 1979, 93 Stat. 731; Pub. L. 100–365, §3, July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 824.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §393(c) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §503(c), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1988—Pub. L. 100–365 substituted current section catchline for “Executive director; editorial and clerical staff; reimbursement of members for transportation expenses; honorarium”, and amended text generally, revising and restating as subsecs. (a) and (b) provisions formerly contained in a single undesignated paragraph.

1979—Pub. L. 96–98 substituted provisions relating to per diem allowance, instead of subsistence, pursuant to section 5703 of title 5, for provisions relating to receipt of a sum, not to exceed $40, instead of subsistence en route to or from or at place of service.

1972—Pub. L. 92–546 increased daily allowance from $25 to $40.

Section 2(a) of Pub. L. 96–98 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Oct. 1, 1979.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) The Commission shall make plans, estimates, and recommendations for historical works and collections of sources it considers appropriate for preserving, publishing or otherwise recording at the public expense. The Chairman of the Commission shall transmit to the President and the Congress from time to time, and at least biennially, the plans, estimates, and recommendations developed and approved by the Commission.

(b) The Commission shall cooperate with, assist and encourage appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and nongovernmental institutions, societies, and individuals in collecting and preserving and, when it considers it desirable, in editing and publishing papers of outstanding citizens of the United States, and other documents as may be important for an understanding and appreciation of the history of the United States.

(c) The Commission may conduct institutes, training and educational programs, and recommend candidates for fellowships related to the activities of the Commission and may disseminate information about documentary sources through guides, directories, and other technical publications.

(d) The Commission may recommend the expenditure of appropriated or donated funds for the collecting, describing, preserving, compiling and publishing (including microfilming and other forms of reproduction) of documentary sources significant to the history of the United States and for the activities described in subsection (c).

(e) The Archivist of the United States may, within the limits of available appropriated and donated funds, make grants to State and local agencies and to nonprofit organizations, institutions, and individuals, for those activities in subsection (d) after considering the advice and recommendations of the Commission.

(f)(1) For the purposes specified in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the National Historical Publications and Records Commission—

(A) $6,000,000 for fiscal year 1989;

(B) $8,000,000 for fiscal year 1990;

(C) $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993;

(D) $6,000,000 for fiscal year 1994;

(E) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 1995;

(F) $8,000,000 for fiscal year 1996;

(G) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1997;

(H) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1998;

(I) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1999;

(J) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2000;

(K) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2001;

(L) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2002;

(M) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2003;

(N) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2004; and

(O) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2005.

(2) Amounts appropriated under this subsection shall be available until expended when so provided in appropriation Acts.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1294; Pub. L. 92–546, §1(c), Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1155; Pub. L. 93–536, §1(c), Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735; Pub. L. 96–98, §1, Nov. 1, 1979, 93 Stat. 731; Pub. L. 98–189, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1323; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(10), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 100–365, §4, July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 103–262, §1, May 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 706; Pub. L. 104–274, §1, Oct. 9, 1996, 110 Stat. 3321; Pub. L. 106–410, Nov. 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 1788.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §393(d) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §503(d), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 28, 1964, Pub. L. 88–383, 78 Stat. 335).

2000—Subsec. (f)(1)(L) to (O). Pub. L. 106–410 added subpars. (L) to (O).

1996—Subsec. (f)(1)(H) to (K). Pub. L. 104–274 added subpars. (H) to (K).

1994—Subsec. (f)(1)(D) to (G). Pub. L. 103–262 added subpars. (D) to (G).

1988—Pub. L. 100–365 substituted current section catchline for “Duties; authorization of grants for collection, reproduction, and publication of documentary historical source material”, and amended text generally, revising and restating as subsecs. (a) to (f) provisions of former subsecs. (a) and (b).

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(10)(A)–(D), substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services” in third sentence, substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” in fourth sentence, inserted “and Records” after “Historical Preservation” in fourth sentence, and substituted “transmit to the President and the Congress” for “transmit to the Administrator” in last sentence.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(10)(E), substituted “National Archives and Records Administration” for “General Services Administration”.

1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–189 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1984, and for each of the four succeeding fiscal years, for provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1981.

1979—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–98 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1981, for provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year ending June 30, 1975, and for each of four succeeding fiscal years.

1974—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–536 substituted “1975” for “1973” and “$4,000,000” for “$2,000,000”.

1972—Pub. L. 92–546 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec. (a) of this section relating to the requirement that the Chairman of the Commission transmit biennial reports to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and the 16th item on page 183 of House Document No. 103–7.

This section is referred to in sections 2506, 3102 of this title.

The Commission may establish special advisory committees to consult with and make recommendations to it, from among the leading historians, political scientists, archivists, librarians, and other specialists of the Nation. Members of special advisory committees shall be reimbursed for transportation and other expenses on the same basis as members of the Commission.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1294.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §393(e) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §503, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 28, 1964, Pub. L. 88–383, 78 Stat. 335).

Advisory committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by the Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 14 of Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) Each recipient of grant assistance under section 2504 of this title shall keep such records as the Archivist of the United States prescribes, including records which fully disclose the amount and disposition by the recipient of the proceeds of the grants, the total cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which funds are given or used, and the amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources, and any other records as will facilitate an effective audit.

(b) The Archivist and the Comptroller General of the United States or their authorized representatives shall have access for the purposes of audit and examination to books, documents, papers, and records of the recipients that are pertinent to the grants received under section 2504 of this title.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1294; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(11), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §393(g) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §503, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 28, 1964, Pub. L. 88–383, 78 Stat. 335).

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

Section, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1295, related to report that Administrator is required to make annually to Congress.

Repeal effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 2102 of this title.


This chapter is referred to in title 25 section 450j.

(a) There is established the Advisory Committee on the Records of Congress (hereafter in this chapter referred to as the Committee).

(b) The Committee shall be subject to the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.), except that the Committee shall be of permanent duration, notwithstanding any provision of section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1417.)

The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Another section 1 of title IV of Pub. L. 101–509, 104 Stat. 1421, amended section 8902 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

A prior section 2701, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1295, established Federal Records Council and set forth composition, compensation, etc., of such Council, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–378, §2(a), Sept. 22, 1978, 92 Stat. 723. Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–378 abolished the Federal Records Council.

(a)(1) The Committee shall consist of the eleven members including—

(A)(i) the Secretary of the Senate;

(ii) the Clerk of the House of Representatives;

(iii) the Archivist of the United States;

(iv) the Historian of the Senate; and

(v) the Historian of the House of Representatives; and

(B) six members of whom one shall be appointed by each of the following:

(i) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;

(ii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives;

(iii) the Majority Leader of the Senate;

(iv) the Minority Leader of the Senate;

(v) the Secretary of the Senate; and

(vi) the Clerk of the House of Representatives.

(2) Each member appointed under paragraph (1)(B) shall have knowledge or expertise in United States history, archival management, publishing, library science, or use of legislative records.

(b) The Secretary of the Senate shall serve as Chairman during the two-year period beginning on January 1, 1991, and the Clerk of the House of Representatives shall serve as Chairman during the two-year period beginning on January 1, 1993. Thereafter, such members shall alternate serving as Chairman for a term of two years.

(c)(1) Members of the Committee referred to in subsection (a)(1)(A) shall serve only while holding such offices. Members appointed to the Committee under subsection (a)(1)(B) shall serve for a term of two years, and may be reappointed without limitation. The initial appointments for such terms shall begin on January 1, 1991.

(2) Any vacancy on the Committee shall not affect the powers of the Committee. Any vacancy in an appointed position on the Committee shall be filled in the same manner in which the original appointment was made.

(d)(1) No later than thirty days after the date on which the first session of the 102d Congress begins, the Committee shall hold its first meeting. Thereafter, the Committee shall meet semiannually or at the call of a majority of its members.

(2) Seven members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may hold hearings.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1417.)

The date on which the first session of the 102d Congress begins, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), is Jan. 3, 1991.

The Committee shall—

(1) review the management and preservation of the records of Congress;

(2) report to and advise the Congress and the Archivist of the United States on such management and preservation; and

(3)(A) no later than December 31, 1991, conduct a study and submit a report to the Congress on—

(i) the effect any transfer of records of the National Archives and Records Administration from facilities located in Washington, D.C., to any location outside of Washington, D.C., shall have on the management and preservation of the records of Congress; and

(ii) the five year plan for the management and preservation of the records of Congress; and

(B) no later than December 31, 1995, conduct a study to update the report submitted under subparagraph (A)(ii), and submit a report to the Congress.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1418.)

This section is referred to in sections 2704, 2706 of this title.

(a) For purposes of carrying out the duties referred to under section 2703, the Committee or, on the authorization of the Committee, any subcommittee or member thereof, may hold such hearings, sit and act at such times and places, take such testimony, and receive such evidence as is appropriate.

(b) The Committee may secure directly from any department or agency of the United States such information as the Committee may require to carry out the duties referred to under section 2703. Upon request of the Chairman of the Committee, the head of such department or agency shall furnish such information to the Committee.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1418.)

A member of the Committee may not be paid compensation for service performed as a member of the Committee. However, members of the Committee shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of service for the Committee.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1418.)

(a) Upon request of the Committee, the head of any Federal agency is authorized to detail to the Committee, on a nonreimbursable basis, any of the personnel of such agency to assist the Committee in carrying out the duties referred to under section 2703 and such detail shall be without interruption or loss of civil service status or privilege.

(b) For purposes of supporting the Committee, the Archivist may obtain the services of experts and consultants in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, but at rates for individuals not to exceed the daily equivalent of the minimum annual rate of basic pay payable for GS–16 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of such title.

(Added Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1418.)

References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.



2000—Pub. L. 106–444, §2(b), Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1929, added item 2910.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(18)(A), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290, inserted “THE ARCHIVIST OF THE UNITED STATES AND BY THE” in chapter heading.

1976—Pub. L. 94–575, §2(b), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726, substituted “Objectives of records management” for “Records management, surveys, and reports” in item 2902, “General responsibilities of Administrator” for “Records management by Administrator; duties generally” in item 2904, “Inspection of agency records” for “Personal inspection and survey of records” in item 2906, “Records centers and centralized microfilming services” for “Records centers for storage, process, and servicing of records” in item 2907, reenacted without change items 2901, 2903, 2905, 2908, and 2909, and struck out item 2910 “Final authority of Administrator in records practices”.

This chapter is referred to in sections 2115, 2116, 3107, 3504, 3505, 3538, 3549 of this title; title 25 section 450j; title 28 section 594.

1 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 98–497 without corresponding amendment of chapter analysis.

As used in this chapter, and chapters 21, 25, 31, and 33 of this title—

(1) the term “records” has the meaning given it by section 3301 of this title;

(2) the term “records management” means the planning, controlling, directing, organizing, training, promoting, and other managerial activities involved with respect to records creation, records maintenance and use, and records disposition in order to achieve adequate and proper documentation of the policies and transactions of the Federal Government and effective and economical management of agency operations;

(3) the term “records creation” means the production or reproduction of any record;

(4) the term “records maintenance and use” means any activity involving—

(A) location of records of a Federal agency;

(B) storage, retrieval, and handling of records kept at office file locations by or for a Federal agency;

(C) processing of mail by a Federal agency; or

(D) selection and utilization of equipment and supplies associated with records and copying;

(5) the term “records disposition” means any activity with respect to—

(A) disposal of temporary records no longer necessary for the conduct of business by destruction or donation;

(B) transfer of records to Federal agency storage facilities or records centers;

(C) transfer to the National Archives of the United States of records determined to have sufficient historical or other value to warrant continued preservation; or

(D) transfer of records from one Federal agency to any other Federal agency;

(6) the term “records center” means an establishment maintained and operated by the Archivist or by another Federal agency primarily for the storage, servicing, security, and processing of records which need to be preserved for varying periods of time and need not be retained in office equipment or space;

(7) the term “records management study” means an investigation and analysis of any Federal agency records, or records management practices or programs (whether manual or automated), with a view toward rendering findings and recommendations with respect thereto;

(8) the term “inspection” means reviewing any Federal agency's records or records management practices or programs with respect to effectiveness and compliance with records management laws and making necessary recommendations for correction or improvement of records management;

(9) the term “servicing” means making available for use information in records and other materials in the custody of the Archivist, or in a records center—

(A) by furnishing the records or other materials, or information from them, or copies or reproductions thereof, to any Federal agency for official use, or to the public; or

(B) by making and furnishing authenticated or unauthenticated copies or reproductions of the records or other materials;

(10) the term “unauthenticated copies” means exact copies or reproductions of records or other materials that are not certified as such under seal and that need not be legally accepted as evidence;

(11) the term “National Archives of the United States” means those official records which have been determined by the Archivist of the United States to have sufficient historical or other value to warrant their continued preservation by the Federal Government, and which have been accepted by the Archivist for deposit in his custody;

(12) the term “Archivist” means the Archivist of the United States;

(13) the term “executive agency” shall have the meaning given such term by section 102 of title 40;

(14) the term “Federal agency” means any executive agency or any establishment in the legislative or judicial branch of the Government (except the Supreme Court, the Senate, the House of Representatives, and the Architect of the Capitol and any activities under the direction of the Architect of the Capitol); and

(15) the term “Administrator” means the Administrator of General Services.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(1), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2723; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(13), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(2), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301.)

A prior section 2901, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1295, related to definitions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(1).

2002—Par. (13). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted “section 102 of title 40” for “section 3(a) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 472(a))”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(A), struck out reference to chapter 27 in provisions preceding par. (1).

Par. (2). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(B), inserted “in order to achieve adequate and proper documentation of the policies and transactions of the Federal Government and effective and economical management of agency operations”.

Pars. (6), (9), (11). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(C), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Par. (12). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(D), substituted “Archivist” and “Archivist of the United States” for “Administrator” and “Administrator of General Services”, respectively. See par. (15) of this section.

Par. (13). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(D), struck out references to “Federal agency” and to subsec. (b) of section 3 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949. See par. (14) of this section.

Pars. (14), (15). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(13)(D), added pars. (14) and (15).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Pub. L. 106–58, title IV, [(a)–(e)], Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 460, 461, provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(1) There is appropriated $22,000,000 as initial capitalization of the Fund.

“(2) In addition, the initial capital of the Fund shall include the fair and reasonable value at the Fund's inception of the inventories, equipment, receivables, and other assets, less the liabilities, transferred to the Fund. The Archivist of the United States is authorized to accept inventories, equipment, receivables and other assets from other Federal entities that were used to provide for storage and related services for temporary and pre-archival Federal records.

“(c)

“(d)

“(1) In addition to funds appropriated to and assets transferred to the Fund in subsection (b), an amount not to exceed 4 percent of the total annual income may be retained in the Fund as an operating reserve or for the replacement or acquisition of capital equipment, including shelving, and the improvement and implementation of the financial management, information technology, and other support systems of the National Archives and Records Administration.

“(2) Funds in excess of the 4 percent at the close of each fiscal year shall be returned to the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous receipts.

“(e)

Section 5 of Pub. L. 94–575 provided that:

“(a) The provisions of this Act [see Short Title of 1976 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title] relating to the authority of the Administrator of General Services do not limit or repeal additional authorities provided by statute or otherwise recognized by law.

“(b) The provisions of this Act do not limit or repeal the authority or responsibilities of the Joint Committee on Printing or the Government Printing Office under chapters 1 through 19 of title 44, United States Code.”

This section is referred to in sections 1501, 3102 of this title; title 17 section 704.

It is the purpose of this chapter, and chapters 21, 31, and 33 of this title, to require the establishment of standards and procedures to assure efficient and effective records management. Such records management standards and procedures shall seek to implement the following goals:

(1) Accurate and complete documentation of the policies and transactions of the Federal Government.

(2) Control of the quantity and quality of records produced by the Federal Government.

(3) Establishment and maintenance of mechanisms of control with respect to records creation in order to prevent the creation of unnecessary records and with respect to the effective and economical operations of an agency.

(4) Simplification of the activities, systems, and processes of records creation and of records maintenance and use.

(5) Judicious preservation and disposal of records.

(6) Direction of continuing attention on records from their initial creation to their final disposition, with particular emphasis on the prevention of unnecessary Federal paperwork.

(7) Establishment and maintenance of such other systems or techniques as the Administrator or the Archivist considers necessary to carry out the purposes of this chapter, and chapters 21, 31, and 33 of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(1), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2724; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(14), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

A prior section 2902, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1296, related to activities of the Administrator of General Services with respect to records management, surveys, and reports, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(1). See section 2904 of this title.

1984—Par. (7). Pub. L. 98–497 inserted “or the Archivist” after “Administrator”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

The Archivist shall have immediate custody and control of the National Archives Building and its contents, and may design, construct, purchase, lease, maintain, operate, protect, and improve buildings used by him for the storage of records of Federal agencies in the District of Columbia and elsewhere.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1296; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(15)(A), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §392 (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §502, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a) The Archivist shall provide guidance and assistance to Federal agencies with respect to ensuring adequate and proper documentation of the policies and transactions of the Federal Government and ensuring proper records disposition.

(b) The Administrator shall provide guidance and assistance to Federal agencies to ensure economical and effective records management by such agencies.

(c) In carrying out their responsibilities under subsection (a) or (b), respectively, the Archivist and the Administrator shall each have the responsibility—

(1) to promulgate standards, procedures, and guidelines with respect to records management and the conduct of records management studies;

(2) to conduct research with respect to the improvement of records management practices and programs;

(3) to collect and disseminate information on training programs, technological developments, and other activities relating to records management;

(4) to establish such interagency committees and boards as may be necessary to provide an exchange of information among Federal agencies with respect to records management;

(5) to direct the continuing attention of Federal agencies and the Congress on the need for adequate policies governing records management;

(6) to conduct records management studies and, in his discretion, designate the heads of executive agencies to conduct records management studies with respect to establishing systems and techniques designed to save time and effort in records management;

(7) to conduct inspections or surveys of the records and the records management programs and practices within and between Federal agencies;

(8) to report to the appropriate oversight and appropriations committees of the Congress and to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget in January of each year and at such other times as the Archivist or the Administrator (as the case may be) deems desirable—

(A) on the results of activities conducted pursuant to paragraphs (1) through (7) of this section,

(B) on evaluations of responses by Federal agencies to any recommendations resulting from inspections or studies conducted under paragraphs (6) and (7) of this section, and

(C) to the extent practicable, estimates of costs to the Federal Government resulting from the failure of agencies to implement such recommendations.

(d) In addition, the Administrator, in carrying out subsection (b), shall have the responsibility to promote economy and efficiency in the selection and utilization of space, staff, equipment, and supplies for records management.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(2), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2725; amended Pub. L. 96–511, §2(c)(1), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(16), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

A prior section 2904, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1296, contained provisions similar to those comprising pars. (1) and (2) of this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(2).

Provisions similar to those comprising pars. (8) to (10) of this section were contained in section 2902, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1296, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(1).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “for records management” for “of Administrator” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497 designated existing first sentence as subsec. (a) and substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” and “ensuring adequate and proper documentation of the policies and transactions of the Federal Government and ensuring proper records disposition” for “records creation, records maintenance and use, and records disposition”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497 added subsec. (b).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–497 designated existing second sentence as subsec. (c), substituted “In carrying out the responsibilities under subsection (a) or (b), respectively” for “In providing such guidance and assistance,”, and inserted reference to Archivist in text preceding par. (1).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (2) as (1). Provisions contained in former par. (1) are now contained substantially in subsec. (d).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (3) as (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (1).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (6) as (3) and inserted “to collect and”, “training programs”, and “other activities”. Former par. (3) redesignated (2).

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (5) as (4). Former par. (4), which read “serve as a clearinghouse for information with respect to records management and as a central source for reference and training materials with respect to records management”, was struck out.

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (7) as (5) and struck out “the burden placed on the Federal Government by unnecessary paperwork” after “Congress on”, “creation” before “maintenance”, and “and use, and disposition” after “maintenance”. Former par. (5) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (8) as (6) and struck out “with particular attention given to standards and procedures governing records creation” at end. Former par. (6) redesignated (3).

Subsec. (c)(7). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (9) as (7) and substituted “surveys of the records and the records management programs and practices within and between Federal agencies” for “records management studies which involve a review of the programs and practices of more than one Federal agency and which examine interaction among and relationships between Federal agencies with respect to records and records management”. Former par. (7) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated par. (10) as (8) and inserted “in January of each year”, “the Archivist or”, and substituted “(7)” for “(9)” and “(6)” and “(7)” for “(8)” and “(9)”, respectively, in subpars. (A) and (B).

Subsec. (c)(9), (10). Pub. L. 98–497 redesignated pars. (9) and (10) as (7) and (8), respectively.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–497 added subsec. (d).

1980—Par. (10). Pub. L. 96–511 prescribed that the report be to appropriate oversight and appropriations committees, incorporated existing provisions in cls. (A) and (B) and added cl. (C).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Section 5 of Pub. L. 96–511 provided: “This Act [enacting chapter 35 of this title, amending this section, section 2905 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 1221–3 of Title 20, Education, section 1211 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining, and section 292h of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 101 and 3503 of this title] shall take effect on April 1, 1981.”

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which a report to appropriate oversight and appropriations committees of Congress under subsec. (c)(8) of this section is listed as the 9th item on page 173 and as the 5th item on page 180), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, and section 1(a)(4) [div. A, §1402(1)] of Pub. L. 106–554, set out as notes under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

This section is referred to in sections 2106, 3102 of this title.

(a) The Archivist shall establish standards for the selective retention of records of continuing value, and assist Federal agencies in applying the standards to records in their custody. He shall notify the head of a Federal agency of any actual, impending, or threatened unlawful removal, defacing, alteration, or destruction of records in the custody of the agency that shall come to his attention, and assist the head of the agency in initiating action through the Attorney General for the recovery of records unlawfully removed and for other redress provided by law. In any case in which the head of the agency does not initiate an action for such recovery or other redress within a reasonable period of time after being notified of any such unlawful action, the Archivist shall request the Attorney General to initiate such an action, and shall notify the Congress when such a request has been made.

(b) The Archivist shall assist the Administrator for the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in conducting studies and developing standards relating to record retention requirements imposed on the public and on State and local governments by Federal agencies.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1296; Pub. L. 96–511, §2(c)(2), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(15)(B), title II, §203(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288, 2294.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §395(b) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §505(b), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(15)(B), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Pub. L. 98–497, §203(a), inserted “In any case in which the head of the agency does not initiate an action for such recovery or other redress within a reasonable period of time after being notified of any such unlawful action, the Archivist shall request the Attorney General to initiate such an action, and shall notify the Congress when such a request has been made.”

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(15)(B), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1980—Pub. L. 96–511 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–511 effective on Apr. 1, 1981, see section 5 of Pub. L. 96–511, set out as a note under section 2904 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

(a)(1) In carrying out their respective duties and responsibilities under this chapter, the Administrator of General Services and the Archivist (or the designee of either) may inspect the records or the records management practices and programs of any Federal agency solely for the purpose of rendering recommendations for the improvement of records management practices and programs. Officers and employees of such agencies shall cooperate fully in such inspections, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection.

(2) Records, the use of which is restricted by law or for reasons of national security or the public interest, shall be inspected, in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Administrator and the Archivist, subject to the approval of the head of the agency concerned or of the President. The regulations promulgated by the Administrator and the Archivist under this paragraph shall, to the extent practicable, be identical.

(3) If the Administrator or the Archivist (or the designee of either) inspects a record, as provided in this subsection, which is contained in a system of records which is subject to section 552a of title 5, such record shall be—

(A) maintained by the Administrator, the Archivist, or such designee as a record contained in a system of records; or

(B) deemed to be a record contained in a system of records for purposes of subsections (b), (c), and (i) of section 552a of title 5.

(b) In conducting the inspection of agency records provided for in subsection (a) of this section, the Administrator and the Archivist (or the designee of either) shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of law cited in subsection (a)(3), comply with all other Federal laws and be subject to the sanctions provided therein.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(3), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2725; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(17), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2289.)

A prior section 2906, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297, contained provisions similar to those comprising subsec. (a)(1) and (2) of this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(3).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 inserted reference to Archivist in four places in subsecs. (a) and (b) and inserted at end of subsec. (b)(2) “The regulations promulgated by the Administrator and the Archivist under this paragraph shall, to the extent practicable, be identical.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

The Archivist may establish, maintain, and operate records centers and centralized microfilming services for Federal agencies.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(3), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(15)(A), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

A prior section 2907, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297, contained provisions similar to those comprising this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(3).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

Subject to applicable law, the Archivist shall promulgate regulations governing the transfer of records from the custody of one executive agency to that of another.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(15)(B), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §395(e) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §505(e), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.

The Archivist may empower a Federal agency, upon the submission of evidence of need, to retain records for a longer period than that specified in disposal schedules; and, in accordance with regulations promulgated by him, may withdraw disposal authorizations covering records listed in disposal schedules.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297; Pub. L. 91–287, §4, June 23, 1970, 84 Stat. 322; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(15)(B), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2288.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §395(f) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §505(f), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1970—Pub. L. 91–287 struck out “approved by Congress” after “disposal schedules” in two places.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3303a of this title.

The Archivist shall preserve the records of the Bureau of Refugees, Freedmen, and Abandoned Lands, commonly referred to as the “Freedmen's Bureau”, by using—

(1) microfilm technology for preservation of the documents comprising these records so that they can be maintained for future generations; and

(2) the results of the pilot project with the University of Florida to create future partnerships with Howard University and other institutions for the purposes of indexing these records and making them more easily accessible to the public, including historians, genealogists, and students, and for any other purposes determined by the Archivist.

(Added Pub. L. 106–444, §2(a), Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1929.)

A prior section 2910, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297, provided for final authority of Administrator in records practices, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §2(a)(4), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726.


1976—Pub. L. 94–575, §3(b), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727, substituted “Transfer of records to records centers” for “Storage, processing, and servicing of records” in item 3103.

This chapter is referred to in sections 2115, 2116, 2901, 2902, 3107, 3504, 3505, 3538, 3549 of this title; title 25 section 450j.

The head of each Federal agency shall make and preserve records containing adequate and proper documentation of the organization, functions, policies, decisions, procedures, and essential transactions of the agency and designed to furnish the information necessary to protect the legal and financial rights of the Government and of persons directly affected by the agency's activities.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1297.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(a) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(a), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 25 section 458aaa–5.

The head of each Federal agency shall establish and maintain an active, continuing program for the economical and efficient management of the records of the agency. The program, among other things, shall provide for

(1) effective controls over the creation and over the maintenance and use of records in the conduct of current business;

(2) cooperation with the Administrator of General Services and the Archivist in applying standards, procedures, and techniques designed to improve the management of records, promote the maintenance and security of records deemed appropriate for preservation, and facilitate the segregation and disposal of records of temporary value; and

(3) compliance with sections 2101–2117, 2501–2507, 2901–2909, and 3101–3107, of this title and the regulations issued under them.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298; Pub. L. 94–575, §3(a)(1), (2), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(19), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(b) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(b), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pars. (2), (3). Pub. L. 98–497 inserted “and the Archivist” after “Administrator of General Services” in par. (2), and substituted “sections 2101–2117” for “sections 2101–2113” and struck out “2701,” before “2901” in par. (3).

1976—Pub. L. 94–575, §3(a)(1), (2), substituted in par. (1) “the creation and over the maintenance” for “the creation, maintenance,” and in par. (3) reference to sections “2901–2909” for “2901, 2903–2909” of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in title 25 section 458aaa–5.

When the head of a Federal agency determines that such action may affect substantial economies or increased operating efficiency, he shall provide for the transfer of records to a records center maintained and operated by the Archivist, or, when approved by the Archivist, to a center maintained and operated by the head of the Federal agency.

(Added Pub. L. 94–575, §3(a)(3), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(20), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

A prior section 3103, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298, contained provisions similar to those comprising this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–575, §3(a)(3).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 5 section 552a; title 25 section 458aaa–5.

An official of the Government who is authorized to certify to facts on the basis of records in his custody, may certify to facts on the basis of records that have been transferred by him or his predecessors to the Archivist, and may authorize the Archivist to certify to facts and to make administrative determinations on the basis of records transferred to the Archivist, notwithstanding any other law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(21), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(d) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(d), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended Feb. 5, 1964, Pub. L. 88–265, 78 Stat. 8).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 25 section 458aaa–5.

The head of each Federal agency shall establish safeguards against the removal or loss of records he determines to be necessary and required by regulations of the Archivist. Safeguards shall include making it known to officials and employees of the agency—

(1) that records in the custody of the agency are not to be alienated or destroyed except in accordance with sections 3301–3314 of this title, and

(2) the penalties provided by law for the unlawful removal or destruction of records.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(22), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(e) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(e), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 25 section 458aaa–5.

The head of each Federal agency shall notify the Archivist of any actual, impending, or threatened unlawful removal, defacing, alteration, or destruction of records in the custody of the agency of which he is the head that shall come to his attention, and with the assistance of the Archivist shall initiate action through the Attorney General for the recovery of records he knows or has reason to believe have been unlawfully removed from his agency, or from another Federal agency whose records have been transferred to his legal custody. In any case in which the head of the agency does not initiate an action for such recovery or other redress within a reasonable period of time after being notified of any such unlawful action, the Archivist shall request the Attorney General to initiate such an action, and shall notify the Congress when such a request has been made.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(21), title II, §203(b), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290, 2294.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(f) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(f), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(21), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Pub. L. 98–497, §203(b), inserted at end “In any case in which the head of the agency does not initiate an action for such recovery or other redress within a reasonable period of time after being notified of any such unlawful action, the Archivist shall request the Attorney General to initiate such an action, and shall notify the Congress when such a request has been made.”

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title; title 25 section 458aaa–5.

Chapters 21, 25, 27,1 29, and 31 of this title do not limit the authority of the Comptroller General of the United States with respect to prescribing accounting systems, forms, and procedures, or lessen the responsibility of collecting and disbursing officers for rendition of their accounts for settlement by the General Accounting Office.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1298; Pub. L. 94–575, §3(a)(4), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2726.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §396(g) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §506(g), as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583).

Chapter 27 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–378, §2(a), Sept. 22, 1978, 92 Stat. 723.

1976—Pub. L. 94–575 substituted “Chapters 21, 25, 27, 29, and 31 of this title” for “Sections 2101–2113, 2501–2507, 2701, 2901, 2904–2910, and 3101–3107, of this title”.

This section is referred to in section 3102 of this title.



1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(25)(D), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290, substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in items 3303, 3303a, and 3311.

1976—Pub. L. 94–575, §4(c)(1), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727, struck out “; approval by President” after “standards for reproduction” in item 3302.

1974—Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §203, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1702, added items 3315 to 3324.

1970—Pub. L. 91–287, §3, June 23, 1970, 84 Stat. 322, inserted item 3303a and struck out items 3304 “Lists and schedules of records lacking preservation value; submission to Congress by Administrator of General Services”, 3305 “Examination of lists and schedules by joint congressional committee and report to Congress”, 3306 “Disposal of records by head of Government agency upon notification by Administrator of General Services of action by joint congressional committee”, and 3307 “Disposal of records upon failure of joint congressional committee to act”.

This chapter is referred to in sections 1503, 2115, 2116, 2901, 2902, 3504, 3505, 3538, 3549 of this title; title 5 section 552b; title 28 section 594; title 49 section 30302.

1 See References in Text note below.

1 Does not conform to section catchline.

As used in this chapter, “records” includes all books, papers, maps, photographs, machine readable materials, or other documentary materials, regardless of physical form or characteristics, made or received by an agency of the United States Government under Federal law or in connection with the transaction of public business and preserved or appropriate for preservation by that agency or its legitimate successor as evidence of the organization, functions, policies, decisions, procedures, operations, or other activities of the Government or because of the informational value of data in them. Library and museum material made or acquired and preserved solely for reference or exhibition purposes, extra copies of documents preserved only for convenience of reference, and stocks of publications and of processed documents are not included.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1299; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §366 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §1, 57 Stat. 380).

1976—Pub. L. 94–575 expanded “records” to include “machine readable materials”.

This section is referred to in sections 2901, 3105 of this title; title 10 section 7545.

The Archivist shall promulgate regulations, not inconsistent with this chapter, establishing—

(1) procedures for the compiling and submitting to him of lists and schedules of records proposed for disposal,

(2) procedures for the disposal of records authorized for disposal, and

(3) standards for the reproduction of records by photographic or microphotographic processes with a view to the disposal of the original records.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1299; Pub. L. 94–575, §4(c)(1), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2727; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(23), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §367 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §2, 57 Stat. 381; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–575 struck out “; approval by President” after “standards for reproduction” in section catchline.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3105, 3303, 3303a, 3308, 3312 of this title.

The head of each agency of the United States Government shall submit to the Archivist, under regulations promulgated as provided by section 3302 of this title—

(1) lists of any records in the custody of the agency that have been photographed or microphotographed under the regulations and that, as a consequence, do not appear to have sufficient value to warrant their further preservation by the Government;

(2) lists of other records in the custody of the agency not needed by it in the transaction of its current business and that do not appear to have sufficient administrative, legal, research, or other value to warrant their further preservation by the Government; and

(3) schedules proposing the disposal after the lapse of specified periods of time of records of a specified form or character that either have accumulated in the custody of the agency or may accumulate after the submission of the schedules and apparently will not after the lapse of the period specified have sufficient administrative, legal, research, or other value to warrant their further preservation by the Government.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1299; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(23), (25)(A), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §368 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §3, 57 Stat. 381; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “the Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in section catchline, and “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in text.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3105, 3303a of this title.

(a) The Archivist shall examine the lists and schedules submitted to him under section 3303 of this title. If the Archivist determines that any of the records listed in a list or schedule submitted to him do not, or will not after the lapse of the period specified, have sufficient administrative, legal, research, or other value to warrant their continued preservation by the Government, he may, after publication of notice in the Federal Register and an opportunity for interested persons to submit comment thereon—

(1) notify the agency to that effect; and

(2) empower the agency to dispose of those records in accordance with regulations promulgated under section 3302 of this title.

(b) Authorizations granted under lists and schedules submitted to the Archivist under section 3303 of this title, and schedules promulgated by the Archivist under subsection (d) of this section, shall be mandatory, subject to section 2909 of this title. As between an authorization granted under lists and schedules submitted to the Archivist under section 3303 of this title and an authorization contained in a schedule promulgated under subsection (d) of this section, application of the authorization providing for the shorter retention period shall be required, subject to section 2909 of this title.

(c) The Archivist may request advice and counsel from the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and the Committee on House Oversight of the House of Representatives with respect to the disposal of any particular records under this chapter whenever he considers that—

(1) those particular records may be of special interest to the Congress; or

(2) consultation with the Congress regarding the disposal of those particular records is in the public interest.

However, this subsection does not require the Archivist to request such advice and counsel as a regular procedure in the general disposal of records under this chapter.

(d) The Archivist shall promulgate schedules authorizing the disposal, after the lapse of specified periods of time, of records of a specified form or character common to several or all agencies if such records will not, at the end of the periods specified, have sufficient administrative, legal, research, or other value to warrant their further preservation by the United States Government. A Federal agency may request changes in such schedules for its records pursuant to section 2909 of this title.

(e) The Archivist may approve and effect the disposal of records that are in his legal custody, provided that records that had been in the custody of another existing agency may not be disposed of without the written consent of the head of the agency.

(f) The Archivist shall make an annual report to the Congress concerning the disposal of records under this chapter, including general descriptions of the types of records disposed of and such other information as he considers appropriate to keep the Congress fully informed regarding the disposal of records under this chapter.

(Added Pub. L. 91–287, §1, June 23, 1970, 84 Stat. 320; amended Pub. L. 95–440, §1, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1063; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(24), (25)(B), title II, §204, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290, 2294; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(10), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1752.)

1996—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “House Oversight” for “House Administration”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(25)(B), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(24), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and “Archivist” for “Administrator”.

Pub. L. 98–497, §204, inserted “, after publication of notice in the Federal Register and an opportunity for interested persons to submit comment thereon” after “may” in second sentence.

Subsecs. (b) to (f). Pub. L. 98–497, §107(b)(24)(B), substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

1978—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–440, §1(a), made schedules promulgated by Administrator under subsec. (d) of this section mandatory; inserted provision for application of authorization providing for shorter retention period as between an authorization granted under lists and schedules submitted under section 3303 of this title and an authorization in a schedule promulgated under subsec. (d) of this section; and struck out provision making permissive authorizations granted under subsec. (d) schedules.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–440, §1(b), (c), substituted “shall” for “may” in first sentence and authorized Federal agencies to request changes in disposal schedules for its records pursuant to section 2909 of this title.

Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of reporting provisions in subsec. (f) of this section, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and the 7th item on page 180 of House Document No. 103–7.

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

Section 3304, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1300, related to submission of lists and schedules of records lacking preservation value by the Administrator of General Services to Congress. See section 3303a of this title.

Section 3305, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1300, related to examination of lists and schedules by joint congressional committees and report to Congress. See section 3303a of this title.

Section 3306, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1300, related to disposal of records by head of Government agency upon notification by Administrator of action by joint congressional committee. See section 3303a of this title.

Section 3307, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1301, related to disposal of records upon failure of joint congressional committees to act. See section 3303a of this title.

When it appears to the Archivist that an agency has in its custody, or is accumulating, records of the same form or character as those of the same agency previously authorized to be disposed of, he may empower the head of the agency to dispose of the records, after they have been in existence a specified period of time, in accordance with regulations promulgated under section 3302 of this title and without listing or scheduling them.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 91–287, §2(a), June 23, 1970, 84 Stat. 321; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(23), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §373 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §8, 57 Stat. 382; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services”.

1970—Pub. L. 91–287 struck out “by Congress” after “authorized”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

Records pertaining to claims and demands by or against the Government of the United States or to accounts in which the Government of the United States is concerned, either as debtor or creditor, may not be disposed of by the head of an agency under authorization granted under this chapter, until the claims, demands, and accounts have been settled and adjusted in the General Accounting Office, except upon the written approval of the Comptroller General of the United States.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 91–287, §2(b), June 23, 1970, 84 Stat. 321.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §374 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §9, 57 Stat. 382).

1970—Pub. L. 91–287 substituted “under this chapter” for “under sections 3306–3308 of this title”.

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

When the Archivist and the head of the agency that has custody of them jointly determine that records in the custody of an agency of the United States Government are a continuing menace to human health or life or to property, the Archivist shall eliminate the menace immediately by any method he considers necessary. When records in the custody of the Archivist are disposed of under this section, the Archivist shall report their disposal to the agency from which they were transferred.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(24), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §375 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §10, 57 Stat. 382; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” and “Archivist” for “Administrator” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

During a state of war between the United States and another nation, or when hostile action by a foreign power appears imminent, the head of an agency of the United States Government may authorize the destruction of records in his legal custody situated in a military or naval establishment, ship, or other depository outside the territorial limits of continental United States—

(1) the retention of which would be prejudicial to the interests of the United States or

(2) which occupy space urgently needed for military purposes and are, in his opinion, without sufficient administrative, legal, research, or other value to warrant their continued preservation.

Within six months after their disposal, the official who directed the disposal shall submit a written report to the Archivist in which he shall describe the character of the records and state when and where he disposed of them.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(23), (25)(C), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2290.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §376 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §11, 57 Stat. 382; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).

1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted “Archivist” for “Administrator of General Services” in section catchline and text.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

Photographs or microphotographs of records made in compliance with regulations under section 3302 of this title shall have the same effect as the originals and shall be treated as originals for the purpose of their admissibility in evidence. Certified or authenticated reproductions of the photographs or microphotographs shall be admitted in evidence equally with the original photographs or microphotographs.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1302.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §378 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §13, 57 Stat. 382).

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

Moneys derived by agencies of the Government from the sale of records disposed of under this chapter shall be paid into the Treasury of the United States unless otherwise required by law.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1302.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §379 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §14, 57 Stat. 383).

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

The procedures prescribed by this chapter are exclusive, and records of the United States Government may not be alienated or destroyed except under this chapter.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1302.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §380 (July 7, 1943, ch. 192, §15, 57 Stat. 383).

This section is referred to in section 3105 of this title.

For purposes of this section and section 3316 through section 3324 of this title—

(1) the term “Federal official” means any individual holding the office of President or Vice President of the United States, or Senator or Representative in, or Delegate or Resident Commissioner to, the Congress of the United States, or any officer of the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government;

(2) the term “Commission” means the National Study Commission on Records and Documents of Federal Officials; and

(3) the term “records and documents” shall include handwritten and typewritten documents, motion pictures, television tapes and recordings, magnetic tapes, automated data processing documentation in various forms, and other records that reveal the history of the Nation.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1698.)

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3317, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

There is established a commission to be known as the National Study Commission on Records and Documents of Federal Officials.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1699.)

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

It shall be the duty of the Commission to study problems and questions with respect to the control, disposition, and preservation of records and documents produced by or on behalf of Federal officials, with a view toward the development of appropriate legislative recommendations and other recommendations regarding appropriate rules and procedures with respect to such control, disposition, and preservation. Such study shall include consideration of—

(1) whether the historical practice regarding the records and documents produced by or on behalf of Presidents of the United States should be rejected or accepted and whether such practice should be made applicable with respect to all Federal officials;

(2) the relationship of the findings of the Commission to the provisions of chapter 19 of this title, section 2101 through section 2108 1 of this title, and other Federal laws relating to the control, disposition, and preservation of records and documents of Federal officials;

(3) whether the findings of the Commission should affect the control, disposition, and preservation of records and documents of agencies within the Executive Office of the President created for short-term purposes by the President;

(4) the recordkeeping procedures of the White House Office, with a view toward establishing means to determine which records and documents are produced by or on behalf of the President;

(5) the nature of rules and procedures which should apply to the control, disposition, and preservation of records and documents produced by Presidential task forces, commissions, and boards;

(6) criteria which may be used generally in determining the scope of materials which should be considered to be the records and documents of Members of the Congress;

(7) the privacy interests of individuals whose communications with Federal officials, and with task forces, commissions, and boards, are a part of the records and documents produced by such officials, task forces, commissions, and boards; and

(8) any other problems, questions, or issues which the Commission considers relevant to carrying out its duties under section 3315 through section 3324 of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1699.)

Sections 2103 through 2108 of this title, referred to in par. (2), were renumbered as sections 2107 through 2112 of this title by Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(a)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280.

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

(a)(1) The Commission shall be composed of seventeen members as follows:

(A) one Member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House upon recommendation made by the majority leader of the House;

(B) one Member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House upon recommendation made by the minority leader of the House;

(C) one Member of the Senate appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate upon recommendation made by the majority leader of the Senate;

(D) one Member of the Senate appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate upon recommendation made by the minority leader of the Senate;

(E) one member of the Federal judiciary appointed by the Chief Justice of the United States;

(F) one person employed by the Executive Office of the President or the White House Office, appointed by the President;

(G) three appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from persons who are not officers or employees of any government and who are specially qualified to serve on the Commission by virtue of their education, training, or experience;

(H) one representative of the Department of State, appointed by the Secretary of State;

(I) one representative of the Department of Defense, appointed by the Secretary of Defense;

(J) one representative of the Department of Justice, appointed by the Attorney General;

(K) the Administrator of General Services (or his delegate);

(L) the Librarian of Congress;

(M) one member of the American Historical Association, appointed by the counsel of such Association;

(N) one member of the Society of American Archivists, appointed by such Society; and

(O) one member of the Organization of American Historians, appointed by such Organization.

(2) No more than two members appointed under paragraph (1)(G) may be of the same political party.

(b) A vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.

(c) If any member of the Commission who was appointed to the Commission as a Member of the Congress leave such office, or if any member of the Commission who was appointed from persons who are not officers or employees of any government becomes an officer or employee of a government, he may continue as a member of the Commission for no longer than the sixty-day period beginning on the date he leaves such office or becomes such an officer or employee, as the case may be.

(d) Members shall be appointed for the life of the Commission.

(e)(1) Members of the Commission shall serve without pay.

(2) While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Commission, members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the service of the Federal Government are allowed expenses under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, except that per diem in lieu of subsistence shall be paid only to those members of the Commission who are not full-time officers or employees of the United States or Members of the Congress.

(f) The Chairman of the Commission shall be designated by the President from among members appointed under subsection (a)(1)(G).

(g) The Commission shall meet at the call of the Chairman or a majority of its members.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1699; amended Pub. L. 94–261, §1(a), Apr. 11, 1976, 90 Stat. 326.)

1976—Subsec. (a)(1)(E). Pub. L. 94–261, §1(a)(1), substituted “one member of the Federal judiciary appointed by the Chief Justice of the United States;” for “one Justice of the Supreme Court, appointed by the Chief Justice of the United States;”.

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 94–261, §1(a)(2), substituted “section 5703 of title 5, United States Code” for “section 5703(b) of title 5, United States Code”.

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

(a) The Commission shall appoint a Director who shall be paid at a rate not to exceed the rate of basic pay in effect for level V of the Executive Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5316).

(b) The Commission may appoint and fix the pay of such additional personnel as it deems necessary.

(c)(1) The Commission may procure temporary and intermittent services to the same extent as is authorized by section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, but at rates for individuals not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS–15 of the General Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5332).

(2) In procuring services under this subsection, the Commission shall seek to obtain the advice and assistance of constitutional scholars and members of the historical, archival, and journalistic professions.

(d) Upon request of the Commission, the head of any Federal agency is authorized to detail, on a reimbursable basis, any of the personnel of such agency to the Commission to assist it in carrying out its duties under sections 3315 through 3324 of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701.)

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3320, 3324 of this title.

(a) The Commission may, for the purpose of carrying out its duties under sections 3315 through 3324 of this title, hold such hearings, sit and act at such times and places, take such testimony, and receive such evidence, as the Commission may deem desirable.

(b) When so authorized by the Commission, any member or agent of the Commission may take any action which the Commission is authorized to take by this section.

(c) The Commission may secure directly from any department or agency of the United States information necessary to enable the Commission to carry out its duties under section 3315 through section 3324 of this title. Upon request of the Chairman of the Commission, the head of such department or agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701.)

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3324 of this title.

(a) The Administrator of General Services shall provide to the Commission on a reimbursable basis such administrative support services and assistance as the Commission may request.

(b) The Archivist of the United States shall provide to the Commission on a reimbursable basis such technical and expert advice, consultation, and support assistance as the Commission may request.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701.)

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

The Commission shall transmit to the President and to each House of the Congress a report not later than March 31, 1977. Such report shall contain a detailed statement of the findings and conclusions of the Commission, together with its recommendations for such legislation, administrative actions, and other actions, as it deems appropriate.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701; amended Pub. L. 94–261, §1(b), Apr. 11, 1976, 90 Stat. 326.)

1976—Pub. L. 94–261 substituted “March 31, 1977” for “March 31, 1976”.

For provision that Commission is to cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report, see section 3323 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3323, 3324 of this title.

The Commission shall cease to exist sixty days after transmitting its report under section 3322 of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701.)

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3324 of this title.

There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out section 3315 through section 3324 of this title.

(Added Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §202, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1701.)

This section is referred to in sections 3315, 3317, 3319, 3320 of this title.




2002—Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(2), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2955, added heading for subchapter III and items 3541 to 3549.

Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(2), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2267, reenacted items 3531 to 3535 without change, substituted “National security systems” for “Expiration” in item 3536, and added items 3537 and 3538.

Pub. L. 107–198, §3(b), June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 732, added item 3520 and renumbered former item 3520 as 3521.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(a)(1)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275, inserted subchapters I and II headings and added items 3531 to 3536.

1995—Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 163, amended chapter heading and analysis generally.

1980—Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2812, substituted in chapter heading “INFORMATION POLICY” for “REPORTING SERVICES”, and amended analysis generally.

This chapter is referred to in section 3602 of this title; title 5 section 552; title 7 sections 7281, 7991; title 8 section 1753; title 10 section 2223; title 16 sections 1379, 1855; title 19 section 1330; title 20 section 9573; title 22 section 3145; title 29 section 49*l*–2; title 31 section 3811; title 38 section 310; title 40 sections 11301, 11311, 11315; title 41 section 421; title 42 sections 1396r–8, 6924, 6992i, 7661f; title 49 sections 5107, 5108, 60108.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(a)(2)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275, inserted subchapter heading.

This subchapter is referred to in sections 3534, 3538, 3544, 3549 of this title; title 10 section 503.

The purposes of this subchapter are to—

(1) minimize the paperwork burden for individuals, small businesses, educational and nonprofit institutions, Federal contractors, State, local and tribal governments, and other persons resulting from the collection of information by or for the Federal Government;

(2) ensure the greatest possible public benefit from and maximize the utility of information created, collected, maintained, used, shared and disseminated by or for the Federal Government;

(3) coordinate, integrate, and to the extent practicable and appropriate, make uniform Federal information resources management policies and practices as a means to improve the productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness of Government programs, including the reduction of information collection burdens on the public and the improvement of service delivery to the public;

(4) improve the quality and use of Federal information to strengthen decisionmaking, accountability, and openness in Government and society;

(5) minimize the cost to the Federal Government of the creation, collection, maintenance, use, dissemination, and disposition of information;

(6) strengthen the partnership between the Federal Government and State, local, and tribal governments by minimizing the burden and maximizing the utility of information created, collected, maintained, used, disseminated, and retained by or for the Federal Government;

(7) provide for the dissemination of public information on a timely basis, on equitable terms, and in a manner that promotes the utility of the information to the public and makes effective use of information technology;

(8) ensure that the creation, collection, maintenance, use, dissemination, and disposition of information by or for the Federal Government is consistent with applicable laws, including laws relating to—

(A) privacy and confidentiality, including section 552a of title 5;

(B) security of information, including section 11332 of title 40 1; and

(C) access to information, including section 552 of title 5;

(9) ensure the integrity, quality, and utility of the Federal statistical system;

(10) ensure that information technology is acquired, used, and managed to improve performance of agency missions, including the reduction of information collection burdens on the public; and

(11) improve the responsibility and accountability of the Office of Management and Budget and all other Federal agencies to Congress and to the public for implementing the information collection review process, information resources management, and related policies and guidelines established under this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 163; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(3), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301.)

Section 11332 of title 40, referred to in par. (8)(B), was repealed by Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(a)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272, and Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2960.

A prior section 3501, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2812; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §811], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–335, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §811], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–335, related to purposes of this chapter prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3501, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1302, related to information for Federal agencies, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511.

2002—Par. (8)(B). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted “section 11332 of title 40” for “the Computer Security Act of 1987 (Public Law 100–235)”.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in introductory provisions and in par. (11).

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Section 4 of Pub. L. 104–13 provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(1) the amendments made by this Act [enacting this chapter and amending section 91 of Title 13] shall apply to the collection of information beginning on the earlier of—

“(A) the first renewal or modification of that collection of information after September 30, 1995; or

“(B) the expiration of its control number after September 30, 1995.

“(2) prior to such renewal, modification, or expiration, the collection of information shall be subject to chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, as in effect on September 30, 1995.”

This chapter is popularly known as the “Paperwork Reduction Act”.

Pub. L. 107–347, title II, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2910, provided that:

“Except as otherwise provided, in this title the definitions under sections 3502 and 3601 of title 44, United States Code, shall apply.

“(a)

“(1) complying with the requirements of this Act [see Tables for classification] (including the amendments made by this Act), the related information resource management policies and guidance established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the related information technology standards promulgated by the Secretary of Commerce;

“(2) ensuring that the information resource management policies and guidance established under this Act by the Director, and the related information technology standards promulgated by the Secretary of Commerce are communicated promptly and effectively to all relevant officials within their agency; and

“(3) supporting the efforts of the Director and the Administrator of the General Services Administration to develop, maintain, and promote an integrated Internet-based system of delivering Federal Government information and services to the public under section 204.

“(b)

“(1) Agencies shall develop performance measures that demonstrate how electronic government enables progress toward agency objectives, strategic goals, and statutory mandates.

“(2) In measuring performance under this section, agencies shall rely on existing data collections to the extent practicable.

“(3) Areas of performance measurement that agencies should consider include—

“(A) customer service;

“(B) agency productivity; and

“(C) adoption of innovative information technology, including the appropriate use of commercial best practices.

“(4) Agencies shall link their performance goals, as appropriate, to key groups, including citizens, businesses, and other governments, and to internal Federal Government operations.

“(5) As appropriate, agencies shall work collectively in linking their performance goals to groups identified under paragraph (4) and shall use information technology in delivering Government information and services to those groups.

“(c)

“(1) ensure that the availability of Government information and services has not been diminished for individuals who lack access to the Internet; and

“(2) pursue alternate modes of delivery that make Government information and services more accessible to individuals who do not own computers or lack access to the Internet.

“(d)

“(e)

“(f)

“(1) participating in the functions of the Chief Information Officers Council; and

“(2) monitoring the implementation, within their respective agencies, of information technology standards promulgated by the Secretary of Commerce, including common standards for interconnectivity and interoperability, categorization of Federal Government electronic information, and computer system efficiency and security.

“(g)

“(1)

“(A) the status of the implementation by the agency of electronic government initiatives;

“(B) compliance by the agency with this Act [see Tables for classification]; and

“(C) how electronic Government initiatives of the agency improve performance in delivering programs to constituencies.

“(2)

“(A) to the Director at such time and in such manner as the Director requires;

“(B) consistent with related reporting requirements; and

“(C) which addresses any section in this title relevant to that agency.

“(h)

“(i)

“(1)

“(2)

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(a)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) The provision of Internet-based Government information and services directed to key groups, including citizens, business, and other governments, and integrated according to function or topic rather than separated according to the boundaries of agency jurisdiction.

“(B) An ongoing effort to ensure that Internet-based Government services relevant to a given citizen activity are available from a single point.

“(C) Access to Federal Government information and services consolidated, as appropriate, with Internet-based information and services provided by State, local, and tribal governments.

“(D) Access to Federal Government information held by 1 or more agencies shall be made available in a manner that protects privacy, consistent with law.

“(b)

“(a)

“(1) Location and contact information for the courthouse, including the telephone numbers and contact names for the clerk's office and justices’ or judges’ chambers.

“(2) Local rules and standing or general orders of the court.

“(3) Individual rules, if in existence, of each justice or judge in that court.

“(4) Access to docket information for each case.

“(5) Access to the substance of all written opinions issued by the court, regardless of whether such opinions are to be published in the official court reporter, in a text searchable format.

“(6) Access to documents filed with the courthouse in electronic form, to the extent provided under subsection (c).

“(7) Any other information (including forms in a format that can be downloaded) that the court determines useful to the public.

“(b)

“(1)

“(2)

“(c)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(ii) Such rules shall provide to the extent practicable for uniform treatment of privacy and security issues throughout the Federal courts.

“(iii) Such rules shall take into consideration best practices in Federal and State courts to protect private information or otherwise maintain necessary information security.

“(iv) To the extent that such rules provide for the redaction of certain categories of information in order to protect privacy and security concerns, such rules shall provide that a party that wishes to file an otherwise proper document containing such information may file an unredacted document under seal, which shall be retained by the court as part of the record, and which, at the discretion of the court and subject to any applicable rules issued in accordance with chapter 131 of title 28, United States Code, shall be either in lieu of, or in addition, to, a redacted copy in the public file.

“(B)(i) Subject to clause (ii), the Judicial Conference of the United States may issue interim rules, and interpretive statements relating to the application of such rules, which conform to the requirements of this paragraph and which shall cease to have effect upon the effective date of the rules required under subparagraph (A).

“(ii) Pending issuance of the rules required under subparagraph (A), any rule or order of any court, or of the Judicial Conference, providing for the redaction of certain categories of information in order to protect privacy and security concerns arising from electronic filing shall comply with, and be construed in conformity with, subparagraph (A)(iv).

“(C) Not later than 1 year after the rules prescribed under subparagraph (A) take effect, and every 2 years thereafter, the Judicial Conference shall submit to Congress a report on the adequacy of those rules to protect privacy and security.

“(d)

“(e)

“(f)

“(g)

“(1)

“(A)

“(i)

“(ii)

“(I) the reasons for the deferral; and

“(II) the online methods, if any, or any alternative methods, such court or district is using to provide greater public access to information.

“(B)

“(2)

“(A) contains all notifications submitted to the Administrative Office of the United States Courts under this subsection; and

“(B) summarizes and evaluates all notifications.

“(a)

“(1) improve performance in the development and issuance of agency regulations by using information technology to increase access, accountability, and transparency; and

“(2) enhance public participation in Government by electronic means, consistent with requirements under subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code, (commonly referred to as the ‘Administrative Procedures Act’).

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) all submissions under section 553(c) of title 5, United States Code; and

“(B) other materials that by agency rule or practice are included in the rulemaking docket under section 553(c) of title 5, United States Code, whether or not submitted electronically.

“(e)

“(a)

“(b)

“(1) ‘Committee’ means the Interagency Committee on Government Information established under subsection (c); and

“(2) ‘directory’ means a taxonomy of subjects linked to websites that—

“(A) organizes Government information on the Internet according to subject matter; and

“(B) may be created with the participation of human editors.

“(c)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) shall include representatives from—

“(i) the National Archives and Records Administration;

“(ii) the offices of the Chief Information Officers from Federal agencies; and

“(iii) other relevant officers from the executive branch; and

“(B) may include representatives from the Federal legislative and judicial branches.

“(3)

“(A) engage in public consultation to the maximum extent feasible, including consultation with interested communities such as public advocacy organizations;

“(B) conduct studies and submit recommendations, as provided under this section, to the Director and Congress; and

“(C) share effective practices for access to, dissemination of, and retention of Federal information.

“(4)

“(d)

“(1)

“(A) the adoption of standards, which are open to the maximum extent feasible, to enable the organization and categorization of Government information—

“(i) in a way that is searchable electronically, including by searchable identifiers; and

“(ii) in ways that are interoperable across agencies;

“(B) the definition of categories of Government information which should be classified under the standards; and

“(C) determining priorities and developing schedules for the initial implementation of the standards by agencies.

“(2)

“(A) requiring that agencies use standards, which are open to the maximum extent feasible, to enable the organization and categorization of Government information—

“(i) in a way that is searchable electronically, including by searchable identifiers;

“(ii) in ways that are interoperable across agencies; and

“(iii) that are, as appropriate, consistent with the provisions under section 3602(f)(8) of title 44, United States Code;

“(B) defining categories of Government information which shall be required to be classified under the standards; and

“(C) determining priorities and developing schedules for the initial implementation of the standards by agencies.

“(3)

“(4)

“(e)

“(1)

“(A) the adoption by agencies of policies and procedures to ensure that chapters 21, 25, 27, 29, and 31 of title 44, United States Code, are applied effectively and comprehensively to Government information on the Internet and to other electronic records; and

“(B) the imposition of timetables for the implementation of the policies and procedures by agencies.

“(2)

“(A) requiring the adoption by agencies of policies and procedures to ensure that chapters 21, 25, 27, 29, and 31 of title 44, United States Code, are applied effectively and comprehensively to Government information on the Internet and to other electronic records; and

“(B) imposing timetables for the implementation of the policies, procedures, and technologies by agencies.

“(3)

“(4)

“(f)

“(1)

“(A) requirements that websites include direct links to—

“(i) descriptions of the mission and statutory authority of the agency;

“(ii) information made available to the public under subsections (a)(1) and (b) of section 552 of title 5, United States Code (commonly referred to as the ‘Freedom of Information Act’);

“(iii) information about the organizational structure of the agency; and

“(iv) the strategic plan of the agency developed under section 306 of title 5, United States Code; and

“(B) minimum agency goals to assist public users to navigate agency websites, including—

“(i) speed of retrieval of search results;

“(ii) the relevance of the results;

“(iii) tools to aggregate and disaggregate data; and

“(iv) security protocols to protect information.

“(2)

“(i) consult with the Committee and solicit public comment;

“(ii) establish a process for determining which Government information the agency intends to make available and accessible to the public on the Internet and by other means;

“(iii) develop priorities and schedules for making Government information available and accessible;

“(iv) make such final determinations, priorities, and schedules available for public comment;

“(v) post such final determinations, priorities, and schedules on the Internet; and

“(vi) submit such final determinations, priorities, and schedules to the Director, in the report established under section 202(g).

“(B) Each agency shall update determinations, priorities, and schedules of the agency, as needed, after consulting with the Committee and soliciting public comment, if appropriate.

“(3)

“(A)

“(i) develop and establish a public domain directory of public Federal Government websites; and

“(ii) post the directory on the Internet with a link to the integrated Internet-based system established under section 204.

“(B)

“(i) direct the development of the directory through a collaborative effort, including input from—

“(I) agency librarians;

“(II) information technology managers;

“(III) program managers;

“(IV) records managers;

“(V) Federal depository librarians; and

“(VI) other interested parties; and

“(ii) develop a public domain taxonomy of subjects used to review and categorize public Federal Government websites.

“(C)

“(i) update the directory as necessary, but not less than every 6 months; and

“(ii) solicit interested persons for improvements to the directory.

“(g)

“(1)

“(A)

“(i) a repository that fully integrates, to the maximum extent feasible, information about research and development funded by the Federal Government, and the repository shall—

“(I) include information about research and development funded by the Federal Government, consistent with any relevant protections for the information under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, and performed by—

“(aa) institutions not a part of the Federal Government, including State, local, and foreign governments; industrial firms; educational institutions; not-for-profit organizations; federally funded research and development centers; and private individuals; and

“(bb) entities of the Federal Government, including research and development laboratories, centers, and offices; and

“(II) integrate information about each separate research and development task or award, including—

“(aa) the dates upon which the task or award is expected to start and end;

“(bb) a brief summary describing the objective and the scientific and technical focus of the task or award;

“(cc) the entity or institution performing the task or award and its contact information;

“(dd) the total amount of Federal funds expected to be provided to the task or award over its lifetime and the amount of funds expected to be provided in each fiscal year in which the work of the task or award is ongoing;

“(ee) any restrictions attached to the task or award that would prevent the sharing with the general public of any or all of the information required by this subsection, and the reasons for such restrictions; and

“(ff) such other information as may be determined to be appropriate; and

“(ii) 1 or more websites upon which all or part of the repository of Federal research and development shall be made available to and searchable by Federal agencies and non-Federal entities, including the general public, to facilitate—

“(I) the coordination of Federal research and development activities;

“(II) collaboration among those conducting Federal research and development;

“(III) the transfer of technology among Federal agencies and between Federal agencies and non-Federal entities; and

“(IV) access by policymakers and the public to information concerning Federal research and development activities.

“(B)

“(2)

“(3)

“(A) policies to improve agency reporting of information for the repository established under this subsection; and

“(B) policies to improve dissemination of the results of research performed by Federal agencies and federally funded research and development centers.

“(4)

“(5)

“(A) $2,000,000 in each of the fiscal years 2003 through 2005; and

“(B) such sums as are necessary in each of the fiscal years 2006 and 2007.

“(a)

“(b)

“(1)

“(A)

“(i) developing or procuring information technology that collects, maintains, or disseminates information that is in an identifiable form; or

“(ii) initiating a new collection of information that—

“(I) will be collected, maintained, or disseminated using information technology; and

“(II) includes any information in an identifiable form permitting the physical or online contacting of a specific individual, if identical questions have been posed to, or identical reporting requirements imposed on, 10 or more persons, other than agencies, instrumentalities, or employees of the Federal Government.

“(B)

“(i) conduct a privacy impact assessment;

“(ii) ensure the review of the privacy impact assessment by the Chief Information Officer, or equivalent official, as determined by the head of the agency; and

“(iii) if practicable, after completion of the review under clause (ii), make the privacy impact assessment publicly available through the website of the agency, publication in the Federal Register, or other means.

“(C)

“(D)

“(2)

“(A)

“(B)

“(i) ensure that a privacy impact assessment is commensurate with the size of the information system being assessed, the sensitivity of information that is in an identifiable form in that system, and the risk of harm from unauthorized release of that information; and

“(ii) require that a privacy impact assessment address—

“(I) what information is to be collected;

“(II) why the information is being collected;

“(III) the intended use of the agency of the information;

“(IV) with whom the information will be shared;

“(V) what notice or opportunities for consent would be provided to individuals regarding what information is collected and how that information is shared;

“(VI) how the information will be secured; and

“(VII) whether a system of records is being created under section 552a of title 5, United States Code, (commonly referred to as the ‘Privacy Act’).

“(3)

“(A) develop policies and guidelines for agencies on the conduct of privacy impact assessments;

“(B) oversee the implementation of the privacy impact assessment process throughout the Government; and

“(C) require agencies to conduct privacy impact assessments of existing information systems or ongoing collections of information that is in an identifiable form as the Director determines appropriate.

“(c)

“(1)

“(A)

“(B)

“(i) what information is to be collected;

“(ii) why the information is being collected;

“(iii) the intended use of the agency of the information;

“(iv) with whom the information will be shared;

“(v) what notice or opportunities for consent would be provided to individuals regarding what information is collected and how that information is shared;

“(vi) how the information will be secured; and

“(vii) the rights of the individual under section 552a of title 5, United States Code (commonly referred to as the ‘Privacy Act’), and other laws relevant to the protection of the privacy of an individual.

“(2)

“(d)

“(a)

“(b)

“(1)

“(A) analyze, on an ongoing basis, the personnel needs of the Federal Government related to information technology and information resource management;

“(B) identify where current information technology and information resource management training do not satisfy the personnel needs described in subparagraph (A);

“(C) oversee the development of curricula, training methods, and training priorities that correspond to the projected personnel needs of the Federal Government related to information technology and information resource management; and

“(D) assess the training of Federal employees in information technology disciplines in order to ensure that the information resource management needs of the Federal Government are addressed.

“(2)

“(A) have curricula covering a broad range of information technology disciplines corresponding to the specific information technology and information resource management needs of the agency involved;

“(B) be developed and applied according to rigorous standards; and

“(C) be designed to maximize efficiency, through the use of self-paced courses, online courses, on-the-job training, and the use of remote instructors, wherever such features can be applied without reducing the effectiveness of the training or negatively impacting academic standards.

“(3)

“(4)

“(5)

“(6)

“(7)

“(8)

“(9)

“(10)

“(c)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) an evaluation of the effectiveness of the program established by such chapter; and

“(B) a recommendation as to whether such program should be continued (with or without modification) or allowed to lapse.

“(3)

“(d)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(4)

“(e)

“(1)

“(A) the assignment of employees of the Federal Government to non-Federal employers;

“(B) the assignment of employees of non-Federal employers to the Federal Government; or

“(C) both.

“(2)

“(3)

“(A) a brief description of the program, including its size, eligibility requirements, and terms or conditions for participation;

“(B) specific citation to the law or other authority under which the program is established;

“(C) the names of persons to contact for more information, and how they may be reached; and

“(D) any other information which the Office considers appropriate.

“(f)

“(1)

“(A) The adequacy of any existing information technology training programs available to Federal employees on a Governmentwide basis.

“(B)(i) If one or more such programs already exist, recommendations as to how they might be improved.

“(ii) If no such program yet exists, recommendations as to how such a program might be designed and established.

“(C) With respect to any recommendations under subparagraph (B), how the program under chapter 37 of title 5, United States Code, might be used to help carry them out.

“(2)

“(g)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(1) provide for the use of competitive procedures in the selection and award of share-in-savings contracts to—

“(A) ensure the contractor's share of savings reflects the risk involved and market conditions; and

“(B) otherwise yield greatest value to the government; and

“(2) allow appropriate regulatory flexibility to facilitate the use of share-in-savings contracts by executive agencies, including the use of innovative provisions for technology refreshment and nonstandard Federal Acquisition Regulation contract clauses.

“(e)

“(1) identify potential opportunities for the use of share-in-savings contracts; and

“(2) in consultation with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, provide guidance to executive agencies for determining mutually beneficial savings share ratios and baselines from which savings may be measured.

“(f) OMB

“(1) a description of the number of share-in-savings contracts entered into by each executive agency under by [sic] this section and the amendments made by this section, and, for each contract identified—

“(A) the information technology acquired;

“(B) the total amount of payments made to the contractor; and

“(C) the total amount of savings or other measurable benefits realized;

“(2) a description of the ability of agencies to determine the baseline costs of a project against which savings can be measured; and

“(3) any recommendations, as the Director deems appropriate, regarding additional changes in law that may be necessary to ensure effective use of share-in-savings contracts by executive agencies.

“(g) GAO

“(1) the results of the review;

“(2) an independent assessment by the Comptroller General of the effectiveness of the use of share-in-savings contracts in improving the mission-related and administrative processes of the executive agencies and the achievement of agency missions; and

“(3) a recommendation on whether the authority to enter into share-in-savings contracts should be continued.

“(h)

“(1)

“(2)

“(3)

“(i)

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(a)

“(1) enhance the interoperability of Federal information systems;

“(2) assist the public, including the regulated community, in electronically submitting information to agencies under Federal requirements, by reducing the burden of duplicate collection and ensuring the accuracy of submitted information; and

“(3) enable any person to integrate and obtain similar information held by 1 or more agencies under 1 or more Federal requirements without violating the privacy rights of an individual.

“(b)

“(1) ‘agency’ means an Executive agency as defined under section 105 of title 5, United States Code; and

“(2) ‘person’ means any individual, trust, firm, joint stock company, corporation (including a government corporation), partnership, association, State, municipality, commission, political subdivision of a State, interstate body, or agency or component of the Federal Government.

“(c)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) address the integration of data elements used in the electronic collection of information within databases established under Federal statute without reducing the quality, accessibility, scope, or utility of the information contained in each database;

“(B) address the feasibility of developing, or enabling the development of, software, including Internet-based tools, for use by reporting persons in assembling, documenting, and validating the accuracy of information electronically submitted to agencies under nonvoluntary, statutory, and regulatory requirements;

“(C) address the feasibility of developing a distributed information system involving, on a voluntary basis, at least 2 agencies, that—

“(i) provides consistent, dependable, and timely public access to the information holdings of 1 or more agencies, or some portion of such holdings, without requiring public users to know which agency holds the information; and

“(ii) allows the integration of public information held by the participating agencies;

“(D) address the feasibility of incorporating other elements related to the purposes of this section at the discretion of the Director; and

“(E) make any recommendations that the Director deems appropriate on the use of integrated reporting and information systems, to reduce the burden on reporting and strengthen public access to databases within and across agencies.

“(d)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A)

“(B)

“(i) reduce information collection burdens by eliminating duplicative data elements within 2 or more reporting requirements;

“(ii) create interoperability between or among public databases managed by 2 or more agencies using technologies and techniques that facilitate public access; and

“(iii) develop, or enable the development of, software to reduce errors in electronically submitted information.

“(3)

“(e)

“(1) confidential business information consistent with section 552(b)(4) of title 5, United States Code, and other relevant law;

“(2) personal privacy information under sections 552(b)(6) and (7)(C) and 552a of title 5, United States Code, and other relevant law;

“(3) other information consistent with section 552(b)(3) of title 5, United States Code, and other relevant law; and

“(4) confidential statistical information collected under a confidentiality pledge, solely for statistical purposes, consistent with the Office of Management and Budget's Federal Statistical Confidentiality Order, and other relevant law.

“(a)

“(1) study and enhance the effectiveness of community technology centers, public libraries, and other institutions that provide computer and Internet access to the public; and

“(2) promote awareness of the availability of on-line government information and services, to users of community technology centers, public libraries, and other public facilities that provide access to computer technology and Internet access to the public.

“(b)

“(1) ensure that a study is conducted to evaluate the best practices of community technology centers that have received Federal funds; and

“(2) submit a report on the study to—

“(A) the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate;

“(B) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate;

“(C) the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives; and

“(D) the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives.

“(c)

“(1) an evaluation of the best practices being used by successful community technology centers;

“(2) a strategy for—

“(A) continuing the evaluation of best practices used by community technology centers; and

“(B) establishing a network to share information and resources as community technology centers evolve;

“(3) the identification of methods to expand the use of best practices to assist community technology centers, public libraries, and other institutions that provide computer and Internet access to the public;

“(4) a database of all community technology centers that have received Federal funds, including—

“(A) each center's name, location, services provided, director, other points of contact, number of individuals served; and

“(B) other relevant information;

“(5) an analysis of whether community technology centers have been deployed effectively in urban and rural areas throughout the Nation; and

“(6) recommendations of how to—

“(A) enhance the development of community technology centers; and

“(B) establish a network to share information and resources.

“(d)

“(e)

“(1)

“(A) assist in the implementation of recommendations; and

“(B) identify other ways to assist community technology centers, public libraries, and other institutions that provide computer and Internet access to the public.

“(2)

“(A) contribution of funds;

“(B) donations of equipment, and training in the use and maintenance of the equipment; and

“(C) the provision of basic instruction or training material in computer skills and Internet usage.

“(f)

“(1)

“(A) explains how to access Government information and services on the Internet; and

“(B) provides a guide to available online resources.

“(2)

“(g)

“(h)

“(1) $2,000,000 in fiscal year 2003;

“(2) $2,000,000 in fiscal year 2004; and

“(3) such sums as are necessary in fiscal years 2005 through 2007.

“(a)

“(b)

“(1)

“(2)

“(A) a research and implementation strategy for effective use of information technology in crisis response and consequence management, including the more effective use of technologies, management of information technology research initiatives, and incorporation of research advances into the information and communications systems of—

“(i) the Federal Emergency Management Agency; and

“(ii) other Federal, State, and local agencies responsible for crisis preparedness, response, and consequence management; and

“(B) opportunities for research and development on enhanced technologies into areas of potential improvement as determined during the course of the study.

“(3)

“(A) the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and

“(B) the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives.

“(4)

“(5)

“(c)

“(a)

“(1)

“(2)

“(b)

“(1) how disparities in Internet access influence the effectiveness of online Government services, including a review of—

“(A) the nature of disparities in Internet access;

“(B) the affordability of Internet service;

“(C) the incidence of disparities among different groups within the population; and

“(D) changes in the nature of personal and public Internet access that may alleviate or aggravate effective access to online Government services;

“(2) how the increase in online Government services is influencing the disparities in Internet access and how technology development or diffusion trends may offset such adverse influences; and

“(3) related societal effects arising from the interplay of disparities in Internet access and the increase in online Government services.

“(c)

“(d)

“(a)

“(1) reduce redundant data collection and information; and

“(2) promote collaboration and use of standards for government geographic information.

“(b)

“(c)

“(1)

“(2)

“(d)

“(1) the interagency initiative to develop common protocols;

“(2) the coordination with State, local, and tribal governments, public private partnerships, and other interested persons on effective and efficient ways to align geographic information and develop common protocols; and

“(3) the adoption of common standards relating to the protocols.

“(e)

“(1) maximize the degree to which unclassified geographic information from various sources can be made electronically compatible and accessible; and

“(2) promote the development of interoperable geographic information systems technologies that shall—

“(A) allow widespread, low-cost use and sharing of geographic data by Federal agencies, State, local, and tribal governments, and the public; and

“(B) enable the enhancement of services using geographic data.

“(f)

Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(c)(1)(A), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2955, provided that: “Nothing in this Act [see Tables for classification] (including any amendment made by this Act) shall supersede any authority of the Secretary of Defense, the Director of Central Intelligence, or other agency head, as authorized by law and as directed by the President, with regard to the operation, control, or management of national security systems, as defined by section 3542(b)(2) of title 44, United States Code.”

Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(c)(2), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2955, provided that: “Nothing in this Act [see Tables for classification] shall supersede any requirement made by or under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.). Restricted data or formerly restricted data shall be handled, protected, classified, downgraded, and declassified in conformity with the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.).”

Pub. L. 107–347, title V, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2962, provided that:

“This title may be cited as the ‘Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act of 2002’.

“As used in this title:

“(1) The term ‘agency’ means any entity that falls within the definition of the term ‘executive agency’ as defined in section 102 of title 31, United States Code, or ‘agency’, as defined in section 3502 of title 44, United States Code.

“(2) The term ‘agent’ means an individual—

“(A)(i) who is an employee of a private organization or a researcher affiliated with an institution of higher learning (including a person granted special sworn status by the Bureau of the Census under section 23(c) of title 13, United States Code), and with whom a contract or other agreement is executed, on a temporary basis, by an executive agency to perform exclusively statistical activities under the control and supervision of an officer or employee of that agency;

“(ii) who is working under the authority of a government entity with which a contract or other agreement is executed by an executive agency to perform exclusively statistical activities under the control of an officer or employee of that agency;

“(iii) who is a self-employed researcher, a consultant, a contractor, or an employee of a contractor, and with whom a contract or other agreement is executed by an executive agency to perform a statistical activity under the control of an officer or employee of that agency; or

“(iv) who is a contractor or an employee of a contractor, and who is engaged by the agency to design or maintain the systems for handling or storage of data received under this title; and

“(B) who agrees in writing to comply with all provisions of law that affect information acquired by that agency.

“(3) The term ‘business data’ means operating and financial data and information about businesses, tax-exempt organizations, and government entities.

“(4) The term ‘identifiable form’ means any representation of information that permits the identity of the respondent to whom the information applies to be reasonably inferred by either direct or indirect means.

“(5) The term ‘nonstatistical purpose’—

“(A) means the use of data in identifiable form for any purpose that is not a statistical purpose, including any administrative, regulatory, law enforcement, adjudicatory, or other purpose that affects the rights, privileges, or benefits of a particular identifiable respondent; and

“(B) includes the disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code (popularly known as the Freedom of Information Act) of data that are acquired for exclusively statistical purposes under a pledge of confidentiality.

“(6) The term ‘respondent’ means a person who, or organization that, is requested or required to supply information to an agency, is the subject of information requested or required to be supplied to an agency, or provides that information to an agency.

“(7) The term ‘statistical activities’—

“(A) means the collection, compilation, processing, or analysis of data for the purpose of describing or making estimates concerning the whole, or relevant groups or components within, the economy, society, or the natural environment; and

“(B) includes the development of methods or resources that support those activities, such as measurement methods, models, statistical classifications, or sampling frames.

“(8) The term ‘statistical agency or unit’ means an agency or organizational unit of the executive branch whose activities are predominantly the collection, compilation, processing, or analysis of information for statistical purposes.

“(9) The term ‘statistical purpose’—

“(A) means the description, estimation, or analysis of the characteristics of groups, without identifying the individuals or organizations that comprise such groups; and

“(B) includes the development, implementation, or maintenance of methods, technical or administrative procedures, or information resources that support the purposes described in subparagraph (A).

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(1) The head of each agency shall provide to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget such reports and other information as the Director requests.

“(2) Each Designated Statistical Agency referred to in section 522 shall report annually to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate on the actions it has taken to implement sections 523 and 524. The report shall include copies of each written agreement entered into pursuant to section 524(a) for the applicable year.

“(3) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall include a summary of reports submitted to the Director under paragraph (2) and actions taken by the Director to advance the purposes of this title in the annual report to the Congress on statistical programs prepared under section 3504(e)(2) of title 44, United States Code.

“(a)

“(b)

“(c)

“(d)

“(1) section 12, 20, or 59 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 771, 779, 790h);

“(2) section 11 of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 796); or

“(3) section 205 or 407 of the Department of the Energy Organization Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7135, 7177).

“(e)

“(f)

“(g)

“(h)

“(i)

“(a)

“(1) Individuals, businesses, and other organizations have varying degrees of legal protection when providing information to the agencies for strictly statistical purposes.

“(2) Pledges of confidentiality by agencies provide assurances to the public that information about individuals or organizations or provided by individuals or organizations for exclusively statistical purposes will be held in confidence and will not be used against such individuals or organizations in any agency action.

“(3) Protecting the confidentiality interests of individuals or organizations who provide information under a pledge of confidentiality for Federal statistical programs serves both the interests of the public and the needs of society.

“(4) Declining trust of the public in the protection of information provided under a pledge of confidentiality to the agencies adversely affects both the accuracy and completeness of statistical analyses.

“(5) Ensuring that information provided under a pledge of confidentiality for statistical purposes receives protection is essential in continuing public cooperation in statistical programs.

“(b)

“(1) To ensure that information supplied by individuals or organizations to an agency for statistical purposes under a pledge of confidentiality is used exclusively for statistical purposes.

“(2) To ensure that individuals or organizations who supply information under a pledge of confidentiality to agencies for statistical purposes will neither have that information disclosed in identifiable form to anyone not authorized by this title nor have that information used for any purpose other than a statistical purpose.

“(3) To safeguard the confidentiality of individually identifiable information acquired under a pledge of confidentiality for statistical purposes by controlling access to, and uses made of, such information.

“(a)

“(b)

“(1) Data or information acquired by an agency under a pledge of confidentiality for exclusively statistical purposes shall not be disclosed by an agency in identifiable form, for any use other than an exclusively statistical purpose, except with the informed consent of the respondent.

“(2) A disclosure pursuant to paragraph (1) is authorized only when the head of the agency approves such disclosure and the disclosure is not prohibited by any other law.

“(3) This section does not restrict or diminish any confidentiality protections in law that otherwise apply to data or information acquired by an agency under a pledge of confidentiality for exclusively statistical purposes.

“(c)

“(d)

“Whoever, being an officer, employee, or agent of an agency acquiring information for exclusively statistical purposes, having taken and subscribed the oath of office, or having sworn to observe the limitations imposed by section 512, comes into possession of such information by reason of his or her being an officer, employee, or agent and, knowing that the disclosure of the specific information is prohibited under the provisions of this title, willfully discloses the information in any manner to a person or agency not entitled to receive it, shall be guilty of a class E felony and imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or fined not more than $250,000, or both.

“(a)

“(1) Federal statistics are an important source of information for public and private decision-makers such as policymakers, consumers, businesses, investors, and workers.

“(2) Federal statistical agencies should continuously seek to improve their efficiency. Statutory constraints limit the ability of these agencies to share data and thus to achieve higher efficiency for Federal statistical programs.

“(3) The quality of Federal statistics depends on the willingness of businesses to respond to statistical surveys. Reducing reporting burdens will increase response rates, and therefore lead to more accurate characterizations of the economy.

“(4) Enhanced sharing of business data among the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Economic Analysis, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics for exclusively statistical purposes will improve their ability to track more accurately the large and rapidly changing nature of United States business. In particular, the statistical agencies will be able to better ensure that businesses are consistently classified in appropriate industries, resolve data anomalies, produce statistical samples that are consistently adjusted for the entry and exit of new businesses in a timely manner, and correct faulty reporting errors quickly and efficiently.

“(5) The Congress enacted the International Investment and Trade in Services Act of 1990 [probably means the International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act, Pub. L. 94–472, as amended by Pub. L. 101–533, which is classified to 22 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.] that allowed the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Economic Analysis, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics to share data on foreign-owned companies. The Act not only expanded detailed industry coverage from 135 industries to over 800 industries with no increase in the data collected from respondents but also demonstrated how data sharing can result in the creation of valuable data products.

“(6) With subtitle A of this title, the sharing of business data among the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Economic Analysis, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics continues to ensure the highest level of confidentiality for respondents to statistical surveys.

“(b)

“(1) To authorize the sharing of business data among the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Economic Analysis, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics for exclusively statistical purposes.

“(2) To reduce the paperwork burdens imposed on businesses that provide requested information to the Federal Government.

“(3) To improve the comparability and accuracy of Federal economic statistics by allowing the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Economic Analysis, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics to update sample frames, develop consistent classifications of establishments and companies into industries, improve coverage, and reconcile significant differences in data produced by the three agencies.

“(4) To increase understanding of the United States economy, especially for key industry and regional statistics, to develop more accurate measures of the impact of technology on productivity growth, and to enhance the reliability of the Nation's most important economic indicators, such as the National Income and Product Accounts.

“For purposes of this subtitle, the term ‘Designated Statistical Agency’ means each of the following:

“(1) The Bureau of the Census of the Department of Commerce.

“(2) The Bureau of Economic Analysis of the Department of Commerce.

“(3) The Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.

“The head of each of the Designated Statistical Agencies shall—

“(1) identify opportunities to eliminate duplication and otherwise reduce reporting burden and cost imposed on the public in providing information for statistical purposes;

“(2) enter into joint statistical projects to improve the quality and reduce the cost of statistical programs; and

“(3) protect the confidentiality of individually identifiable information acquired for statistical purposes by adhering to safeguard principles, including—

“(A) emphasizing to their officers, employees, and agents the importance of protecting the confidentiality of information in cases where the identity of individual respondents can reasonably be inferred by either direct or indirect means;

“(B) training their officers, employees, and agents in their legal obligations to protect the confidentiality of individually identifiable information and in the procedures that must be followed to provide access to such information;

“(C) implementing appropriate measures to assure the physical and electronic security of confidential data;

“(D) establishing a system of records that identifies individuals accessing confidential data and the project for which the data were required; and

“(E) being prepared to document their compliance with safeguard principles to other agencies authorized by law to monitor such compliance.

“(a)

“(1) the business data to be shared;

“(2) the statistical purposes for which the business data are to be used;

“(3) the officers, employees, and agents authorized to examine the business data to be shared; and

“(4) appropriate security procedures to safeguard the confidentiality of the business data.

“(b)

“(c)

“(1) to the unlawful provision of the business data that would apply to the officers, employees, and agents of the agency that originally obtained the information; and

“(2) to the unlawful disclosure of the business data that would apply to officers, employees, and agents of the agency that originally obtained the information.

“(d)

“(a)

“(b)

“(a)

“(b)

Pub. L. 101–508, title IV, §4711(f), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–187, provided that: “Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, and Executive Order 12291 [formerly set out as a note under section 601 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] shall not apply to information and regulations required for purposes of carrying out this Act [see Tables for classification] and implementing the amendments made by this Act.”

1 See References in Text note below.

As used in this subchapter—

(1) the term “agency” means any executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency, but does not include—

(A) the General Accounting Office;

(B) Federal Election Commission;

(C) the governments of the District of Columbia and of the territories and possessions of the United States, and their various subdivisions; or

(D) Government-owned contractor-operated facilities, including laboratories engaged in national defense research and production activities;

(2) the term “burden” means time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, or provide information to or for a Federal agency, including the resources expended for—

(A) reviewing instructions;

(B) acquiring, installing, and utilizing technology and systems;

(C) adjusting the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements;

(D) searching data sources;

(E) completing and reviewing the collection of information; and

(F) transmitting, or otherwise disclosing the information;

(3) the term “collection of information”—

(A) means the obtaining, causing to be obtained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure to third parties or the public, of facts or opinions by or for an agency, regardless of form or format, calling for either—

(i) answers to identical questions posed to, or identical reporting or recordkeeping requirements imposed on, ten or more persons, other than agencies, instrumentalities, or employees of the United States; or

(ii) answers to questions posed to agencies, instrumentalities, or employees of the United States which are to be used for general statistical purposes; and

(B) shall not include a collection of information described under section 3518(c)(1);

(4) the term “Director” means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget;

(5) the term “independent regulatory agency” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Communications Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, the Federal Housing Finance Board, the Federal Maritime Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Interstate Commerce Commission, the Mine Enforcement Safety and Health Review Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission, the Postal Rate Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other similar agency designated by statute as a Federal independent regulatory agency or commission;

(6) the term “information resources” means information and related resources, such as personnel, equipment, funds, and information technology;

(7) the term “information resources management” means the process of managing information resources to accomplish agency missions and to improve agency performance, including through the reduction of information collection burdens on the public;

(8) the term “information system” means a discrete set of information resources organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of information;

(9) the term “information technology” has the meaning given that term in section 11101 of title 40 but does not include national security systems as defined in section 11103 of title 40;

(10) the term “person” means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, business trust, or legal representative, an organized group of individuals, a State, territorial, tribal, or local government or branch thereof, or a political subdivision of a State, territory, tribal, or local government or a branch of a political subdivision;

(11) the term “practical utility” means the ability of an agency to use information, particularly the capability to process such information in a timely and useful fashion;

(12) the term “public information” means any information, regardless of form or format, that an agency discloses, disseminates, or makes available to the public;

(13) the term “recordkeeping requirement” means a requirement imposed by or for an agency on persons to maintain specified records, including a requirement to—

(A) retain such records;

(B) notify third parties, the Federal Government, or the public of the existence of such records;

(C) disclose such records to third parties, the Federal Government, or the public; or

(D) report to third parties, the Federal Government, or the public regarding such records; and

(14) the term “penalty” includes the imposition by an agency or court of a fine or other punishment; a judgment for monetary damages or equitable relief; or the revocation, suspension, reduction, or denial of a license, privilege, right, grant, or benefit.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 164; amended Pub. L. 104–106, div. E, title LVI, §5605(a), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 700; Pub. L. 105–85, div. A, title X, §1073(h)(5)(A), Nov. 18, 1997, 111 Stat. 1907; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(4), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301.)

A prior section 3502, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2813; amended Pub. L. 98–443, §9(h), Oct. 4, 1984, 98 Stat. 1708; Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §812], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–335, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §812], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–335; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §744(e), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 438, defined terms used in this chapter prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3502, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1302; Pub. L. 93–153, title IV, §409(a), Nov. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 593, defined “Federal agency”, “person”, and “information”, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511.

2002—Par. (9). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted “section 11101 of title 40” for “section 5002 of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1401)” and “section 11103 of title 40” for “section 5142 of that Act (40 U.S.C. 1452)”.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in introductory provisions.

1997—Par. (9). Pub. L. 105–85 substituted “the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1401)” for “the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996” and inserted “(40 U.S.C. 1452)” after “that Act”.

1996—Par. (9). Pub. L. 104–106 added par. (9) and struck out former par. (9) which read as follows: “the term ‘information technology’ has the same meaning as the term ‘automatic data processing equipment’ as defined by section 111(a)(2) and (3)(C)(i) through (v) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 759(a)(2) and (3)(C)(i) through (v));”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective 180 days after Feb. 10, 1996, see section 5701 of Pub. L. 104–106, Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 702.

Interstate Commerce Commission abolished and functions of Commission transferred, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 104–88, to Surface Transportation Board effective Jan. 1, 1996, by section 702 of Title 49, Transportation, and section 101 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 701 of Title 49. References to Interstate Commerce Commission deemed to refer to Surface Transportation Board, a member or employee of the Board, or Secretary of Transportation, as appropriate, see section 205 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 701 of Title 49.

This section is referred to in sections 3532, 3542, 3601 of this title; title 10 section 1782; title 15 section 278g–3; title 31 sections 1344, 3811; title 40 section 11101; title 41 section 421; title 42 section 1320b–9.

(a) There is established in the Office of Management and Budget an office to be known as the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs.

(b) There shall be at the head of the Office an Administrator who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Director shall delegate to the Administrator the authority to administer all functions under this subchapter, except that any such delegation shall not relieve the Director of responsibility for the administration of such functions. The Administrator shall serve as principal adviser to the Director on Federal information resources management policy.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 166; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3503, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2814; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §813(a)], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–336, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §813(a)], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–336, related to the establishment of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3503, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1303, prescribed duties of Director of Bureau of the Budget, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3504 of this title.

2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Section 3 of Pub. L. 96–511, as amended by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1083; Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §821(b)(3)], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–342, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §821(b)(3)], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–342, provided:

“[(a) Repealed]

“(b) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall delegate to the Administrator for the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs all functions, authority, and responsibility of the Director under section 552a of title 5, United States Code, under Executive Order 12046 [Ex. Ord. No. 12046, Mar. 27, 1978, 43 F.R. 14193, set out as a note under section 305 of Title 47, Telegraphs, Telephones, and Radiotelegraphs] and Reorganization Plan No. 1 for telecommunications [probably means Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1970, 35 F.R. 6421, 84 Stat. 2083, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees], and under sections 110 and 111 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 ([now 40 U.S.C. 322 and former] 40 U.S.C. 759).”

[Section 101(m) [title VIII, §833] of Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591 provided that: “This title and the amendments made by this title [amending former sections 3501 to 3507, 3511, 3514, and 3520 of this title and sections 751, 757, and 759 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, enacting provisions set out as a notes under section 101 of this title and former section 3503 of this title, amending provisions set out as a note above, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 759 of former Title 40] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 18, 1986], except as provided in section 813(b) [set out as a note under former section 3503 of this title] and except that the provisions of section 821 and the amendments made by such section [amending former sections 3503 and 3504 of this title, sections 757 and 759 of former Title 40, and provisions set out as a note above] shall take effect on January 1, 1987.”]

This section is referred to in title 31 section 505.

(a)(1) The Director shall oversee the use of information resources to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of governmental operations to serve agency missions, including burden reduction and service delivery to the public. In performing such oversight, the Director shall—

(A) develop, coordinate and oversee the implementation of Federal information resources management policies, principles, standards, and guidelines; and

(B) provide direction and oversee—

(i) the review and approval of the collection of information and the reduction of the information collection burden;

(ii) agency dissemination of and public access to information;

(iii) statistical activities;

(iv) records management activities;

(v) privacy, confidentiality, security, disclosure, and sharing of information; and

(vi) the acquisition and use of information technology, including alternative information technologies that provide for electronic submission, maintenance, or disclosure of information as a substitute for paper and for the use and acceptance of electronic signatures.

(2) The authority of the Director under this subchapter shall be exercised consistent with applicable law.

(b) With respect to general information resources management policy, the Director shall—

(1) develop and oversee the implementation of uniform information resources management policies, principles, standards, and guidelines;

(2) foster greater sharing, dissemination, and access to public information, including through—

(A) the use of the Government Information Locator Service; and

(B) the development and utilization of common standards for information collection, storage, processing and communication, including standards for security, interconnectivity and interoperability;

(3) initiate and review proposals for changes in legislation, regulations, and agency procedures to improve information resources management practices;

(4) oversee the development and implementation of best practices in information resources management, including training; and

(5) oversee agency integration of program and management functions with information resources management functions.

(c) With respect to the collection of information and the control of paperwork, the Director shall—

(1) review and approve proposed agency collections of information;

(2) coordinate the review of the collection of information associated with Federal procurement and acquisition by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs with the Office of Federal Procurement Policy, with particular emphasis on applying information technology to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of Federal procurement, acquisition and payment, and to reduce information collection burdens on the public;

(3) minimize the Federal information collection burden, with particular emphasis on those individuals and entities most adversely affected;

(4) maximize the practical utility of and public benefit from information collected by or for the Federal Government;

(5) establish and oversee standards and guidelines by which agencies are to estimate the burden to comply with a proposed collection of information; 1

(6) publish in the Federal Register and make available on the Internet (in consultation with the Small Business Administration) on an annual basis a list of the compliance assistance resources available to small businesses, with the first such publication occurring not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002.

(d) With respect to information dissemination, the Director shall develop and oversee the implementation of policies, principles, standards, and guidelines to—

(1) apply to Federal agency dissemination of public information, regardless of the form or format in which such information is disseminated; and

(2) promote public access to public information and fulfill the purposes of this subchapter, including through the effective use of information technology.

(e) With respect to statistical policy and coordination, the Director shall—

(1) coordinate the activities of the Federal statistical system to ensure—

(A) the efficiency and effectiveness of the system; and

(B) the integrity, objectivity, impartiality, utility, and confidentiality of information collected for statistical purposes;

(2) ensure that budget proposals of agencies are consistent with system-wide priorities for maintaining and improving the quality of Federal statistics and prepare an annual report on statistical program funding;

(3) develop and oversee the implementation of Governmentwide policies, principles, standards, and guidelines concerning—

(A) statistical collection procedures and methods;

(B) statistical data classification;

(C) statistical information presentation and dissemination;

(D) timely release of statistical data; and

(E) such statistical data sources as may be required for the administration of Federal programs;

(4) evaluate statistical program performance and agency compliance with Governmentwide policies, principles, standards and guidelines;

(5) promote the sharing of information collected for statistical purposes consistent with privacy rights and confidentiality pledges;

(6) coordinate the participation of the United States in international statistical activities, including the development of comparable statistics;

(7) appoint a chief statistician who is a trained and experienced professional statistician to carry out the functions described under this subsection;

(8) establish an Interagency Council on Statistical Policy to advise and assist the Director in carrying out the functions under this subsection that shall—

(A) be headed by the chief statistician; and

(B) consist of—

(i) the heads of the major statistical programs; and

(ii) representatives of other statistical agencies under rotating membership; and

(9) provide opportunities for training in statistical policy functions to employees of the Federal Government under which—

(A) each trainee shall be selected at the discretion of the Director based on agency requests and shall serve under the chief statistician for at least 6 months and not more than 1 year; and

(B) all costs of the training shall be paid by the agency requesting training.

(f) With respect to records management, the Director shall—

(1) provide advice and assistance to the Archivist of the United States and the Administrator of General Services to promote coordination in the administration of chapters 29, 31, and 33 of this title with the information resources management policies, principles, standards, and guidelines established under this subchapter;

(2) review compliance by agencies with—

(A) the requirements of chapters 29, 31, and 33 of this title; and

(B) regulations promulgated by the Archivist of the United States and the Administrator of General Services; and

(3) oversee the application of records management policies, principles, standards, and guidelines, including requirements for archiving information maintained in electronic format, in the planning and design of information systems.

(g) With respect to privacy and security, the Director shall—

(1) develop and oversee the implementation of policies, principles, standards, and guidelines on privacy, confidentiality, security, disclosure and sharing of information collected or maintained by or for agencies; and

(2) oversee and coordinate compliance with sections 552 and 552a of title 5, sections 20 and 21 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3 and 278g–4), section 11331 of title 40 and subchapter II of this chapter, and related information management laws.

(h) With respect to Federal information technology, the Director shall—

(1) in consultation with the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the Administrator of General Services—

(A) develop and oversee the implementation of policies, principles, standards, and guidelines for information technology functions and activities of the Federal Government, including periodic evaluations of major information systems; and

(B) oversee the development and implementation of standards under section 11331 of title 40;

(2) monitor the effectiveness of, and compliance with, directives issued under subtitle III of title 40 and directives issued under section 322 of title 40;

(3) coordinate the development and review by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of policy associated with Federal procurement and acquisition of information technology with the Office of Federal Procurement Policy;

(4) ensure, through the review of agency budget proposals, information resources management plans and other means—

(A) agency integration of information resources management plans, program plans and budgets for acquisition and use of information technology; and

(B) the efficiency and effectiveness of inter-agency information technology initiatives to improve agency performance and the accomplishment of agency missions; and

(5) promote the use of information technology by the Federal Government to improve the productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness of Federal programs, including through dissemination of public information and the reduction of information collection burdens on the public.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 167; amended Pub. L. 104–106, div. E, title LI, §5131(e)(1), title LVI, §5605(b), (c), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 688, 700; Pub. L. 105–85, div. A, title X, §1073(h)(5)(B), (C), Nov. 18, 1997, 111 Stat. 1907; Pub. L. 105–277, div. C, title XVII, §1702, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–749; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–198, §2(a), June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 729; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(5), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(c)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272; Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(c)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2960.)

The date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (c)(6), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 107–198, which was approved June 28, 2002.

A prior section 3504, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2815; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(26), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2291; Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §§814, 821(b)(2)], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–336, 1783–342, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §§814, 821(b)(2)], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–336, 3341–342, related to authority and functions of Director prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3504, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1303, provided for designation of a central collection agency, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3509 of this title.

2002—Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 107–198 added par. (6).

Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(1)(A), and Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(1)(A), amended par. (1) identically, inserting “and” at end.

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(1)(B), substituted “section 11331 of title 40 and subchapter II of this chapter” for “sections 11331 and 11332(b) and (c) of title 40” and a period for “; and” at end.

Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(1)(B), which directed amendment of par. (2) by substituting “section 11331 of title 40 and subchapter II of this title” for “sections 11331 and 11332(b) and (c) of title 40” and a period for the semicolon, could not be executed because of amendment by Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(1)(B). See Amendment note above and Effective Date of 2002 Amendments notes below.

Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(5)(A), substituted “sections 11331 and 11332(b) and (c) of title 40” for “section 5131 of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441), and sections 5 and 6 of the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(1)(C), and Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(1)(C), amended subsec. (g) identically, striking out par. (3) which read as follows: “require Federal agencies, consistent with the standards and guidelines promulgated under sections 11331 and 11332(b) and (c) of title 40, to identify and afford security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the loss, misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification of information collected or maintained by or on behalf of an agency.”

Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(5)(B), substituted “sections 11331 and 11332(b) and (c) of title 40” for “section 5131 of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441) and sections 5 and 6 of the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (h)(1)(B). Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(5)(C), substituted “section 11331 of title 40” for “section 5131 of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441)”.

Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(5)(D), substituted “subtitle III of title 40” for “division E of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.)” and “section 322 of title 40” for “section 110 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 757)”.

2000—Subsecs. (a)(2), (d)(2), (f)(1). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

1998—Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(vi). Pub. L. 105–277 amended cl. (vi) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (vi) read as follows: “the acquisition and use of information technology.”

1997—Subsecs. (g)(2), (3), (h)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–85, §1073(h)(5)(C), substituted “Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441)” for “Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996”.

Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 105–85, §1073(h)(5)(B), substituted “division E of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.)” for “the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996”.

1996—Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 104–106, §5131(e)(1)(A), substituted “sections 20 and 21 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3 and 278g–4), section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996, and sections 5 and 6 of the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)” for “the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 104–106, §5131(e)(1)(B), substituted “the standards and guidelines promulgated under section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996 and sections 5 and 6 of the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)” for “the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (h)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104–106, §5605(b), substituted “section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996” for “section 111(d) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 759(d))”.

Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 104–106, §5605(c), substituted “the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996 and directives issued under section 110 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 757)” for “sections 110 and 111 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 757 and 759)”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–347 effective Dec. 17, 2002, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 107–347, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3541 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–296 effective 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective 180 days after Feb. 10, 1996, see section 5701 of Pub. L. 104–106, Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 702.

Pub. L. 105–277, div. C, title XVII, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–749, provided that:

“This title may be cited as the ‘Government Paperwork Elimination Act’.

“[Amended this section.]

“(a)

“(b)

“(A) shall be compatible with standards and technology for electronic signatures that are generally used in commerce and industry and by State governments;

“(B) may not inappropriately favor one industry or technology;

“(C) shall ensure that electronic signatures are as reliable as is appropriate for the purpose in question and keep intact the information submitted;

“(D) shall provide for the electronic acknowledgment of electronic forms that are successfully submitted; and

“(E) shall, to the extent feasible and appropriate, require an Executive agency that anticipates receipt by electronic means of 50,000 or more submittals of a particular form to take all steps necessary to ensure that multiple methods of electronic signatures are available for the submittal of such form.

“(2) The Director shall ensure the compatibility of the procedures under paragraph (1)(A) in consultation with appropriate private bodies and State government entities that set standards for the use and acceptance of electronic signatures.

“In order to fulfill the responsibility to administer the functions assigned under chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, the provisions of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (divisions D and E of Public Law 104–106) [see Short Title of 1996 Amendment note set out under 41 U.S.C. 251] and the amendments made by that Act, and the provisions of this title, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall ensure that, commencing not later than five years after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998], Executive agencies provide—

“(1) for the option of the electronic maintenance, submission, or disclosure of information, when practicable as a substitute for paper; and

“(2) for the use and acceptance of electronic signatures, when practicable.

“In order to fulfill the responsibility to administer the functions assigned under chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, the provisions of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (divisions D and E of Public Law 104–106) [see Short Title of 1996 Amendment note set out under 41 U.S.C. 251] and the amendments made by that Act, and the provisions of this title, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall, not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998], develop procedures to permit private employers to store and file electronically with Executive agencies forms containing information pertaining to the employees of such employers.

“(a)

“(1) paperwork reduction and electronic commerce;

“(2) individual privacy; and

“(3) the security and authenticity of transactions.

“(b)

“Electronic records submitted or maintained in accordance with procedures developed under this title, or electronic signatures or other forms of electronic authentication used in accordance with such procedures, shall not be denied legal effect, validity, or enforceability because such records are in electronic form.

“Except as provided by law, information collected in the provision of electronic signature services for communications with an executive agency, as provided by this title, shall only be used or disclosed by persons who obtain, collect, or maintain such information as a business or government practice, for the purpose of facilitating such communications, or with the prior affirmative consent of the person about whom the information pertains.

“No provision of this title shall apply to the Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service to the extent that such provision—

“(1) involves the administration of the internal revenue laws; or

“(2) conflicts with any provision of the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 [Pub. L. 105–206, see Tables for classification] or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.].

“For purposes of this title:

“(1)

“(A) identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic message; and

“(B) indicates such person's approval of the information contained in the electronic message.

“(2)

This section is referred to in sections 3602, 3603 of this title; title 40 sections 11302, 11303; title 42 section 13271.

1 So in original. Probably should be followed by “and”.

(a) In carrying out the functions under this subchapter, the Director shall—

(1) in consultation with agency heads, set an annual Governmentwide goal for the reduction of information collection burdens by at least 10 percent during each of fiscal years 1996 and 1997 and 5 percent during each of fiscal years 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001, and set annual agency goals to—

(A) reduce information collection burdens imposed on the public that—

(i) represent the maximum practicable opportunity in each agency; and

(ii) are consistent with improving agency management of the process for the review of collections of information established under section 3506(c); and

(B) improve information resources management in ways that increase the productivity, efficiency and effectiveness of Federal programs, including service delivery to the public;

(2) with selected agencies and non-Federal entities on a voluntary basis, conduct pilot projects to test alternative policies, practices, regulations, and procedures to fulfill the purposes of this subchapter, particularly with regard to minimizing the Federal information collection burden; and

(3) in consultation with the Administrator of General Services, the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, the Archivist of the United States, and the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, develop and maintain a Governmentwide strategic plan for information resources management, that shall include—

(A) a description of the objectives and the means by which the Federal Government shall apply information resources to improve agency and program performance;

(B) plans for—

(i) reducing information burdens on the public, including reducing such burdens through the elimination of duplication and meeting shared data needs with shared resources;

(ii) enhancing public access to and dissemination of, information, using electronic and other formats; and

(iii) meeting the information technology needs of the Federal Government in accordance with the purposes of this subchapter; and

(C) a description of progress in applying information resources management to improve agency performance and the accomplishment of missions.

(b) For purposes of any pilot project conducted under subsection (a)(2), the Director may, after consultation with the agency head, waive the application of any administrative directive issued by an agency with which the project is conducted, including any directive requiring a collection of information, after giving timely notice to the public and the Congress regarding the need for such waiver.

(c) 1

(2) The identification of information systems in an inventory under this subsection shall include an identification of the interfaces between each such system and all other systems or networks, including those not operated by or under the control of the agency.

(3) Such inventory shall be—

(A) updated at least annually;

(B) made available to the Comptroller General; and

(C) used to support information resources management, including—

(i) preparation and maintenance of the inventory of information resources under section 3506(b)(4);

(ii) information technology planning, budgeting, acquisition, and management under section 3506(h), subtitle III of title 40, and related laws and guidance;

(iii) monitoring, testing, and evaluation of information security controls under subchapter II;

(iv) preparation of the index of major information systems required under section 552(g) of title 5, United States Code; and

(v) preparation of information system inventories required for records management under chapters 21, 29, 31, and 33.

(4) The Director shall issue guidance for and oversee the implementation of the requirements of this subsection.

(c) 1

(2) The identification of information systems in an inventory under this subsection shall include an identification of the interfaces between each such system and all other systems or networks, including those not operated by or under the control of the agency;

(3) Such inventory shall be—

(A) updated at least annually;

(B) made available to the Comptroller General; and

(C) used to support information resources management, including—

(i) preparation and maintenance of the inventory of information resources under section 3506(b)(4);

(ii) information technology planning, budgeting, acquisition, and management under section 3506(h), subtitle III of title 40, and related laws and guidance;

(iii) monitoring, testing, and evaluation of information security controls under subchapter II;

(iv) preparation of the index of major information systems required under section 552(g) of title 5, United States Code; and

(v) preparation of information system inventories required for records management under chapters 21, 29, 31, and 33.

(4) The Director shall issue guidance for and oversee the implementation of the requirements of this subsection.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 170; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(c)(2), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272; Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(c)(2), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2961.)

A prior section 3505, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2818; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §815], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–337, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §815], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–337, related to assignment of tasks and deadlines prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3505, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1303, prohibited independent collection by an agency, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3509 of this title.

2002—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 107–347, added subsec. (c) relating to inventory of major information systems.

Pub. L. 107–296 added subsec. (c) relating to inventory of information systems.

2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in introductory provisions and pars. (2) and (3)(B)(iii).

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–296 effective 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3514, 3534, 3544 of this title.

1 So in original. Two subsecs. (c) have been enacted.

(a)(1) The head of each agency shall be responsible for—

(A) carrying out the agency's information resources management activities to improve agency productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness; and

(B) complying with the requirements of this subchapter and related policies established by the Director.

(2)(A) Except as provided under subparagraph (B), the head of each agency shall designate a Chief Information Officer who shall report directly to such agency head to carry out the responsibilities of the agency under this subchapter.

(B) The Secretary of the Department of Defense and the Secretary of each military department may each designate Chief Information Officers who shall report directly to such Secretary to carry out the responsibilities of the department under this subchapter. If more than one Chief Information Officer is designated, the respective duties of the Chief Information Officers shall be clearly delineated.

(3) The Chief Information Officer designated under paragraph (2) shall head an office responsible for ensuring agency compliance with and prompt, efficient, and effective implementation of the information policies and information resources management responsibilities established under this subchapter, including the reduction of information collection burdens on the public. The Chief Information Officer and employees of such office shall be selected with special attention to the professional qualifications required to administer the functions described under this subchapter.

(4) Each agency program official shall be responsible and accountable for information resources assigned to and supporting the programs under such official. In consultation with the Chief Information Officer designated under paragraph (2) and the agency Chief Financial Officer (or comparable official), each agency program official shall define program information needs and develop strategies, systems, and capabilities to meet those needs.

(b) With respect to general information resources management, each agency shall—

(1) manage information resources to—

(A) reduce information collection burdens on the public;

(B) increase program efficiency and effectiveness; and

(C) improve the integrity, quality, and utility of information to all users within and outside the agency, including capabilities for ensuring dissemination of public information, public access to government information, and protections for privacy and security;

(2) in accordance with guidance by the Director, develop and maintain a strategic information resources management plan that shall describe how information resources management activities help accomplish agency missions;

(3) develop and maintain an ongoing process to—

(A) ensure that information resources management operations and decisions are integrated with organizational planning, budget, financial management, human resources management, and program decisions;

(B) in cooperation with the agency Chief Financial Officer (or comparable official), develop a full and accurate accounting of information technology expenditures, related expenses, and results; and

(C) establish goals for improving information resources management's contribution to program productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness, methods for measuring progress towards those goals, and clear roles and responsibilities for achieving those goals;

(4) in consultation with the Director, the Administrator of General Services, and the Archivist of the United States, maintain a current and complete inventory of the agency's information resources, including directories necessary to fulfill the requirements of section 3511 of this subchapter; and

(5) in consultation with the Director and the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, conduct formal training programs to educate agency program and management officials about information resources management.

(c) With respect to the collection of information and the control of paperwork, each agency shall—

(1) establish a process within the office headed by the Chief Information Officer designated under subsection (a), that is sufficiently independent of program responsibility to evaluate fairly whether proposed collections of information should be approved under this subchapter, to—

(A) review each collection of information before submission to the Director for review under this subchapter, including—

(i) an evaluation of the need for the collection of information;

(ii) a functional description of the information to be collected;

(iii) a plan for the collection of the information;

(iv) a specific, objectively supported estimate of burden;

(v) a test of the collection of information through a pilot program, if appropriate; and

(vi) a plan for the efficient and effective management and use of the information to be collected, including necessary resources;

(B) ensure that each information collection—

(i) is inventoried, displays a control number and, if appropriate, an expiration date;

(ii) indicates the collection is in accordance with the clearance requirements of section 3507; and

(iii) informs the person receiving the collection of information of—

(I) the reasons the information is being collected;

(II) the way such information is to be used;

(III) an estimate, to the extent practicable, of the burden of the collection;

(IV) whether responses to the collection of information are voluntary, required to obtain a benefit, or mandatory; and

(V) the fact that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number; and

(C) assess the information collection burden of proposed legislation affecting the agency;

(2)(A) except as provided under subparagraph (B) or section 3507(j), provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register, and otherwise consult with members of the public and affected agencies concerning each proposed collection of information, to solicit comment to—

(i) evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility;

(ii) evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;

(iii) enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and

(iv) minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and

(B) for any proposed collection of information contained in a proposed rule (to be reviewed by the Director under section 3507(d)), provide notice and comment through the notice of proposed rulemaking for the proposed rule and such notice shall have the same purposes specified under subparagraph (A)(i) through (iv);

(3) certify (and provide a record supporting such certification, including public comments received by the agency) that each collection of information submitted to the Director for review under section 3507—

(A) is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including that the information has practical utility;

(B) is not unnecessarily duplicative of information otherwise reasonably accessible to the agency;

(C) reduces to the extent practicable and appropriate the burden on persons who shall provide information to or for the agency, including with respect to small entities, as defined under section 601(6) of title 5, the use of such techniques as—

(i) establishing differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to those who are to respond;

(ii) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements; or

(iii) an exemption from coverage of the collection of information, or any part thereof;

(D) is written using plain, coherent, and unambiguous terminology and is understandable to those who are to respond;

(E) is to be implemented in ways consistent and compatible, to the maximum extent practicable, with the existing reporting and recordkeeping practices of those who are to respond;

(F) indicates for each recordkeeping requirement the length of time persons are required to maintain the records specified;

(G) contains the statement required under paragraph (1)(B)(iii);

(H) has been developed by an office that has planned and allocated resources for the efficient and effective management and use of the information to be collected, including the processing of the information in a manner which shall enhance, where appropriate, the utility of the information to agencies and the public;

(I) uses effective and efficient statistical survey methodology appropriate to the purpose for which the information is to be collected; and

(J) to the maximum extent practicable, uses information technology to reduce burden and improve data quality, agency efficiency and responsiveness to the public; and

(4) in addition to the requirements of this chapter regarding the reduction of information collection burdens for small business concerns (as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)), make efforts to further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.

(d) With respect to information dissemination, each agency shall—

(1) ensure that the public has timely and equitable access to the agency's public information, including ensuring such access through—

(A) encouraging a diversity of public and private sources for information based on government public information;

(B) in cases in which the agency provides public information maintained in electronic format, providing timely and equitable access to the underlying data (in whole or in part); and

(C) agency dissemination of public information in an efficient, effective, and economical manner;

(2) regularly solicit and consider public input on the agency's information dissemination activities;

(3) provide adequate notice when initiating, substantially modifying, or terminating significant information dissemination products; and

(4) not, except where specifically authorized by statute—

(A) establish an exclusive, restricted, or other distribution arrangement that interferes with timely and equitable availability of public information to the public;

(B) restrict or regulate the use, resale, or redissemination of public information by the public;

(C) charge fees or royalties for resale or redissemination of public information; or

(D) establish user fees for public information that exceed the cost of dissemination.

(e) With respect to statistical policy and coordination, each agency shall—

(1) ensure the relevance, accuracy, timeliness, integrity, and objectivity of information collected or created for statistical purposes;

(2) inform respondents fully and accurately about the sponsors, purposes, and uses of statistical surveys and studies;

(3) protect respondents’ privacy and ensure that disclosure policies fully honor pledges of confidentiality;

(4) observe Federal standards and practices for data collection, analysis, documentation, sharing, and dissemination of information;

(5) ensure the timely publication of the results of statistical surveys and studies, including information about the quality and limitations of the surveys and studies; and

(6) make data available to statistical agencies and readily accessible to the public.

(f) With respect to records management, each agency shall implement and enforce applicable policies and procedures, including requirements for archiving information maintained in electronic format, particularly in the planning, design and operation of information systems.

(g) With respect to privacy and security, each agency shall—

(1) implement and enforce applicable policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines on privacy, confidentiality, security, disclosure and sharing of information collected or maintained by or for the agency; and

(2) assume responsibility and accountability for compliance with and coordinated management of sections 552 and 552a of title 5, subchapter II of this chapter, and related information management laws.

(h) With respect to Federal information technology, each agency shall—

(1) implement and enforce applicable Governmentwide and agency information technology management policies, principles, standards, and guidelines;

(2) assume responsibility and accountability for information technology investments;

(3) promote the use of information technology by the agency to improve the productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness of agency programs, including the reduction of information collection burdens on the public and improved dissemination of public information;

(4) propose changes in legislation, regulations, and agency procedures to improve information technology practices, including changes that improve the ability of the agency to use technology to reduce burden; and

(5) assume responsibility for maximizing the value and assessing and managing the risks of major information systems initiatives through a process that is—

(A) integrated with budget, financial, and program management decisions; and

(B) used to select, control, and evaluate the results of major information systems initiatives.

(i)(1) In addition to the requirements described in subsection (c), each agency shall, with respect to the collection of information and the control of paperwork, establish 1 point of contact in the agency to act as a liaison between the agency and small business concerns (as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)).

(2) Each point of contact described under paragraph (1) shall be established not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 171; amended Pub. L. 104–106, div. E, title LI, §5125(a), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 684; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–198, §2(b), (c), June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 729; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(6), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1302; Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(c)(3), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2273; Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(c)(3), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2961.)

The date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (i)(2), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 107–198, which was approved June 28, 2002.

A prior section 3506, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2819; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §816], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–338, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §816], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–338, related to Federal agency responsibilities prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3506, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1303, provided for determination of necessity for information and hearing thereon, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3508 of this title.

2002—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 107–198, §2(c), added par. (4).

Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(3)(A), and Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(3)(A), amended par. (1) identically, inserting “and” at end.

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(3)(B), and Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(3)(B), amended par. (2) identically, substituting “subchapter II of this chapter” for “section 11332 of title 40” and a period for “; and” at end.

Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(6)(A), substituted “section 11332 of title 40” for “the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 107–296, §1005(c)(3)(C), and Pub. L. 107–347, §305(c)(3)(C), amended subsec. (g) identically, striking out par. (3) which read as follows: “consistent with section 11332 of title 40, identify and afford security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the loss, misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification of information collected or maintained by or on behalf of an agency.”

Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(6)(B), substituted “section 11332 of title 40” for “the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 107–198, §2(b), added subsec. (i).

2000—Subsecs. (a)(1) to (3), (b)(4), (c)(1). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” wherever appearing.

1996—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–106, §5125(a)(1)(A), substituted “Chief Information Officer” for “senior official”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 104–106, §5125(a)(1)(B), substituted “designate Chief Information Officers” for “designate senior officials”, “Chief Information Officer” for “official”, and “the Chief Information Officers” for “the officials”.

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 104–106, §5125(a)(1)(C), substituted “Chief Information Officer” for “senior official” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104–106, §5125(a)(2), substituted “Chief Information Officer” for “official” in introductory provisions.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–296 effective 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective 180 days after Feb. 10, 1996, see section 5701 of Pub. L. 104–106, Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 702.

Ex. Ord. No. 13073, Feb. 4, 1998, 63 F.R. 6467, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13127, June 14, 1999, 64 F.R. 32793, provided:

The American people expect reliable service from their Government and deserve the confidence that critical government functions dependent on electronic systems will be performed accurately and in a timely manner. Because of a design feature in many electronic systems, a large number of activities in the public and private sectors could be at risk beginning in the year 2000. Some computer systems and other electronic devices will misinterpret the year “00” as 1900, rather than 2000. Unless appropriate action is taken, this flaw, known as the “Y2K problem,” can cause systems that support those functions to compute erroneously or simply not run. Minimizing the Y2K problem will require a major technological and managerial effort, and it is critical that the United States Government do its part in addressing this challenge.

Accordingly, by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:

*Policy*. (a) It shall be the policy of the executive branch that agencies shall:

(1) assure that no critical Federal program experiences disruption because of the Y2K problem;

(2) assist and cooperate with State, local, and tribal governments to address the Y2K problem where those governments depend on Federal information or information technology or the Federal Government is dependent on those governments to perform critical missions;

(3) cooperate with the private sector operators of critical national and local systems, including the banking and financial system, the telecommunications system, the public health system, the transportation system, and the electric power generation system, in addressing the Y2K problem; and

(4) communicate with their foreign counterparts to raise awareness of and generate cooperative international arrangements to address the Y2K problem.

(b) As used in this order, “agency” and “agencies” refer to Federal agencies that are not in the judicial or legislative branches.

*Year 2000 Conversion Council*. There is hereby established the President's Council on Year 2000 Conversion (the “Council”).

(a) The Council shall be led by a Chair who shall be an Assistant to the President, and it shall be composed of one representative from each of the executive departments and from such other Federal agencies as may be determined by the Chair of the Council (the “Chair”).

(b) The Chair shall appoint a Vice Chair and assign other responsibilities for operations of the council as he or she deems necessary.

(c) The Chair shall oversee the activities of agencies to assure that their systems operate smoothly through the year 2000, act as chief spokesperson on this issue for the executive branch in national and international fora, provide policy coordination of executive branch activities with State, local, and tribal governments on the Y2K problem, and promote appropriate Federal roles with respect to private sector activities in this area.

(d) The Chair and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall report jointly at least quarterly to me on the progress of agencies in addressing the Y2K problem.

(e) The Chair shall identify such resources from agencies as the Chair deems necessary for the implementation of the policies set out in this order, consistent with applicable law.

*Responsibilities of Agency Heads*. (a) The head of each agency shall:

(1) assure that efforts to address the Y2K problem receive the highest priority attention in the agency and that the policies established in this order are carried out; and

(2) cooperate to the fullest extent with the Chair by making available such information, support, and assistance, including personnel, as the Chair may request to support the accomplishment of the tasks assigned herein, consistent with applicable law.

(b) The heads of executive departments and the agencies designated by the Chair under section 2(a) of this order shall identify a responsible official to represent the head of the executive department or agency on the Council with sufficient authority and experience to commit agency resources to address the Y2K problem.

*Responsibilities of Interagency and Executive Office Councils*. Interagency councils and councils within the Executive Office of the President, including the President's Management Council, the Chief Information Officers Council, the Chief Financial Officers Council, the President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency, the Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency, the National Science and Technology Council, the National Performance Review, the National Economic Council, the Domestic Policy Council, and the National Security Council shall provide assistance and support to the Chair upon the Chair's request.

*Information Coordination Center*. (a) To assist the Chair in the Y2K response duties included under section 2(c) of this order, there shall be established the Information Coordination Center (ICC) in the General Services Administration.

(b) At the direction of the Chair, the ICC will assist in making preparations for information sharing and coordination within the Federal Government and key components of the public and private sectors, coordinating agency assessments of Y2K emergencies that could have an adverse affect on U.S. interests at home and abroad, and, if necessary, assisting Federal agencies and the Chair in reconstitution processes where appropriate.

(c) The ICC will:

(1) consist of officials from executive agencies, designated by agency heads under subsection 3(a)(2) of this order, who have expertise in important management and technical areas, computer hardware, software or security systems, reconstitution and recovery, and of additional personnel hired directly or by contract, as required, to carry out the duties described under section 5 of this order;

(2) work with the Council and the Office of Management and Budget to assure that Federal efforts to restore critical systems are coordinated with efforts managed by Federal agencies acting under existing emergency response authorities.

(d) The Chair of the President's Council on Year 2000 Conversion shall designate a Director of the ICC.

*Judicial Review*. This Executive order is intended only to improve the internal management of the executive branch and does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity by a party against the United States, its agencies, or instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or any other person.

William J. Clinton.

This section is referred to in sections 3505, 3507, 3520, 3534, 3544, 3603 of this title; title 10 section 2223; title 38 sections 308, 310; title 40 sections 11312, 11313, 11317; title 42 section 14953 of this title.

(a) An agency shall not conduct or sponsor the collection of information unless in advance of the adoption or revision of the collection of information—

(1) the agency has—

(A) conducted the review established under section 3506(c)(1);

(B) evaluated the public comments received under section 3506(c)(2);

(C) submitted to the Director the certification required under section 3506(c)(3), the proposed collection of information, copies of pertinent statutory authority, regulations, and other related materials as the Director may specify; and

(D) published a notice in the Federal Register—

(i) stating that the agency has made such submission; and

(ii) setting forth—

(I) a title for the collection of information;

(II) a summary of the collection of information;

(III) a brief description of the need for the information and the proposed use of the information;

(IV) a description of the likely respondents and proposed frequency of response to the collection of information;

(V) an estimate of the burden that shall result from the collection of information; and

(VI) notice that comments may be submitted to the agency and Director;

(2) the Director has approved the proposed collection of information or approval has been inferred, under the provisions of this section; and

(3) the agency has obtained from the Director a control number to be displayed upon the collection of information.

(b) The Director shall provide at least 30 days for public comment prior to making a decision under subsection (c), (d), or (h), except as provided under subsection (j).

(c)(1) For any proposed collection of information not contained in a proposed rule, the Director shall notify the agency involved of the decision to approve or disapprove the proposed collection of information.

(2) The Director shall provide the notification under paragraph (1), within 60 days after receipt or publication of the notice under subsection (a)(1)(D), whichever is later.

(3) If the Director does not notify the agency of a denial or approval within the 60-day period described under paragraph (2)—

(A) the approval may be inferred;

(B) a control number shall be assigned without further delay; and

(C) the agency may collect the information for not more than 1 year.

(d)(1) For any proposed collection of information contained in a proposed rule—

(A) as soon as practicable, but no later than the date of publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register, each agency shall forward to the Director a copy of any proposed rule which contains a collection of information and any information requested by the Director necessary to make the determination required under this subsection; and

(B) within 60 days after the notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the Federal Register, the Director may file public comments pursuant to the standards set forth in section 3508 on the collection of information contained in the proposed rule;

(2) When a final rule is published in the Federal Register, the agency shall explain—

(A) how any collection of information contained in the final rule responds to the comments, if any, filed by the Director or the public; or

(B) the reasons such comments were rejected.

(3) If the Director has received notice and failed to comment on an agency rule within 60 days after the notice of proposed rulemaking, the Director may not disapprove any collection of information specifically contained in an agency rule.

(4) No provision in this section shall be construed to prevent the Director, in the Director's discretion—

(A) from disapproving any collection of information which was not specifically required by an agency rule;

(B) from disapproving any collection of information contained in an agency rule, if the agency failed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (1) of this subsection;

(C) from disapproving any collection of information contained in a final agency rule, if the Director finds within 60 days after the publication of the final rule that the agency's response to the Director's comments filed under paragraph (2) of this subsection was unreasonable; or

(D) from disapproving any collection of information contained in a final rule, if—

(i) the Director determines that the agency has substantially modified in the final rule the collection of information contained in the proposed rule; and

(ii) the agency has not given the Director the information required under paragraph (1) with respect to the modified collection of information, at least 60 days before the issuance of the final rule.

(5) This subsection shall apply only when an agency publishes a notice of proposed rulemaking and requests public comments.

(6) The decision by the Director to approve or not act upon a collection of information contained in an agency rule shall not be subject to judicial review.

(e)(1) Any decision by the Director under subsection (c), (d), (h), or (j) to disapprove a collection of information, or to instruct the agency to make substantive or material change to a collection of information, shall be publicly available and include an explanation of the reasons for such decision.

(2) Any written communication between the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, or any employee of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, and an agency or person not employed by the Federal Government concerning a proposed collection of information shall be made available to the public.

(3) This subsection shall not require the disclosure of—

(A) any information which is protected at all times by procedures established for information which has been specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order or an Act of Congress to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy; or

(B) any communication relating to a collection of information which is not approved under this subchapter, the disclosure of which could lead to retaliation or discrimination against the communicator.

(f)(1) An independent regulatory agency which is administered by 2 or more members of a commission, board, or similar body, may by majority vote void—

(A) any disapproval by the Director, in whole or in part, of a proposed collection of information of that agency; or

(B) an exercise of authority under subsection (d) of section 3507 concerning that agency.

(2) The agency shall certify each vote to void such disapproval or exercise to the Director, and explain the reasons for such vote. The Director shall without further delay assign a control number to such collection of information, and such vote to void the disapproval or exercise shall be valid for a period of 3 years.

(g) The Director may not approve a collection of information for a period in excess of 3 years.

(h)(1) If an agency decides to seek extension of the Director's approval granted for a currently approved collection of information, the agency shall—

(A) conduct the review established under section 3506(c), including the seeking of comment from the public on the continued need for, and burden imposed by the collection of information; and

(B) after having made a reasonable effort to seek public comment, but no later than 60 days before the expiration date of the control number assigned by the Director for the currently approved collection of information, submit the collection of information for review and approval under this section, which shall include an explanation of how the agency has used the information that it has collected.

(2) If under the provisions of this section, the Director disapproves a collection of information contained in an existing rule, or recommends or instructs the agency to make a substantive or material change to a collection of information contained in an existing rule, the Director shall—

(A) publish an explanation thereof in the Federal Register; and

(B) instruct the agency to undertake a rulemaking within a reasonable time limited to consideration of changes to the collection of information contained in the rule and thereafter to submit the collection of information for approval or disapproval under this subchapter.

(3) An agency may not make a substantive or material modification to a collection of information after such collection has been approved by the Director, unless the modification has been submitted to the Director for review and approval under this subchapter.

(i)(1) If the Director finds that a senior official of an agency designated under section 3506(a) is sufficiently independent of program responsibility to evaluate fairly whether proposed collections of information should be approved and has sufficient resources to carry out this responsibility effectively, the Director may, by rule in accordance with the notice and comment provisions of chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code, delegate to such official the authority to approve proposed collections of information in specific program areas, for specific purposes, or for all agency purposes.

(2) A delegation by the Director under this section shall not preclude the Director from reviewing individual collections of information if the Director determines that circumstances warrant such a review. The Director shall retain authority to revoke such delegations, both in general and with regard to any specific matter. In acting for the Director, any official to whom approval authority has been delegated under this section shall comply fully with the rules and regulations promulgated by the Director.

(j)(1) The agency head may request the Director to authorize a collection of information, if an agency head determines that—

(A) a collection of information—

(i) is needed prior to the expiration of time periods established under this subchapter; and

(ii) is essential to the mission of the agency; and

(B) the agency cannot reasonably comply with the provisions of this subchapter because—

(i) public harm is reasonably likely to result if normal clearance procedures are followed;

(ii) an unanticipated event has occurred; or

(iii) the use of normal clearance procedures is reasonably likely to prevent or disrupt the collection of information or is reasonably likely to cause a statutory or court ordered deadline to be missed.

(2) The Director shall approve or disapprove any such authorization request within the time requested by the agency head and, if approved, shall assign the collection of information a control number. Any collection of information conducted under this subsection may be conducted without compliance with the provisions of this subchapter for a maximum of 180 days after the date on which the Director received the request to authorize such collection.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 176; amended Pub. L. 104–106, div. E, title LVI, §5605(d), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 700; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3507, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2819; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §817], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–338, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §817], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–338, related to submission to Director of public information collection request for an approval or delegation to a senior official of an agency prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3507, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1304, provided for cooperation of agencies in making information available, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3510(a) of this title.

2000—Subsecs. (e)(3)(B), (h), (j). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” wherever appearing.

1996—Subsec. (j)(2). Pub. L. 104–106 substituted “180 days” for “90 days”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective 180 days after Feb. 10, 1996, see section 5701 of Pub. L. 104–106, Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 702.

This section is referred to in sections 3506, 3509 of this title; title 42 sections 242k, 14953.

Before approving a proposed collection of information, the Director shall determine whether the collection of information by the agency is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility. Before making a determination the Director may give the agency and other interested persons an opportunity to be heard or to submit statements in writing. To the extent, if any, that the Director determines that the collection of information by an agency is unnecessary for any reason, the agency may not engage in the collection of information.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 179.)

A prior section 3508, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2821, related to determination of whether collection of information is necessary for proper performance of functions of agency prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3508, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1304, related to unlawful disclosure of information, penalties, and release of information to other agencies, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3510(b) of this title.

This section is referred to in section 3507 of this title.

The Director may designate a central collection agency to obtain information for two or more agencies if the Director determines that the needs of such agencies for information will be adequately served by a single collection agency, and such sharing of data is not inconsistent with applicable law. In such cases the Director shall prescribe (with reference to the collection of information) the duties and functions of the collection agency so designated and of the agencies for which it is to act as agent (including reimbursement for costs). While the designation is in effect, an agency covered by the designation may not obtain for itself information for the agency which is the duty of the collection agency to obtain. The Director may modify the designation from time to time as circumstances require. The authority to designate under this section is subject to the provisions of section 3507(f) of this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 180; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3509, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2821, related to designation of central collection agency prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3509, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1304, related to plans or forms for collecting information, submission to Director, and his approval, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

This section is referred to in title 42 section 242k.

(a) The Director may direct an agency to make available to another agency, or an agency may make available to another agency, information obtained by a collection of information if the disclosure is not inconsistent with applicable law.

(b)(1) If information obtained by an agency is released by that agency to another agency, all the provisions of law (including penalties) that relate to the unlawful disclosure of information apply to the officers and employees of the agency to which information is released to the same extent and in the same manner as the provisions apply to the officers and employees of the agency which originally obtained the information.

(2) The officers and employees of the agency to which the information is released, in addition, shall be subject to the same provisions of law, including penalties, relating to the unlawful disclosure of information as if the information had been collected directly by that agency.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 180.)

A prior section 3510, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2822, related to cooperation of agencies in making information available prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3510, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, authorized promulgation of rules and regulations, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511. See section 3516 of this title.

(a) In order to assist agencies and the public in locating information and to promote information sharing and equitable access by the public, the Director shall—

(1) cause to be established and maintained a distributed agency-based electronic Government Information Locator Service (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Service”), which shall identify the major information systems, holdings, and dissemination products of each agency;

(2) require each agency to establish and maintain an agency information locator service as a component of, and to support the establishment and operation of the Service;

(3) in cooperation with the Archivist of the United States, the Administrator of General Services, the Public Printer, and the Librarian of Congress, establish an interagency committee to advise the Secretary of Commerce on the development of technical standards for the Service to ensure compatibility, promote information sharing, and uniform access by the public;

(4) consider public access and other user needs in the establishment and operation of the Service;

(5) ensure the security and integrity of the Service, including measures to ensure that only information which is intended to be disclosed to the public is disclosed through the Service; and

(6) periodically review the development and effectiveness of the Service and make recommendations for improvement, including other mechanisms for improving public access to Federal agency public information.

(b) This section shall not apply to operational files as defined by the Central Intelligence Agency Information Act (50 U.S.C. 431 et seq.).

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 180.)

The Central Intelligence Agency Information Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 98–477, Oct. 15, 1984, 98 Stat. 2209, which is classified principally to subchapter V (§431 et seq.) of chapter 15 of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1984 Amendment note set out under section 401 of Title 50 and Tables.

A prior section 3511, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2822; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §818], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–339, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §818], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–339, related to establishment and operation of a Federal Information Locator System prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3511, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided for penalty for failure to furnish information, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511.

This section is referred to in section 3506 of this title.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that is subject to this subchapter if—

(1) the collection of information does not display a valid control number assigned by the Director in accordance with this subchapter; or

(2) the agency fails to inform the person who is to respond to the collection of information that such person is not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a valid control number.

(b) The protection provided by this section may be raised in the form of a complete defense, bar, or otherwise at any time during the agency administrative process or judicial action applicable thereto.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 181; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3512, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2822, related to protection of persons failing to maintain or provide information if information collection request did not display current control number prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

Another prior section 3512, added Pub. L. 93–153, title IV, §409(b), Nov. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 593, related to information for independent regulatory agencies, prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 96–511.

2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in introductory provisions and par. (1).

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

This section is referred to in title 15 section 57b–2; title 31 section 3811; title 42 section 14953.

(a) In consultation with the Administrator of General Services, the Archivist of the United States, the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, and the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, the Director shall periodically review selected agency information resources management activities to ascertain the efficiency and effectiveness of such activities to improve agency performance and the accomplishment of agency missions.

(b) Each agency having an activity reviewed under subsection (a) shall, within 60 days after receipt of a report on the review, provide a written plan to the Director describing steps (including milestones) to—

(1) be taken to address information resources management problems identified in the report; and

(2) improve agency performance and the accomplishment of agency missions.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 181.)

A prior section 3513, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2822; amended Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(27), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2291, related to periodic review of agency activities by Director and report of review and agency response to it prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

(a)(1) The Director shall—

(A) keep the Congress and congressional committees fully and currently informed of the major activities under this subchapter; and

(B) submit a report on such activities to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives annually and at such other times as the Director determines necessary.

(2) The Director shall include in any such report a description of the extent to which agencies have—

(A) reduced information collection burdens on the public, including—

(i) a summary of accomplishments and planned initiatives to reduce collection of information burdens;

(ii) a list of all violations of this subchapter and of any rules, guidelines, policies, and procedures issued pursuant to this subchapter;

(iii) a list of any increase in the collection of information burden, including the authority for each such collection; and

(iv) a list of agencies that in the preceding year did not reduce information collection burdens in accordance with section 3505(a)(1), a list of the programs and statutory responsibilities of those agencies that precluded that reduction, and recommendations to assist those agencies to reduce information collection burdens in accordance with that section;

(B) improved the quality and utility of statistical information;

(C) improved public access to Government information; and

(D) improved program performance and the accomplishment of agency missions through information resources management.

(b) The preparation of any report required by this section shall be based on performance results reported by the agencies and shall not increase the collection of information burden on persons outside the Federal Government.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 181; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3514, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2823, and Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §819], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–339, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §819], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–339, related to requirement that Director keep Congress fully informed prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

2000—Subsec. (a)(1)(A), (2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” wherever appearing.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which the 8th item on page 41 identifies an annual reporting requirement which, as subsequently amended, is contained in subsec. (a) of this section), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

Upon the request of the Director, each agency (other than an independent regulatory agency) shall, to the extent practicable, make its services, personnel, and facilities available to the Director for the performance of functions under this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 182; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3515, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2824, related to availability of agency services, personnel, and facilities prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

The Director shall promulgate rules, regulations, or procedures necessary to exercise the authority provided by this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 182; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3516, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2824, related to rules and regulations prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(3) [title V, §515], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–153, provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(1) apply to the sharing by Federal agencies of, and access to, information disseminated by Federal agencies; and

“(2) require that each Federal agency to which the guidelines apply—

“(A) issue guidelines ensuring and maximizing the quality, objectivity, utility, and integrity of information (including statistical information) disseminated by the agency, by not later than 1 year after the date of issuance of the guidelines under subsection (a);

“(B) establish administrative mechanisms allowing affected persons to seek and obtain correction of information maintained and disseminated by the agency that does not comply with the guidelines issued under subsection (a); and

“(C) report periodically to the Director—

“(i) the number and nature of complaints received by the agency regarding the accuracy of information disseminated by the agency; and

“(ii) how such complaints were handled by the agency.”

(a) In developing information resources management policies, plans, rules, regulations, procedures, and guidelines and in reviewing collections of information, the Director shall provide interested agencies and persons early and meaningful opportunity to comment.

(b) Any person may request the Director to review any collection of information conducted by or for an agency to determine, if, under this subchapter, a person shall maintain, provide, or disclose the information to or for the agency. Unless the request is frivolous, the Director shall, in coordination with the agency responsible for the collection of information—

(1) respond to the request within 60 days after receiving the request, unless such period is extended by the Director to a specified date and the person making the request is given notice of such extension; and

(2) take appropriate remedial action, if necessary.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 182; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275.)

A prior section 3517, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2824, related to consultation with other agencies and the public prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in introductory provisions.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the authority of an agency under any other law to prescribe policies, rules, regulations, and procedures for Federal information resources management activities is subject to the authority of the Director under this subchapter.

(b) Nothing in this subchapter shall be deemed to affect or reduce the authority of the Secretary of Commerce or the Director of the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1977 (as amended) and Executive order, relating to telecommunications and information policy, procurement and management of telecommunications and information systems, spectrum use, and related matters.

(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), this subchapter shall not apply to the collection of information—

(A) during the conduct of a Federal criminal investigation or prosecution, or during the disposition of a particular criminal matter;

(B) during the conduct of—

(i) a civil action to which the United States or any official or agency thereof is a party; or

(ii) an administrative action or investigation involving an agency against specific individuals or entities;

(C) by compulsory process pursuant to the Antitrust Civil Process Act and section 13 of the Federal Trade Commission Improvements Act of 1980; or

(D) during the conduct of intelligence activities as defined in section 3.4(e) of Executive Order No. 12333, issued December 4, 1981, or successor orders, or during the conduct of cryptologic activities that are communications security activities.

(2) This subchapter applies to the collection of information during the conduct of general investigations (other than information collected in an antitrust investigation to the extent provided in subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1)) undertaken with reference to a category of individuals or entities such as a class of licensees or an entire industry.

(d) Nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted as increasing or decreasing the authority conferred by sections 11331 and 11332 1 of title 40 on the Secretary of Commerce or the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.

(e) Nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted as increasing or decreasing the authority of the President, the Office of Management and Budget or the Director thereof, under the laws of the United States, with respect to the substantive policies and programs of departments, agencies and offices, including the substantive authority of any Federal agency to enforce the civil rights laws.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 183; amended Pub. L. 104–106, div. E, title LI, §5131(e)(2), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 688; Pub. L. 105–85, div. A, title X, §1073(h)(5)(C), Nov. 18, 1997, 111 Stat. 1907; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(*l*)(7), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1302.)

Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1977, referred to in subsec. (b), is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Executive order, referred to in subsec. (b), probably means Ex. Ord. No. 12046, Mar. 27, 1978, 43 F.R. 13349, which is set out as a note under section 305 of Title 47, Telegraphs, Telephones, and Radiotelegraphs.

The Antitrust Civil Process Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(C), is Pub. L. 87–664, Sept. 19, 1962, 76 Stat. 548, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 34 (§1311 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1311 of Title 15 and Tables.

Section 13 of the Federal Trade Commission Improvements Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(C), is classified to section 57b–1 of Title 15.

Executive Order No. 12333, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(D), is Ex. Ord. No. 12333, Dec. 4, 1981, 46 F.R. 59941, which is set out as a note under section 401 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

Section 11332 of title 40, referred to in subsec. (d), was repealed by Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(a)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272, and Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2960.

The civil rights laws, referred to in subsec. (e), are classified generally to chapter 21 (§1981 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

A prior section 3518, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2824, related to the effect on existing laws and regulations prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

2002—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted “sections 11331 and 11332 of title 40” for “section 5131 of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441) and the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note)”.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” wherever appearing.

1997—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–85 substituted “Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 1441)” for “Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996”.

1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–106 substituted “section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996 and the Computer Security Act of 1987 (40 U.S.C. 759 note) on the Secretary of Commerce or” for “Public Law 89–306 on the Administrator of the General Services Administration, the Secretary of Commerce, or”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective 180 days after Feb. 10, 1996, see section 5701 of Pub. L. 104–106, Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 702.

This section is referred to in section 3502 of this title; title 5 section 601.

1 See References in Text note below.

Under the conditions and procedures prescribed in section 716 of title 31, the Director and personnel in the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs shall furnish such information as the Comptroller General may require for the discharge of the responsibilities of the Comptroller General. For the purpose of obtaining such information, the Comptroller General or representatives thereof shall have access to all books, documents, papers and records, regardless of form or format, of the Office.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 183.)

A prior section 3519, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825; amended Pub. L. 97–258, §3(m)(3), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1066, related to access to information prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

(a) There is established a task force to study the feasibility of streamlining requirements with respect to small business concerns regarding collection of information and strengthening dissemination of information (in this section referred to as the “task force”).

(b)(1) The Director shall determine—

(A) subject to the minimum requirements under paragraph (2), the number of representatives to be designated under each subparagraph of that paragraph; and

(B) the agencies to be represented under paragraph (2)(K).

(2) After all determinations are made under paragraph (1), the members of the task force shall be designated by the head of each applicable department or agency, and include—

(A) 1 representative of the Director, who shall convene and chair the task force;

(B) not less than 2 representatives of the Department of Labor, including 1 representative of the Bureau of Labor Statistics and 1 representative of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration;

(C) not less than 1 representative of the Environmental Protection Agency;

(D) not less than 1 representative of the Department of Transportation;

(E) not less than 1 representative of the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business Administration;

(F) not less than 1 representative of the Internal Revenue Service;

(G) not less than 2 representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services, including 1 representative of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services;

(H) not less than 1 representative of the Department of Agriculture;

(I) not less than 1 representative of the Department of the Interior;

(J) not less than 1 representative of the General Services Administration; and

(K) not less than 1 representative of each of 2 agencies not represented by representatives described under subparagraphs (A) through (J).

(c) The task force shall—

(1) identify ways to integrate the collection of information across Federal agencies and programs and examine the feasibility and desirability of requiring each agency to consolidate requirements regarding collections of information with respect to small business concerns within and across agencies, without negatively impacting the effectiveness of underlying laws and regulations regarding such collections of information, in order that each small business concern may submit all information required by the agency—

(A) to 1 point of contact in the agency;

(B) in a single format, such as a single electronic reporting system, with respect to the agency; and

(C) with synchronized reporting for information submissions having the same frequency, such as synchronized quarterly, semiannual, and annual reporting dates;

(2) examine the feasibility and benefits to small businesses of publishing a list by the Director of the collections of information applicable to small business concerns (as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)), organized—

(A) by North American Industry Classification System code;

(B) by industrial sector description; or

(C) in another manner by which small business concerns can more easily identify requirements with which those small business concerns are expected to comply;

(3) examine the savings, including cost savings, and develop recommendations for implementing—

(A) systems for electronic submissions of information to the Federal Government; and

(B) interactive reporting systems, including components that provide immediate feedback to assure that data being submitted—

(i) meet requirements of format; and

(ii) are within the range of acceptable options for each data field;

(4) make recommendations to improve the electronic dissemination of information collected under Federal requirements;

(5) recommend a plan for the development of an interactive Governmentwide system, available through the Internet, to allow each small business to—

(A) better understand which Federal requirements regarding collection of information (and, when possible, which other Federal regulatory requirements) apply to that particular business; and

(B) more easily comply with those Federal requirements; and

(6) in carrying out this section, consider opportunities for the coordination—

(A) of Federal and State reporting requirements; and

(B) among the points of contact described under section 3506(i), such as to enable agencies to provide small business concerns with contacts for information collection requirements for other agencies.

(d) The task force shall—

(1) by publication in the Federal Register, provide notice and an opportunity for public comment on each report in draft form; and

(2) make provision in each report for the inclusion of—

(A) any additional or dissenting views of task force members; and

(B) a summary of significant public comments.

(e) Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, the task force shall submit a report of its findings under subsection (c) (1), (2), and (3) to—

(1) the Director;

(2) the chairpersons and ranking minority members of—

(A) the Committee on Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate; and

(B) the Committee on Government Reform and the Committee on Small Business of the House of Representatives; and

(3) the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman designated under section 30(b) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 657(b)).

(f) Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, the task force shall submit a report of its findings under subsection (c) (4) and (5) to—

(1) the Director;

(2) the chairpersons and ranking minority members of—

(A) the Committee on Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate; and

(B) the Committee on Government Reform and the Committee on Small Business of the House of Representatives; and

(3) the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman designated under section 30(b) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 657(b)).

(g) The task force shall terminate after completion of its work.

(h) In this section, the term “small business concern” has the meaning given under section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).

(Added Pub. L. 107–198, §3(a)(2), June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 730.)

The date of enactment of the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, referred to in subsecs. (e) and (f), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 107–198, which was approved June 28, 2002.

A prior section 3520 was renumbered section 3521 of this title.

Another prior section 3520, added Pub. L. 96–511, §2(a), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §820], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–340, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §820], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–340, related to authorization of appropriations prior to the general amendment of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–13.

There are authorized to be appropriated to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs to carry out the provisions of this subchapter, and for no other purpose, $8,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001.

(Added Pub. L. 104–13, §2, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 184, §3520; amended Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1064(b)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275; renumbered §3521, Pub. L. 107–198, §3(a)(1), June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 730.)

2002—Pub. L. 107–198 renumbered section 3520 of this title as this section.

2000—Pub. L. 106–398 substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–398 effective 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, see section 1 [[div. A], title X, §1065] of Pub. L. 106–398, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3531 of this title.

Section effective May 22, 1995, see section 4 of Pub. L. 104–13, set out as a note under section 3501 of this title.

This subchapter not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

2002—Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259, reenacted subchapter heading without change.

This subchapter is referred to in sections 3504, 3506, 3549 of this title; title 10 section 2224a.

The purposes of this subchapter are to—

(1) provide a comprehensive framework for ensuring the effectiveness of information security controls over information resources that support Federal operations and assets;

(2) recognize the highly networked nature of the current Federal computing environment and provide effective governmentwide management and oversight of the related information security risks, including coordination of information security efforts throughout the civilian, national security, and law enforcement communities;

(3) provide for development and maintenance of minimum controls required to protect Federal information and information systems;

(4) provide a mechanism for improved oversight of Federal agency information security programs;

(5) acknowledge that commercially developed information security products offer advanced, dynamic, robust, and effective information security solutions, reflecting market solutions for the protection of critical information infrastructures important to the national defense and economic security of the nation that are designed, built, and operated by the private sector; and

(6) recognize that the selection of specific technical hardware and software information security solutions should be left to individual agencies from among commercially developed products.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

A prior section 3531, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–266, set forth purposes of this subchapter prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

Subchapter effective 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1065], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–275, which provided that subtitle G (§§1061–1065) of title X of [div. A] of H.R. 5408, as enacted by section 1 of Pub. L. 106–398, enacting this subchapter, amending sections 3501 to 3507, 3509, 3512, 3514 to 3518, and 3520 of this title, and section 2224 of Title 10, Armed Forces, and enacting provisions formerly set out as a note below , would take effect 30 days after Oct. 30, 2000, was repealed by Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(b), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272.

Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1062], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–272, which set forth responsibilities of Department of Commerce, Department of Defense, Intelligence Community, Department of Justice, General Services Administration, and Office of Personnel Management relating to development, issuance, review, and updating of information security policies, principles, standards, and guidelines, including assessment of training and personnel needs, was repealed by Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1005(b), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2272, and Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §305(b), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2960.

(a)

(b)

(1) the term “information security” means protecting information and information systems from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction in order to provide—

(A) integrity, which means guarding against improper information modification or destruction, and includes ensuring information nonrepudiation and authenticity;

(B) confidentiality, which means preserving authorized restrictions on access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary information;

(C) availability, which means ensuring timely and reliable access to and use of information; and

(D) authentication, which means utilizing digital credentials to assure the identity of users and validate their access;

(2) the term “national security system” means any information system (including any telecommunications system) used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency, or other organization on behalf of an agency, the function, operation, or use of which—

(A) involves intelligence activities;

(B) involves cryptologic activities related to national security;

(C) involves command and control of military forces;

(D) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or

(E) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions provided that this definition does not apply to a system that is used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications);

(3) the term “information technology” has the meaning given that term in section 11101 of title 40; and

(4) the term “information system” means any equipment or interconnected system or subsystems of equipment that is used in the automatic acquisition, storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission, or reception of data or information, and includes—

(A) computers and computer networks;

(B) ancillary equipment;

(C) software, firmware, and related procedures;

(D) services, including support services; and

(E) related resources.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2260.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

A prior section 3532, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–266, related to definitions applicable to this subchapter prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

This section is referred to in title 6 section 511; title 15 section 278g–3.

(a) The Director shall oversee agency information security policies and practices, by—

(1) promulgating information security standards under section 11331 of title 40;

(2) overseeing the implementation of policies, principles, standards, and guidelines on information security;

(3) requiring agencies, consistent with the standards promulgated under such section 11331 and the requirements of this subchapter, to identify and provide information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of—

(A) information collected or maintained by or on behalf of an agency; or

(B) information systems used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency or other organization on behalf of an agency;

(4) coordinating the development of standards and guidelines under section 20 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) with agencies and offices operating or exercising control of national security systems (including the National Security Agency) to assure, to the maximum extent feasible, that such standards and guidelines are complementary with standards and guidelines developed for national security systems;

(5) overseeing agency compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including through any authorized action under section 11303(b)(5) of title 40, to enforce accountability for compliance with such requirements;

(6) reviewing at least annually, and approving or disapproving, agency information security programs required under section 3534(b);

(7) coordinating information security policies and procedures with related information resources management policies and procedures; and

(8) reporting to Congress no later than March 1 of each year on agency compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including—

(A) a summary of the findings of evaluations required by section 3535;

(B) significant deficiencies in agency information security practices;

(C) planned remedial action to address such deficiencies; and

(D) a summary of, and the views of the Director on, the report prepared by the National Institute of Standards and Technology under section 20(d)(9) of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3).

(b) Except for the authorities described in paragraphs (4) and (7) of subsection (a), the authorities of the Director under this section shall not apply to national security systems.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2261.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

A prior section 3533, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–266, set forth authority and functions of the Director prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

This section is referred to in sections 3534, 3535 of this title.

(a) The head of each agency shall—

(1) be responsible for—

(A) providing information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of—

(i) information collected or maintained by or on behalf of the agency; and

(ii) information systems used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency or other organization on behalf of an agency;

(B) complying with the requirements of this subchapter and related policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines, including—

(i) information security standards promulgated by the Director under section 11331 of title 40; and

(ii) information security standards and guidelines for national security systems issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President; and

(C) ensuring that information security management processes are integrated with agency strategic and operational planning processes;

(2) ensure that senior agency officials provide information security for the information and information systems that support the operations and assets under their control, including through—

(A) assessing the risk and magnitude of the harm that could result from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of such information or information systems;

(B) determining the levels of information security appropriate to protect such information and information systems in accordance with standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40 for information security classifications and related requirements;

(C) implementing policies and procedures to cost-effectively reduce risks to an acceptable level; and

(D) periodically testing and evaluating information security controls and techniques to ensure that they are effectively implemented;

(3) delegate to the agency Chief Information Officer established under section 3506 (or comparable official in an agency not covered by such section) the authority to ensure compliance with the requirements imposed on the agency under this subchapter, including—

(A) designating a senior agency information security officer who shall—

(i) carry out the Chief Information Officer's responsibilities under this section;

(ii) possess professional qualifications, including training and experience, required to administer the functions described under this section;

(iii) have information security duties as that official's primary duty; and

(iv) head an office with the mission and resources to assist in ensuring agency compliance with this section;

(B) developing and maintaining an agencywide information security program as required by subsection (b);

(C) developing and maintaining information security policies, procedures, and control techniques to address all applicable requirements, including those issued under section 3533 of this title, and section 11331 of title 40;

(D) training and overseeing personnel with significant responsibilities for information security with respect to such responsibilities; and

(E) assisting senior agency officials concerning their responsibilities under paragraph (2);

(4) ensure that the agency has trained personnel sufficient to assist the agency in complying with the requirements of this subchapter and related policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines; and

(5) ensure that the agency Chief Information Officer, in coordination with other senior agency officials, reports annually to the agency head on the effectiveness of the agency information security program, including progress of remedial actions.

(b) Each agency shall develop, document, and implement an agencywide information security program, approved by the Director under section 3533(a)(5), to provide information security for the information and information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency, including those provided or managed by another agency, contractor, or other source, that includes—

(1) periodic assessments of the risk and magnitude of the harm that could result from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information and information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency;

(2) policies and procedures that—

(A) are based on the risk assessments required by paragraph (1);

(B) cost-effectively reduce information security risks to an acceptable level;

(C) ensure that information security is addressed throughout the life cycle of each agency information system; and

(D) ensure compliance with—

(i) the requirements of this subchapter;

(ii) policies and procedures as may be prescribed by the Director, and information security standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40;

(iii) minimally acceptable system configuration requirements, as determined by the agency; and

(iv) any other applicable requirements, including standards and guidelines for national security systems issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President;

(3) subordinate plans for providing adequate information security for networks, facilities, and systems or groups of information systems, as appropriate;

(4) security awareness training to inform personnel, including contractors and other users of information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency, of—

(A) information security risks associated with their activities; and

(B) their responsibilities in complying with agency policies and procedures designed to reduce these risks;

(5) periodic testing and evaluation of the effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices, to be performed with a frequency depending on risk, but no less than annually, of which such testing—

(A) shall include testing of management, operational, and technical controls of every information system identified in the inventory required under section 3505(c); and

(B) may include testing relied on in a 1 evaluation under section 3535;

(6) a process for planning, implementing, evaluating, and documenting remedial action to address any deficiencies in the information security policies, procedures, and practices of the agency;

(7) procedures for detecting, reporting, and responding to security incidents, including—

(A) mitigating risks associated with such incidents before substantial damage is done; and

(B) notifying and consulting with, as appropriate—

(i) law enforcement agencies and relevant Offices of Inspector General;

(ii) an office designated by the President for any incident involving a national security system; and

(iii) any other agency or office, in accordance with law or as directed by the President; and

(8) plans and procedures to ensure continuity of operations for information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency.

(c) Each agency shall—

(1) report annually to the Director, the Committees on Government Reform and Science of the House of Representatives, the Committees on Governmental Affairs and Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate, the appropriate authorization and appropriations committees of Congress, and the Comptroller General on the adequacy and effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices, and compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including compliance with each requirement of subsection (b);

(2) address the adequacy and effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices in plans and reports relating to—

(A) annual agency budgets;

(B) information resources management under subchapter 1 2 of this chapter;

(C) information technology management under subtitle III of title 40;

(D) program performance under sections 1105 and 1115 through 1119 of title 31, and sections 2801 and 2805 of title 39;

(E) financial management under chapter 9 of title 31, and the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 (31 U.S.C. 501 note; Public Law 101–576) (and the amendments made by that Act);

(F) financial management systems under the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act (31 U.S.C. 3512 note); and

(G) internal accounting and administrative controls under section 3512 of title 31, United States Code,3 (known as the “Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act”); and

(3) report any significant deficiency in a policy, procedure, or practice identified under paragraph (1) or (2)—

(A) as a material weakness in reporting under section 3512 of title 31; and

(B) if relating to financial management systems, as an instance of a lack of substantial compliance under the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act (31 U.S.C. 3512 note).

(d)(1) In addition to the requirements of subsection (c), each agency, in consultation with the Director, shall include as part of the performance plan required under section 1115 of title 31 a description of—

(A) the time periods; and

(B) the resources, including budget, staffing, and training,

that are necessary to implement the program required under subsection (b).

(2) The description under paragraph (1) shall be based on the risk assessments required under subsection (b)(2)(1).

(e) Each agency shall provide the public with timely notice and opportunities for comment on proposed information security policies and procedures to the extent that such policies and procedures affect communication with the public.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2262.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

The Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 101–576, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and Tables.

The Federal Financial Management Improvement Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(F), (3)(B), probably means the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title VIII], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–389, which is set out as a note under section 3512 of Title 31, Money and Finance. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

A prior section 3534, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–268, related to Federal agency responsibilities prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

This section is referred to in section 3533 of this title; title 10 section 2224; title 15 section 7406.

1 So in original. Probably should be “an”.

2 So in original. Probably should be “I”.

3 So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

(a)(1) Each year each agency shall have performed an independent evaluation of the information security program and practices of that agency to determine the effectiveness of such program and practices.

(2) Each evaluation by an agency under this section shall include—

(A) testing of the effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices of a representative subset of the agency's information systems;

(B) an assessment (made on the basis of the results of the testing) of compliance with—

(i) the requirements of this subchapter; and

(ii) related information security policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines; and

(C) separate presentations, as appropriate, regarding information security relating to national security systems.

(b) Subject to subsection (c)—

(1) for each agency with an Inspector General appointed under the Inspector General Act of 1978, the annual evaluation required by this section shall be performed by the Inspector General or by an independent external auditor, as determined by the Inspector General of the agency; and

(2) for each agency to which paragraph (1) does not apply, the head of the agency shall engage an independent external auditor to perform the evaluation.

(c) For each agency operating or exercising control of a national security system, that portion of the evaluation required by this section directly relating to a national security system shall be performed—

(1) only by an entity designated by the agency head; and

(2) in such a manner as to ensure appropriate protection for information associated with any information security vulnerability in such system commensurate with the risk and in accordance with all applicable laws.

(d) The evaluation required by this section—

(1) shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards; and

(2) may be based in whole or in part on an audit, evaluation, or report relating to programs or practices of the applicable agency.

(e) Each year, not later than such date established by the Director, the head of each agency shall submit to the Director the results of the evaluation required under this section.

(f) Agencies and evaluators shall take appropriate steps to ensure the protection of information which, if disclosed, may adversely affect information security. Such protections shall be commensurate with the risk and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

(g)(1) The Director shall summarize the results of the evaluations conducted under this section in the report to Congress required under section 3533(a)(8).

(2) The Director's report to Congress under this subsection shall summarize information regarding information security relating to national security systems in such a manner as to ensure appropriate protection for information associated with any information security vulnerability in such system commensurate with the risk and in accordance with all applicable laws.

(3) Evaluations and any other descriptions of information systems under the authority and control of the Director of Central Intelligence or of National Foreign Intelligence Programs systems under the authority and control of the Secretary of Defense shall be made available to Congress only through the appropriate oversight committees of Congress, in accordance with applicable laws.

(h) The Comptroller General shall periodically evaluate and report to Congress on—

(1) the adequacy and effectiveness of agency information security policies and practices; and

(2) implementation of the requirements of this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2265.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

A prior section 3535, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–271, related to annual independent evaluation prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

This section is referred to in sections 3533, 3534 of this title; title 10 section 2224.

The head of each agency operating or exercising control of a national security system shall be responsible for ensuring that the agency—

(1) provides information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of the information contained in such system;

(2) implements information security policies and practices as required by standards and guidelines for national security systems, issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President; and

(3) complies with the requirements of this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2266.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

A prior section 3536, added Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1061], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–272; amended Pub. L. 107–314, div. A, title X, §1052(a), Dec. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 2648, set forth expiration date of this subchapter prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 107–296.

Section effective 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

This section is referred to in title 10 section 2224a.

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this subchapter such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2003 through 2007.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2267.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

Nothing in this subchapter, section 11331 of title 40, or section 20 of the National Standards 1 and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) may be construed as affecting the authority of the President, the Office of Management and Budget or the Director thereof, the National Institute of Standards and Technology, or the head of any agency, with respect to the authorized use or disclosure of information, including with regard to the protection of personal privacy under section 552a of title 5, the disclosure of information under section 552 of title 5, the management and disposition of records under chapters 29, 31, or 33 of title 44, the management of information resources under subchapter I of chapter 35 of this title, or the disclosure of information to Congress or the Comptroller General of the United States.

(Added Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(b)(1), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2267.)

This section not to apply while subchapter III of this chapter is in effect, see section 3549 of this title.

This subchapter is referred to in title 10 section 2224.

1 So in original. Probably should be “National Institute of Standards”.

The purposes of this subchapter are to—

(1) provide a comprehensive framework for ensuring the effectiveness of information security controls over information resources that support Federal operations and assets;

(2) recognize the highly networked nature of the current Federal computing environment and provide effective governmentwide management and oversight of the related information security risks, including coordination of information security efforts throughout the civilian, national security, and law enforcement communities;

(3) provide for development and maintenance of minimum controls required to protect Federal information and information systems;

(4) provide a mechanism for improved oversight of Federal agency information security programs;

(5) acknowledge that commercially developed information security products offer advanced, dynamic, robust, and effective information security solutions, reflecting market solutions for the protection of critical information infrastructures important to the national defense and economic security of the nation that are designed, built, and operated by the private sector; and

(6) recognize that the selection of specific technical hardware and software information security solutions should be left to individual agencies from among commercially developed products.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2946.)

Pub. L. 107–347, title IV, §402(b), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2962, provided that: “Title III [see Short Title of 2002 Amendments note set out under section 101 of this title] and this title [enacting provisions set out as a note under section 3601 of this title] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 17, 2002].”

(a)

(b)

(1) The term “information security” means protecting information and information systems from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction in order to provide—

(A) integrity, which means guarding against improper information modification or destruction, and includes ensuring information nonrepudiation and authenticity;

(B) confidentiality, which means preserving authorized restrictions on access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary information; and

(C) availability, which means ensuring timely and reliable access to and use of information.

(2)(A) The term “national security system” means any information system (including any telecommunications system) used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency, or other organization on behalf of an agency—

(i) the function, operation, or use of which—

(I) involves intelligence activities;

(II) involves cryptologic activities related to national security;

(III) involves command and control of military forces;

(IV) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or

(V) subject to subparagraph (B), is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions; or

(ii) is protected at all times by procedures established for information that have been specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order or an Act of Congress to be kept classified in the interest of national defense or foreign policy.

(B) Subparagraph (A)(i)(V) does not include a system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications).

(3) The term “information technology” has the meaning given that term in section 11101 of title 40.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2947.)

This section is referred to in title 15 section 278g–3; title 40 section 11331.

(a)

(1) developing and overseeing the implementation of policies, principles, standards, and guidelines on information security, including through ensuring timely agency adoption of and compliance with standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40;

(2) requiring agencies, consistent with the standards promulgated under such section 11331 and the requirements of this subchapter, to identify and provide information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of—

(A) information collected or maintained by or on behalf of an agency; or

(B) information systems used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency or other organization on behalf of an agency;

(3) coordinating the development of standards and guidelines under section 20 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) with agencies and offices operating or exercising control of national security systems (including the National Security Agency) to assure, to the maximum extent feasible, that such standards and guidelines are complementary with standards and guidelines developed for national security systems;

(4) overseeing agency compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including through any authorized action under section 11303 of title 40, to enforce accountability for compliance with such requirements;

(5) reviewing at least annually, and approving or disapproving, agency information security programs required under section 3544(b);

(6) coordinating information security policies and procedures with related information resources management policies and procedures;

(7) overseeing the operation of the Federal information security incident center required under section 3546; and

(8) reporting to Congress no later than March 1 of each year on agency compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including—

(A) a summary of the findings of evaluations required by section 3545;

(B) an assessment of the development, promulgation, and adoption of, and compliance with, standards developed under section 20 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) and promulgated under section 11331 of title 40;

(C) significant deficiencies in agency information security practices;

(D) planned remedial action to address such deficiencies; and

(E) a summary of, and the views of the Director on, the report prepared by the National Institute of Standards and Technology under section 20(d)(10) of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3).

(b)

(c)

(2) The systems described in this paragraph are systems that are operated by the Department of Defense, a contractor of the Department of Defense, or another entity on behalf of the Department of Defense that processes any information the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of which would have a debilitating impact on the mission of the Department of Defense.

(3) The systems described in this paragraph are systems that are operated by the Central Intelligence Agency, a contractor of the Central Intelligence Agency, or another entity on behalf of the Central Intelligence Agency that processes any information the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of which would have a debilitating impact on the mission of the Central Intelligence Agency.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2947.)

This section is referred to in sections 3544, 3545 of this title; title 40 section 11331.

(a)

(1) be responsible for—

(A) providing information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of—

(i) information collected or maintained by or on behalf of the agency; and

(ii) information systems used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency or other organization on behalf of an agency;

(B) complying with the requirements of this subchapter and related policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines, including—

(i) information security standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40; and

(ii) information security standards and guidelines for national security systems issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President; and

(C) ensuring that information security management processes are integrated with agency strategic and operational planning processes;

(2) ensure that senior agency officials provide information security for the information and information systems that support the operations and assets under their control, including through—

(A) assessing the risk and magnitude of the harm that could result from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of such information or information systems;

(B) determining the levels of information security appropriate to protect such information and information systems in accordance with standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40, for information security classifications and related requirements;

(C) implementing policies and procedures to cost-effectively reduce risks to an acceptable level; and

(D) periodically testing and evaluating information security controls and techniques to ensure that they are effectively implemented;

(3) delegate to the agency Chief Information Officer established under section 3506 (or comparable official in an agency not covered by such section) the authority to ensure compliance with the requirements imposed on the agency under this subchapter, including—

(A) designating a senior agency information security officer who shall—

(i) carry out the Chief Information Officer's responsibilities under this section;

(ii) possess professional qualifications, including training and experience, required to administer the functions described under this section;

(iii) have information security duties as that official's primary duty; and

(iv) head an office with the mission and resources to assist in ensuring agency compliance with this section;

(B) developing and maintaining an agencywide information security program as required by subsection (b);

(C) developing and maintaining information security policies, procedures, and control techniques to address all applicable requirements, including those issued under section 3543 of this title, and section 11331 of title 40;

(D) training and overseeing personnel with significant responsibilities for information security with respect to such responsibilities; and

(E) assisting senior agency officials concerning their responsibilities under paragraph (2);

(4) ensure that the agency has trained personnel sufficient to assist the agency in complying with the requirements of this subchapter and related policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines; and

(5) ensure that the agency Chief Information Officer, in coordination with other senior agency officials, reports annually to the agency head on the effectiveness of the agency information security program, including progress of remedial actions.

(b)

(1) periodic assessments of the risk and magnitude of the harm that could result from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information and information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency;

(2) policies and procedures that—

(A) are based on the risk assessments required by paragraph (1);

(B) cost-effectively reduce information security risks to an acceptable level;

(C) ensure that information security is addressed throughout the life cycle of each agency information system; and

(D) ensure compliance with—

(i) the requirements of this subchapter;

(ii) policies and procedures as may be prescribed by the Director, and information security standards promulgated under section 11331 of title 40;

(iii) minimally acceptable system configuration requirements, as determined by the agency; and

(iv) any other applicable requirements, including standards and guidelines for national security systems issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President;

(3) subordinate plans for providing adequate information security for networks, facilities, and systems or groups of information systems, as appropriate;

(4) security awareness training to inform personnel, including contractors and other users of information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency, of—

(A) information security risks associated with their activities; and

(B) their responsibilities in complying with agency policies and procedures designed to reduce these risks;

(5) periodic testing and evaluation of the effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices, to be performed with a frequency depending on risk, but no less than annually, of which such testing—

(A) shall include testing of management, operational, and technical controls of every information system identified in the inventory required under section 3505(c); and

(B) may include testing relied on in a 1 evaluation under section 3545;

(6) a process for planning, implementing, evaluating, and documenting remedial action to address any deficiencies in the information security policies, procedures, and practices of the agency;

(7) procedures for detecting, reporting, and responding to security incidents, consistent with standards and guidelines issued pursuant to section 3546(b), including—

(A) mitigating risks associated with such incidents before substantial damage is done;

(B) notifying and consulting with the Federal information security incident center referred to in section 3546; and

(C) notifying and consulting with, as appropriate—

(i) law enforcement agencies and relevant Offices of Inspector General;

(ii) an office designated by the President for any incident involving a national security system; and

(iii) any other agency or office, in accordance with law or as directed by the President; and

(8) plans and procedures to ensure continuity of operations for information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency.

(c)

(1) report annually to the Director, the Committees on Government Reform and Science of the House of Representatives, the Committees on Governmental Affairs and Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate, the appropriate authorization and appropriations committees of Congress, and the Comptroller General on the adequacy and effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices, and compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, including compliance with each requirement of subsection (b);

(2) address the adequacy and effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices in plans and reports relating to—

(A) annual agency budgets;

(B) information resources management under subchapter 1 2 of this chapter;

(C) information technology management under subtitle III of title 40;

(D) program performance under sections 1105 and 1115 through 1119 of title 31, and sections 2801 and 2805 of title 39;

(E) financial management under chapter 9 of title 31, and the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 (31 U.S.C. 501 note; Public Law 101–576) (and the amendments made by that Act);

(F) financial management systems under the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act (31 U.S.C. 3512 note); and

(G) internal accounting and administrative controls under section 3512 of title 31,3 (known as the “Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act”); and

(3) report any significant deficiency in a policy, procedure, or practice identified under paragraph (1) or (2)—

(A) as a material weakness in reporting under section 3512 of title 31; and

(B) if relating to financial management systems, as an instance of a lack of substantial compliance under the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act (31 U.S.C. 3512 note).

(d)

(A) the time periods, and

(B) the resources, including budget, staffing, and training,

that are necessary to implement the program required under subsection (b).

(2) The description under paragraph (1) shall be based on the risk assessments required under subsection (b)(2)(1).

(e)

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2949.)

The Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 101–576, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and Tables.

The Federal Financial Management Improvement Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(F), (3)(B), probably means the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title VIII], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–389, which is set out as a note under section 3512 of Title 31, Money and Finance. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

This section is referred to in section 3543 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be “an”.

2 So in original. Probably should be “I”.

3 So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

(a)

(2) Each evaluation under this section shall include—

(A) testing of the effectiveness of information security policies, procedures, and practices of a representative subset of the agency's information systems;

(B) an assessment (made on the basis of the results of the testing) of compliance with—

(i) the requirements of this subchapter; and

(ii) related information security policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines; and

(C) separate presentations, as appropriate, regarding information security relating to national security systems.

(b)

(1) for each agency with an Inspector General appointed under the Inspector General Act of 1978, the annual evaluation required by this section shall be performed by the Inspector General or by an independent external auditor, as determined by the Inspector General of the agency; and

(2) for each agency to which paragraph (1) does not apply, the head of the agency shall engage an independent external auditor to perform the evaluation.

(c)

(1) only by an entity designated by the agency head; and

(2) in such a manner as to ensure appropriate protection for information associated with any information security vulnerability in such system commensurate with the risk and in accordance with all applicable laws.

(d)

(e)

(2) To the extent an evaluation required under this section directly relates to a national security system, the evaluation results submitted to the Director shall contain only a summary and assessment of that portion of the evaluation directly relating to a national security system.

(f)

(g) OMB

(2) The Director's report to Congress under this subsection shall summarize information regarding information security relating to national security systems in such a manner as to ensure appropriate protection for information associated with any information security vulnerability in such system commensurate with the risk and in accordance with all applicable laws.

(3) Evaluations and any other descriptions of information systems under the authority and control of the Director of Central Intelligence or of National Foreign Intelligence Programs systems under the authority and control of the Secretary of Defense shall be made available to Congress only through the appropriate oversight committees of Congress, in accordance with applicable laws.

(h)

(1) the adequacy and effectiveness of agency information security policies and practices; and

(2) implementation of the requirements of this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2952.)

The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

This section is referred to in sections 3543, 3544 of this title.

(a)

(1) provide timely technical assistance to operators of agency information systems regarding security incidents, including guidance on detecting and handling information security incidents;

(2) compile and analyze information about incidents that threaten information security;

(3) inform operators of agency information systems about current and potential information security threats, and vulnerabilities; and

(4) consult with the National Institute of Standards and Technology, agencies or offices operating or exercising control of national security systems (including the National Security Agency), and such other agencies or offices in accordance with law and as directed by the President regarding information security incidents and related matters.

(b)

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2954.)

This section is referred to in sections 3543, 3544 of this title.

The head of each agency operating or exercising control of a national security system shall be responsible for ensuring that the agency—

(1) provides information security protections commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of the information contained in such system;

(2) implements information security policies and practices as required by standards and guidelines for national security systems, issued in accordance with law and as directed by the President; and

(3) complies with the requirements of this subchapter.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2954.)

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this subchapter such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2003 through 2007.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2954.)

Nothing in this subchapter, section 11331 of title 40, or section 20 of the National Standards 1 and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) may be construed as affecting the authority of the President, the Office of Management and Budget or the Director thereof, the National Institute of Standards and Technology, or the head of any agency, with respect to the authorized use or disclosure of information, including with regard to the protection of personal privacy under section 552a of title 5, the disclosure of information under section 552 of title 5, the management and disposition of records under chapters 29, 31, or 33 of title 44, the management of information resources under subchapter I of chapter 35 of this title, or the disclosure of information to the Congress or the Comptroller General of the United States. While this subchapter is in effect, subchapter II of this chapter shall not apply.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(b)(1), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2955.)


1 So in original. Probably should be “National Institute of Standards”.

In this chapter, the definitions under section 3502 shall apply, and the term—

(1) “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Office of Electronic Government established under section 3602;

(2) “Council” means the Chief Information Officers Council established under section 3603;

(3) “electronic Government” means the use by the Government of web-based Internet applications and other information technologies, combined with processes that implement these technologies, to—

(A) enhance the access to and delivery of Government information and services to the public, other agencies, and other Government entities; or

(B) bring about improvements in Government operations that may include effectiveness, efficiency, service quality, or transformation;

(4) “enterprise architecture”—

(A) means—

(i) a strategic information asset base, which defines the mission;

(ii) the information necessary to perform the mission;

(iii) the technologies necessary to perform the mission; and

(iv) the transitional processes for implementing new technologies in response to changing mission needs; and

(B) includes—

(i) a baseline architecture;

(ii) a target architecture; and

(iii) a sequencing plan;

(5) “Fund” means the E-Government Fund established under section 3604;

(6) “interoperability” means the ability of different operating and software systems, applications, and services to communicate and exchange data in an accurate, effective, and consistent manner;

(7) “integrated service delivery” means the provision of Internet-based Federal Government information or services integrated according to function or topic rather than separated according to the boundaries of agency jurisdiction; and

(8) “tribal government” means—

(A) the governing body of any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community located in the continental United States (excluding the State of Alaska) that is recognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians, and

(B) any Alaska Native regional or village corporation established pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2901.)

The Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, referred to in par. (8)(B), is Pub. L. 92–203, Dec. 18, 1971, 85 Stat. 688, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 33 (§1601 et seq.) of Title 43, Public Lands. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 43 and Tables.

Pub. L. 107–347, title IV, §402(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2961, provided that:

“(1)

“(2)

Pub. L. 107–347, §2, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2900, provided that:

“(a)

“(1) The use of computers and the Internet is rapidly transforming societal interactions and the relationships among citizens, private businesses, and the Government.

“(2) The Federal Government has had uneven success in applying advances in information technology to enhance governmental functions and services, achieve more efficient performance, increase access to Government information, and increase citizen participation in Government.

“(3) Most Internet-based services of the Federal Government are developed and presented separately, according to the jurisdictional boundaries of an individual department or agency, rather than being integrated cooperatively according to function or topic.

“(4) Internet-based Government services involving interagency cooperation are especially difficult to develop and promote, in part because of a lack of sufficient funding mechanisms to support such interagency cooperation.

“(5) Electronic Government has its impact through improved Government performance and outcomes within and across agencies.

“(6) Electronic Government is a critical element in the management of Government, to be implemented as part of a management framework that also addresses finance, procurement, human capital, and other challenges to improve the performance of Government.

“(7) To take full advantage of the improved Government performance that can be achieved through the use of Internet-based technology requires strong leadership, better organization, improved interagency collaboration, and more focused oversight of agency compliance with statutes related to information resource management.

“(b)

“(1) To provide effective leadership of Federal Government efforts to develop and promote electronic Government services and processes by establishing an Administrator of a new Office of Electronic Government within the Office of Management and Budget.

“(2) To promote use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen participation in Government.

“(3) To promote interagency collaboration in providing electronic Government services, where this collaboration would improve the service to citizens by integrating related functions, and in the use of internal electronic Government processes, where this collaboration would improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the processes.

“(4) To improve the ability of the Government to achieve agency missions and program performance goals.

“(5) To promote the use of the Internet and emerging technologies within and across Government agencies to provide citizen-centric Government information and services.

“(6) To reduce costs and burdens for businesses and other Government entities.

“(7) To promote better informed decisionmaking by policy makers.

“(8) To promote access to high quality Government information and services across multiple channels.

“(9) To make the Federal Government more transparent and accountable.

“(10) To transform agency operations by utilizing, where appropriate, best practices from public and private sector organizations.

“(11) To provide enhanced access to Government information and services in a manner consistent with laws regarding protection of personal privacy, national security, records retention, access for persons with disabilities, and other relevant laws.”

(a) There is established in the Office of Management and Budget an Office of Electronic Government.

(b) There shall be at the head of the Office an Administrator who shall be appointed by the President.

(c) The Administrator shall assist the Director in carrying out—

(1) all functions under this chapter;

(2) all of the functions assigned to the Director under title II of the E-Government Act of 2002; and

(3) other electronic government initiatives, consistent with other statutes.

(d) The Administrator shall assist the Director and the Deputy Director for Management and work with the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in setting strategic direction for implementing electronic Government, under relevant statutes, including—

(1) chapter 35;

(2) subtitle III of title 40, United States Code;

(3) section 552a of title 5 (commonly referred to as the “Privacy Act”);

(4) the Government Paperwork Elimination Act (44 U.S.C. 3504 note); and

(5) the Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002.

(e) The Administrator shall work with the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs and with other offices within the Office of Management and Budget to oversee implementation of electronic Government under this chapter, chapter 35, the E-Government Act of 2002, and other relevant statutes, in a manner consistent with law, relating to—

(1) capital planning and investment control for information technology;

(2) the development of enterprise architectures;

(3) information security;

(4) privacy;

(5) access to, dissemination of, and preservation of Government information;

(6) accessibility of information technology for persons with disabilities; and

(7) other areas of electronic Government.

(f) Subject to requirements of this chapter, the Administrator shall assist the Director by performing electronic Government functions as follows:

(1) Advise the Director on the resources required to develop and effectively administer electronic Government initiatives.

(2) Recommend to the Director changes relating to Governmentwide strategies and priorities for electronic Government.

(3) Provide overall leadership and direction to the executive branch on electronic Government.

(4) Promote innovative uses of information technology by agencies, particularly initiatives involving multiagency collaboration, through support of pilot projects, research, experimentation, and the use of innovative technologies.

(5) Oversee the distribution of funds from, and ensure appropriate administration and coordination of, the E-Government Fund established under section 3604.

(6) Coordinate with the Administrator of General Services regarding programs undertaken by the General Services Administration to promote electronic government and the efficient use of information technologies by agencies.

(7) Lead the activities of the Chief Information Officers Council established under section 3603 on behalf of the Deputy Director for Management, who shall chair the council.

(8) Assist the Director in establishing policies which shall set the framework for information technology standards for the Federal Government developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and promulgated by the Secretary of Commerce under section 11331 of title 40, taking into account, if appropriate, recommendations of the Chief Information Officers Council, experts, and interested parties from the private and nonprofit sectors and State, local, and tribal governments, and maximizing the use of commercial standards as appropriate, including the following:

(A) Standards and guidelines for interconnectivity and interoperability as described under section 3504.

(B) Consistent with the process under section 207(d) of the E-Government Act of 2002, standards and guidelines for categorizing Federal Government electronic information to enable efficient use of technologies, such as through the use of extensible markup language.

(C) Standards and guidelines for Federal Government computer system efficiency and security.

(9) Sponsor ongoing dialogue that—

(A) shall be conducted among Federal, State, local, and tribal government leaders on electronic Government in the executive, legislative, and judicial branches, as well as leaders in the private and nonprofit sectors, to encourage collaboration and enhance understanding of best practices and innovative approaches in acquiring, using, and managing information resources;

(B) is intended to improve the performance of governments in collaborating on the use of information technology to improve the delivery of Government information and services; and

(C) may include—

(i) development of innovative models—

(I) for electronic Government management and Government information technology contracts; and

(II) that may be developed through focused discussions or using separately sponsored research;

(ii) identification of opportunities for public-private collaboration in using Internet-based technology to increase the efficiency of Government-to-business transactions;

(iii) identification of mechanisms for providing incentives to program managers and other Government employees to develop and implement innovative uses of information technologies; and

(iv) identification of opportunities for public, private, and intergovernmental collaboration in addressing the disparities in access to the Internet and information technology.

(10) Sponsor activities to engage the general public in the development and implementation of policies and programs, particularly activities aimed at fulfilling the goal of using the most effective citizen-centered strategies and those activities which engage multiple agencies providing similar or related information and services.

(11) Oversee the work of the General Services Administration and other agencies in developing the integrated Internet-based system under section 204 of the E-Government Act of 2002.

(12) Coordinate with the Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy to ensure effective implementation of electronic procurement initiatives.

(13) Assist Federal agencies, including the General Services Administration, the Department of Justice, and the United States Access Board in—

(A) implementing accessibility standards under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d); and

(B) ensuring compliance with those standards through the budget review process and other means.

(14) Oversee the development of enterprise architectures within and across agencies.

(15) Assist the Director and the Deputy Director for Management in overseeing agency efforts to ensure that electronic Government activities incorporate adequate, risk-based, and cost-effective security compatible with business processes.

(16) Administer the Office of Electronic Government established under this section.

(17) Assist the Director in preparing the E-Government report established under section 3606.

(g) The Director shall ensure that the Office of Management and Budget, including the Office of Electronic Government, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, and other relevant offices, have adequate staff and resources to properly fulfill all functions under the E-Government Act of 2002.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2902.)

The E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 107–347, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2899. Title II of the Act, including sections 204 and 207(d) of the Act, is set out as a note under section 3501 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

The Government Paperwork Elimination Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), is title XVII of Pub. L. 105–277, div. C, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–749, which amended section 3504 of this title and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 3504 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

The Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (d)(5), probably means title III of Pub. L. 107–347, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2946, which is classified principally to subchapter III of chapter 35 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2002 Amendments note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables. Another Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002 is title X of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 116 Stat. 2259. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.

This section is referred to in section 3601 of this title; title 31 section 507.

(a) There is established in the executive branch a Chief Information Officers Council.

(b) The members of the Council shall be as follows:

(1) The Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall act as chairperson of the Council.

(2) The Administrator of the Office of Electronic Government.

(3) The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs.

(4) The chief information officer of each agency described under section 901(b) of title 31.

(5) The chief information officer of the Central Intelligence Agency.

(6) The chief information officer of the Department of the Army, the Department of the Navy, and the Department of the Air Force, if chief information officers have been designated for such departments under section 3506(a)(2)(B).

(7) Any other officer or employee of the United States designated by the chairperson.

(c)(1) The Administrator of the Office of Electronic Government shall lead the activities of the Council on behalf of the Deputy Director for Management.

(2)(A) The Vice Chairman of the Council shall be selected by the Council from among its members.

(B) The Vice Chairman shall serve a 1-year term, and may serve multiple terms.

(3) The Administrator of General Services shall provide administrative and other support for the Council.

(d) The Council is designated the principal interagency forum for improving agency practices related to the design, acquisition, development, modernization, use, operation, sharing, and performance of Federal Government information resources.

(e) In performing its duties, the Council shall consult regularly with representatives of State, local, and tribal governments.

(f) The Council shall perform functions that include the following:

(1) Develop recommendations for the Director on Government information resources management policies and requirements.

(2) Share experiences, ideas, best practices, and innovative approaches related to information resources management.

(3) Assist the Administrator in the identification, development, and coordination of multiagency projects and other innovative initiatives to improve Government performance through the use of information technology.

(4) Promote the development and use of common performance measures for agency information resources management under this chapter and title II of the E-Government Act of 2002.

(5) Work as appropriate with the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the Administrator to develop recommendations on information technology standards developed under section 20 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Act (15 U.S.C. 278g–3) and promulgated under section 11331 of title 40, and maximize the use of commercial standards as appropriate, including the following:

(A) Standards and guidelines for interconnectivity and interoperability as described under section 3504.

(B) Consistent with the process under section 207(d) of the E-Government Act of 2002, standards and guidelines for categorizing Federal Government electronic information to enable efficient use of technologies, such as through the use of extensible markup language.

(C) Standards and guidelines for Federal Government computer system efficiency and security.

(6) Work with the Office of Personnel Management to assess and address the hiring, training, classification, and professional development needs of the Government related to information resources management.

(7) Work with the Archivist of the United States to assess how the Federal Records Act can be addressed effectively by Federal information resources management activities.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2905.)

The E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (f)(4), is Pub. L. 107–347, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2899. Title II of the Act, including section 207(d) of the Act, is set out as a note under section 3501 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

No act with the name the “Federal Records Act”, referred to in subsec. (f)(7), has been enacted. The Federal Records Act of 1950, which has a similar name, was title V of act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, which was classified generally to sections 392 to 396 and 397 to 401 of former Title 44, Public Printing and Documents. Section 6(d) of act Sept. 5, 1950, was repealed by Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238, the first section of which enacted this title. For disposition of sections of former Title 44, see Table at the beginning of this title. Title V of act June 30, 1949, was repealed by Pub. L. 107–217, §4, Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303.

This section is referred to in sections 3601 and 3602 of this title; title 31 section 503.

(a)(1) There is established in the Treasury of the United States the E-Government Fund.

(2) The Fund shall be administered by the Administrator of the General Services Administration to support projects approved by the Director, assisted by the Administrator of the Office of Electronic Government, that enable the Federal Government to expand its ability, through the development and implementation of innovative uses of the Internet or other electronic methods, to conduct activities electronically.

(3) Projects under this subsection may include efforts to—

(A) make Federal Government information and services more readily available to members of the public (including individuals, businesses, grantees, and State and local governments);

(B) make it easier for the public to apply for benefits, receive services, pursue business opportunities, submit information, and otherwise conduct transactions with the Federal Government; and

(C) enable Federal agencies to take advantage of information technology in sharing information and conducting transactions with each other and with State and local governments.

(b)(1) The Administrator shall—

(A) establish procedures for accepting and reviewing proposals for funding;

(B) consult with interagency councils, including the Chief Information Officers Council, the Chief Financial Officers Council, and other interagency management councils, in establishing procedures and reviewing proposals; and

(C) assist the Director in coordinating resources that agencies receive from the Fund with other resources available to agencies for similar purposes.

(2) When reviewing proposals and managing the Fund, the Administrator shall observe and incorporate the following procedures:

(A) A project requiring substantial involvement or funding from an agency shall be approved by a senior official with agencywide authority on behalf of the head of the agency, who shall report directly to the head of the agency.

(B) Projects shall adhere to fundamental capital planning and investment control processes.

(C) Agencies shall identify in their proposals resource commitments from the agencies involved and how these resources would be coordinated with support from the Fund, and include plans for potential continuation of projects after all funds made available from the Fund are expended.

(D) After considering the recommendations of the interagency councils, the Director, assisted by the Administrator, shall have final authority to determine which of the candidate projects shall be funded from the Fund.

(E) Agencies shall assess the results of funded projects.

(c) In determining which proposals to recommend for funding, the Administrator—

(1) shall consider criteria that include whether a proposal—

(A) identifies the group to be served, including citizens, businesses, the Federal Government, or other governments;

(B) indicates what service or information the project will provide that meets needs of groups identified under subparagraph (A);

(C) ensures proper security and protects privacy;

(D) is interagency in scope, including projects implemented by a primary or single agency that—

(i) could confer benefits on multiple agencies; and

(ii) have the support of other agencies; and

(E) has performance objectives that tie to agency missions and strategic goals, and interim results that relate to the objectives; and

(2) may also rank proposals based on criteria that include whether a proposal—

(A) has Governmentwide application or implications;

(B) has demonstrated support by the public to be served;

(C) integrates Federal with State, local, or tribal approaches to service delivery;

(D) identifies resource commitments from nongovernmental sectors;

(E) identifies resource commitments from the agencies involved;

(F) uses web-based technologies to achieve objectives;

(G) identifies records management and records access strategies;

(H) supports more effective citizen participation in and interaction with agency activities that further progress toward a more citizen-centered Government;

(I) directly delivers Government information and services to the public or provides the infrastructure for delivery;

(J) supports integrated service delivery;

(K) describes how business processes across agencies will reflect appropriate transformation simultaneous to technology implementation; and

(L) is new or innovative and does not supplant existing funding streams within agencies.

(d) The Fund may be used to fund the integrated Internet-based system under section 204 of the E-Government Act of 2002.

(e) None of the funds provided from the Fund may be transferred to any agency until 15 days after the Administrator of the General Services Administration has submitted to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate authorizing committees of the Senate and the House of Representatives, a notification and description of how the funds are to be allocated and how the expenditure will further the purposes of this chapter.

(f)(1) The Director shall report annually to Congress on the operation of the Fund, through the report established under section 3606.

(2) The report under paragraph (1) shall describe—

(A) all projects which the Director has approved for funding from the Fund; and

(B) the results that have been achieved to date for these funded projects.

(g)(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund—

(A) $45,000,000 for fiscal year 2003;

(B) $50,000,000 for fiscal year 2004;

(C) $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2005;

(D) $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2006; and

(E) such sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2007.

(2) Funds appropriated under this subsection shall remain available until expended.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2906.)

Section 204 of the E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (d), is section 204 of Pub. L. 107–347, which is set out in a note under section 3501 of this title.

This section is referred to in sections 3601, 3602, 3605, 3606 of this title.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(2) The technical assistance team shall—

(A) assess the feasibility, scientific and technical merits, and estimated cost of each proposal; and

(B) submit each proposal, and the assessment of the proposal, to the Administrator.

(3) The technical assistance team shall not consider or evaluate proposals submitted in response to a solicitation for offers for a pending procurement or for a specific agency requirement.

(4) After receiving proposals and assessments from the technical assistance team, the Administrator shall consider recommending appropriate proposals for funding under the E-Government Fund established under section 3604 or, if appropriate, forward the proposal and the assessment of it to the executive agency whose mission most coincides with the subject matter of the proposal.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2909.)

(a) Not later than March 1 of each year, the Director shall submit an E-Government status report to the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives.

(b) The report under subsection (a) shall contain—

(1) a summary of the information reported by agencies under section 202(f) of the E-Government Act of 2002;

(2) the information required to be reported by section 3604(f); and

(3) a description of compliance by the Federal Government with other goals and provisions of the E-Government Act of 2002.

(Added Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2909.)

The E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is Pub. L. 107–347, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2899. Section 202(f) of the Act is set out in a note under section 3501 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

This section is referred to in sections 3602, 3604 of this title.


Advertisements for contracts for the public service may not be published in any newspaper published and printed in the District of Columbia unless the supplies or labor covered by the advertisement are to be furnished or performed in the District of Columbia or in the adjoining counties of Maryland or Virginia.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §321 (R.S. §79; June 20, 1874, ch. 328, 18 Stat. 90; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 317; July 31, 1876, ch. 246, 19 Stat. 105; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §17(b), 60 Stat. 811; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §2(b), eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).

Advertisements, notices, or proposals for an executive department of the Government, or for a bureau or office connected with it, may not be published in a newspaper except under written authority from the head of the department; and a bill for advertising or publication may not be paid unless there is presented with the bill a copy of the written authority.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §324 (R.S. §3828).

This section is referred to in title 5 section 302.

Advertisements, notices, proposals for contracts, and all forms of advertising required by law for the several departments of the Government may be paid for at a price not to exceed the commercial rates charged to private individuals, with the usual discounts. But the heads of the several departments may secure lower terms at special rates when the public interest requires it. The rates shall include the furnishing of lawful evidence, under oath, of publication, to be made and furnished by the printer or publisher making publication.

(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305.)

Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§322, 325 (R.S. §853; June 20, 1878, ch. 359, §1, 20 Stat. 216; Sept. 23, 1950, ch. 1010, §5, 64 Stat. 986).

The second sentence of former section 325 was added. The balance was superseded by former section 322 which will be found in section 3703 of the revision.


In order to create an independent and objective office—

(1) to conduct and supervise audits and investigations relating to the Government Printing Office;

(2) to provide leadership and coordination and recommend policies to promote economy, efficiency, and effectiveness; and

(3) to provide a means of keeping the Public Printer and the Congress fully and currently informed about problems and deficiencies relating to the administration and operations of the Government Printing Office;

there is hereby established an Office of Inspector General in the Government Printing Office.

(Added Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §202, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2530.)

Section 206 of title II of Pub. L. 100–504 provided that: “The provisions of this title and the amendments made by this title [enacting this chapter and provisions set out as notes under sections 101 and 3901 of this title] shall take effect 180 days after the date of the enactment of this title [Oct. 18, 1988].”

For short title of title II of Pub. L. 100–504, which enacted this chapter, as the “Government Printing Office Inspector General Act of 1988”, see section 201 of Pub. L. 100–504, set out as a Short Title of 1988 Amendment note under section 101 of this title.

Section 203 of title II of Pub. L. 100–504 provided that:

“(a)

“(b)

“(1) sections 9(b) and (c) of the Inspector General Act of 1978 [section 9(b), (c) of Pub. L. 95–452, 5 U.S.C. App.] shall apply; and

“(2) all the functions, powers, and duties of the office transferred by subsection (a) shall lapse.

“(c)

Section 205 of title II of Pub. L. 100–504 provided that: “Any authority to make payments under this title [enacting this chapter and provisions set out as notes under sections 101 and 3901 of this title] shall be effective only to such extent as provided in appropriations Acts.”

(a) There shall be at the head of the Office of Inspector General, an Inspector General who shall be appointed by the Public Printer without regard to political affiliation and solely on the basis of integrity and demonstrated ability in accounting, auditing, financial analysis, law, management analysis, public administration, or investigations. The Inspector General shall report to, and be under the general supervision of, the Public Printer. The Public Printer shall have no authority to prevent or prohibit the Inspector General from initiating, carrying out, or completing any audit or investigation, or from issuing any subpena during the course of any audit or investigation.

(b) The Inspector General may be removed from office by the Public Printer. The Public Printer shall, promptly upon such removal, communicate in writing the reasons for any such removal to each House of the Congress.

(Added Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §202, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2530.)

(a) Sections 4, 5, 6 (other than subsection (a)(7) and (8) thereof), and 7 of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (Public Law 95–452; 5 U.S.C. App. 3) shall apply to the Inspector General of the Government Printing Office and the Office of such Inspector General and such sections shall be applied to the Government Printing Office and the Public Printer by substituting—

(1) “Government Printing Office” for “establishment”; and

(2) “Public Printer” for “head of the establishment”.

(b) The Inspector General, in carrying out the provisions of this chapter, is authorized to select, appoint, and employ such officers and employees as may be necessary for carrying out the functions, powers, and duties of the Office of Inspector General subject to the provisions of this title governing selections, appointments, and employment in the Government Printing Office (and any regulations thereunder).

(Added Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §202, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2531.)

Sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a), are sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 of Pub. L. 95–452, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.


(a)

(1) maintain an electronic directory of Federal electronic information;

(2) provide a system of online access to the Congressional Record, the Federal Register, and, as determined by the Superintendent of Documents, other appropriate publications distributed by the Superintendent of Documents; and

(3) operate an electronic storage facility for Federal electronic information to which online access is made available under paragraph (2).

(b)

(c)

(1) users of the directory and the system of access provided for under subsection (a); and

(2) other providers of similar information services.

The purpose of such consultation shall be to assess the quality and value of the directory and the system, in light of user needs.

(Added Pub. L. 103–40, §2(a), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 112.)

Section 3 of Pub. L. 103–40 provided that: “Not later than June 30, 1994, the Public Printer shall submit to the Congress a report on the status of the directory, the system of access, and the electronic storage facility referred to in section 4101 of title 44, United States Code, as added by section 2(a).”

Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 103–40 provided that: “The directory, the system of access, and the electronic storage facility referred to in section 4101 of title 44, United States Code, as added by section 2(a), shall be operational not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act [June 8, 1993].”

This section is referred to in sections 4102, 4103 of this title; title 40 sections 11702, 11703.

(a)

(b)

(Added Pub. L. 103–40, §2(a), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 113.)

Not later than December 31 of each odd-numbered year, the Public Printer shall submit to the Congress, with respect to the two preceding fiscal years, a report on the directory, the system of access, and the electronic storage facility referred to in section 4101(a). The report shall include a description of the functions involved, including a statement of cost savings in comparison with traditional forms of information distribution.

(Added Pub. L. 103–40, §2(a), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 113.)

Section 4(b) of Pub. L. 103–40 provided that: “The first report referred to in section 4103 of title 44, United States Code, as added by section 2(a), shall be submitted not later than December 31, 1995.”

As used in this chapter, the term “Federal electronic information” means Federal public information stored electronically.

(Added Pub. L. 103–40, §2(a), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 113.)